Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links
Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."
Your Results - you searched for the keyword Trust-Building Techniques 676 Results
1. Wieland, S., & Baita, S. (2009, November). "Blank" ...Using EMDR with children who dissociate. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Dissociation is a common response for children who experience abuse, severe neglect, or extreme disorganized attachment. EMDR can help (1) increase a child´s sense of safety and stability, (2) decrease disconnection between aspects of self, and (3) process trauma. While the part of the child existing in the `now´ may be aware of safety, the younger or infant part of the child to whom trauma occurred often is not aware of present safety. This younger part which continues in fear disrupts the child´s functioning. Ideas will be presented for using EMDR to increase knowledge of present safety across the child´s dissociative system as well as recognizing where safety may not exist. Use of EMDR for building secure attachment with child and parent, processing triggers, increasing the child´s connection between dissociative states, and processing both explicit and implicit memories will be described. Dissociative children are often difficult to work with. Ideas will be given for adapting EMDR for use with these highly volatile, dissociative children. The importance of recognizing and acknowledging dissociation when it appears within the child´s EMDR processing will be emphasized. This workshop is appropriate for therapists already trained in EMDR. Numerous case examples will be given.
Keywords: Children Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
2. Dibajnia, P., Reza Zahirodin, A., & Gheidar, Z. (2012). اثر حساسيت زدایي چشمي حرکتي بر اختلال استرس پس از سانحه [Eye-movement desensitization influence on post-traumatic stress disorder]. Pejouhandeh Journal, 16(7), 322-326.
Language: Persian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
چکيده
سابقه و هدف: ا ختلال پس از سانحه ) Post traumatic stress disorder ( با شيوع 5 تاا 15 درصادي در واول زنادگي 3( ماي تواناد
اثرات سوء و زيانباري بر فرد و جامعه وارد كند. پژوهش حاضر با هدف بررسي اثرحساسيت زداياي شایي حركتاي Eye movement desensitization reprocessing ( در كاهش نشانه هاي PTSD در اين دسته از بيیاران انجام شده است.
مواد و روشها: تعداد 13 بيیار مبتلا به PTSD به وور تصادفي انتخاب و بوسيله روش EMDR تحت درماان رارار گرفتناد. اولاعاات
جیعيت شناختي و نوع يادآوري حادثه به وسيله دو پرسشنامه محقق ساخته جیع آوري گرديد. هیچنين ميازان ضاربان رلاف، فشاار
خون و تعداد تنفس اين بيیاران ربل و بعد از EMDR اندازه گيري گرديد. داده هاا باه وسايله نارم افازار SPSS.16 و روشاهاي آمااري
توصيفي و مجذوركا مورد تجزيه و تحليل ررار گرفتند.
یافته ها: 50 % گروه مورد مطالعه در رده سني 19 تا 19 سال ررار دارند و 10 % را زنان تشكيل ميدهند. EMDR به وور باارزي ناوع و
گونگي يادآوري سانحه را تغيير داد. ميزان فشار خون، ضربان رلف و تعداد تنفس به وور معناداري هیراه با يادآوري ساانحه افازايش
Background: The 5% to 25% prevalence of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) during life-time can cause irrefutable
harms an individuals and society. This research carried out to examine; or not eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment
can improve PTSD symptoms. Materials and methods: 71 patients (56 females and 15 males) have been selected randomly. Demographic and kind of trauma-reminding
information were collected by two questionnaires. Blood pressure, Heart beating and Breathing numbers before and after EMDR were measured. Data were analyzed by
descriptive statistic and Q2 using SPSS software version 16. Results: 59% of patients were under 20-30 years old. 79% were females. According to the results,
EMDR resulted to significant reduction of trauma reminding. Blood pressure, heart beating and breathing increased by trauma reminding significantly.
Conclusion: EMDR techniques promote improvement of negative symptoms of PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
3. 大河原美以 [Mii Ogawara] (2004年8月). 子どもが生きるカウンセリング技法(28)EMDR--記憶の中のトラウマを脳が再処理することを促す技法 [Counseling techniques for children to live (28) EMDR - techniques that encourage the brain to reprocess memories of trauma]. Child Study, 58(12), 156-167.
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Keywords: Children Counseling Techniques Trauma Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
4. 市井 雅哉 [Ichii Masaya]. (2002年5月). 焦点2 EMDRとは何か--PTSDに効果? その技法とメカニズム [What is EMDR? Part 2 - PTSD effects? The techniques and mechanisms]. 精神精神保健看護学、5（3）、69-73 [Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, 5(3), 69-73].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
5. 熊野 宏昭 [Kumano Hiroaki] (1992). 眼球運動により外傷的記憶の脱感作と再体制化を行う技法 [EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) - and re-organization techniques to desensitization of traumatic memories by oculomotor]. 心身医学、4、1331から1337 [Psychosomatic Medicine, 4(11), 1331-1337].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
6. Βεντουράτου, Δ. [Ventouratos, D.]. (2009). Εισαγωγή στην ψυχοτραυματολογία και στην τραυματοθεραπεία. : Η μέθοδος - EMDR [Introduction to psychotraumatology and trauma treatment and EMDR]. Πεδίο εφαρμογής Εκδόσεων, Αθήνα, Ελλάδα [Field Publications, Athens, Greece] .
Language: Greek
Format: Book
Abstract:
Συχνά, όταν βρισκόμαστε αντιμέτωποι με μια αιφνίδια στρεσογόνο εμπειρία, νιώθουμε απειλή και ανημπόρια. Αν οι προσπάθειές μας να την ξεπεράσουμε ψυχικά δεν επαρκούν, δημιουργούνται μέσα μας εσωτερικά ρήγματα. Συνήθως παγώνουμε ή απωθούμε κάθε ανάμνηση και κάθε συναίσθημα που σχετίζονται με το τραυματικό βίωμα. Οι συνέπειες αυτής της απώθησης είναι διάφορα ψυχοσωματικά συμπτώματα, φοβίες ή κατάθλιψη.
Το βιβλίο εισάγει για πρώτη φορά τον αναγνώστη στα εξειδικευμένα πεδία της ψυχοτραυματολογίας και της τραυματοθεραπείας, που ασχολούνται με την αντιμετώπιση και εξάλειψη των τραυματικών βιωμάτων στους ανθρώπους: η ψυχοτραυματολογία συμμαχεί με το υγιές εγώ και χτίζει με προσοχή μια θεραπευτική σχέση εμπιστοσύνης με στόχο την επεξεργασία και αφομοίωση του τραυματικού βιώματος.
Στο βιβλίο εξετάζεται ειδικότερα η πρωτοποριακή μέθοδος ΕΜDR της Francine Shapiro, που αποτελεί ένα πολύ ισχυρό εργαλείο στα χέρια του έμπειρου κλινικού με θεαματικά αποτελέσματα. Με τη μέθοδο αυτή το τραυματικό βίωμα νοηματοδοτείται και παίρνει τη θέση του σαν ένα ακριβό μαργαριτάρι στον θησαυρό των εμπειριών του ατόμου.
Often, when faced with a sudden stressful experience, one feels threatened and helpless. If our efforts to overcome psychologically inadequate, created through our internal divides. Usually freeze or repelled every memory and every emotion associated with the traumatic experience. The effect of this repulsion is different psychosomatic symptoms, phobias or depression.
The book introduces for the first time the reader to specific areas of psychotrafmatologias and trafmatotherapeias, dealing with the treatment and elimination of traumatic experiences in people: the psychotrafmatologia allies with a healthy ego and carefully builds a therapeutic relationship of trust with the aim of treatment and assimilation of traumatic experiences.
In particular the book examines innovative method of EMDR Francine Shapiro, which is a very powerful tool in the hands of an experienced clinician with spectacular results. With this method, the traumatic experience and arises only takes its place as an expensive pearl in the treasure the experience of the individual.
Keywords: Psychotraumatology Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
7. Lanius, U. (2005, April). 'Dissociative processes' and EMDR - Staying connected. Presentation at 3rd Annual Conference of the EMDR Association of UK and Ireland, Jordanstown, Northern Ireland .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: D
issociative processes, common in a wide variety of psychological disorders (e.g., PTSD, Anxiety Disorders, Personality Disorders, Dissociative Disorders, etc.) can interfere with effective EMDR treatment. The information processing system gets overwhelmed and shuts down, thereby barring the integration and resolution of traumatic experience. The workshop presents a model, based on recent developments in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular. Treatment planning, target selection, the use of both body-oriented (bottom-up processing) versus cognitive and ego-state (top-down processing), and other interventions are discussed. Participants will become familiar with specific interventions designed to minimize dissociative symptoms, as well as techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected once dissociative processes have occurred. A comprehensive therapeutic approach is described that aids clients with dissociative symptoms to stay connected and thereby enhance the likelihood of efficient information processing during EMDR treatment.
Keywords: Dissociation Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
8. Paulsen, S. (2012, October). 31 secrets of the embodied self: Hearing baby’s story in EMDR for trauma in implicit memory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR targeting relies on explicit memory images and verbalization of cognitions, but attachment trauma is held in the right hemisphere’s implicit memory. Any therapy purporting to treat attachment trauma must meet four criteria (Fosha) (Objective 1). This workshop draws from ego state therapy, somatic therapy, and the Early Trauma protocol of EMDR (Paulsen, in press, O’Shea & Paulsen, 2007) to provide a range of techniques to meet the Fosha criteria (Objective 2). Efficient resolution of attachment injuries can occur through temporal integration, targeting time periods instead of explicit memory (O’Shea & Paulsen, 2007, Paulsen, 2009 and in press) (Objective 3).Transforming early trauma requires listening to reenactment material, the baby state’s only “voice” to tell the non-verbal story.
Keywords: Embodied Self Implicit Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
9. Watkins, J. G., & Paulsen, S. L. (2004, March). Abreactions in EMDR and hypnoanalytic therapies. Presentation at the American Society for Clinical Hypnosis, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Abreactions Hypnoanalytic Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
10. Hogberg, G., & Hallstrom, T. (2008). Active multimodal psychotherapy in children and adolescents with suicidality: Description, evaluation and clinical profile. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 13(3), 435-448. doi:10.1177/1359104507088348.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The aim of this study was to describe and evaluate the clinical pattern of
14 youths with presenting suicidality, to describe an integrative treatment
approach, and to estimate therapy effectiveness. Fourteen patients aged 10
to 18 years from a child and adolescent outpatient clinic in Stockholm were
followed in a case series. The patients were treated with active multimodal
psychotherapy. This consisted of mood charting by mood-maps,
psycho-education, wellbeing practice and trauma resolution. Active
techniques were psychodrama and body-mind focused techniques including eye
movement desensitization and reprocessing. The patients were assessed before
treatment, immediately after treatment and at 22 months post treatment with
the Global Assessment of Functioning Scale. The clinical pattern of the
group was observed. After treatment there was a significant change towards
normality in the Global Assessment of Functioning scale both immediately
post-treatment and at 22 months. A clinical pattern, post trauma suicidal
reaction, was observed with a combination of suicidality, insomnia, bodily
symptoms and disturbed mood regulation. We conclude that in the post trauma
reaction suicidality might be a presenting symptom in young people. Despite
the shortcomings of a case series the results of this study suggest that a
mood-map-based multimodal treatment approach with active techniques might be
of value in the treatment of children and youth with suicidality.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Suicide
Accuracy Verified: Yes
11. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas.
El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos.
Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo.
En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento.
Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas.
Objetivos específicos:
1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma.
2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma
3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio
4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos
5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve.
Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos.
La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender.
Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es.
Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan.
En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa.
Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima.
Procedimientos:
- El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios.
- Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado.
- Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.
The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances.
Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors.
Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it.
Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought.
The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative.
Specific objectives:
1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma.
2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma
3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change
4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries
5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques.
Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy.
The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood.
Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not.
Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek.
In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house.
Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem.
Procedures:
- The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures.
- Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately.
- Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.
Keywords: Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
12. Fisher, J. A. (2000, November). Adapting EMDR techniques in the treatment of dysregulated or dissociative patients. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Annual Meeting, San Antonio, Texas.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Since its inception, EMDR [Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing]
has been understood by both clinicians and patients as a powerful vehicle for processing
traumatic experience but one to be undertaken only when the patient has achieved some
degree of stabilization (Shapiro, 1992). In DID and DDNOS patients, that baseline
stability is also supposed to include a level of internal communication and consensus that
would permit cooperation between parts of self about how to tolerate the memory
processing and how to re-stabilize afterward. However, as any clinician who works with
this population knows, some dissociative disorder patients never achieve that degree of
internal coherence, and some have a long, rocky, tumultuous, exhausting road to travel
before they get there. Faced with the DID or DDNOS patient who cannot tolerate affect
or associations to traumatic memories; who cannot control switching, get grounded, or
resolve internal struggles over power and control; who is unable to manage selfdestructive
impulses; who cannot differentiate past and present experience; who is even
unable to tolerate Resource Development (Korn & Leeds, 2002) or create a Safe Place
inside—is there any way that EMDR can be helpful?
Keywords: Dissociation Dysregulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
13. Spierings, J. J. (2005, June). Adapting EMDR to work effectively with clients from other cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand your EMDR skills to other
cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect : a different
style of relating and communicating with your client, and different things to
ask and explore.
This workshop offers a systematic way to understand this type of differences,
it offers also very practical do's and don'ts, and tips and tricks to overcome
difficulties.
The participants will learn intercultural competence in the development of
resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing
rituals, objects and symbols of their clients own culture.
Keywords: Culture
Accuracy Verified: Yes
14. Miller, R., & Tay, K. H. (2009, August). Adapting the standard EMDR protocol for clients with mild mental retardation: Some guidelines and implications. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR as a psychotherapeutic approach has been shown to be effective. However, there is a paucity of studies examining the efficacy of EMDR for clients diagnosed with mild mental retardation. The DSM-IV defines mild mental retardation as below average intelligence (IQ between 70 and 55) along with some deficiencies in adaptive functioning skills demonstrated before age 18. The purpose of our clinical project was to explore the applicability of EMDR for our adult clients (n = 12; mean age 22.5) diagnosed with mild mental retardation by adapting the standard protocol. Studies showed that individuals with mental retardation learn and retain information more effectively when materials are presented to them in a visual, concrete, and interactive manner while utilizing the principles of positive reinforcements.
The prevalence of mental health problems and the wide range of clinical symptoms among these individuals have been reported in several studies. Additionally, these adults are misunderstood as being overly limited in their ability to reap any therapeutic benefit from counseling interventions. Prout and Strohmer (1998), for instance, argued that adults with mental retardation do benefit from counseling interventions. However, they stressed the need for more sophisticated or modified use of psychotherapeutic interventions. Psychotherapeutic techniques and models should be modified, if feasible, in regards to language and cognitive levels commensurate with the clients’ background.
Based on our clinical observations, the following are some examples of proposed guidelines to assist the EMDR clinicians in thinking more creatively when adapting the standard protocol.
1) Considerable amount of preparation at the onset of EMDR is necessary, as it plays a pivotal role in ensuring a successful outcome.
2) Visual depiction of the SUDs and VOCs on a scale of 0 through 5, or 0 through 10, depending on the client’s cognitive abilities is beneficial. Use of “faces” to depict concretely various levels of distress should be made.
3) The concepts of PC and NC may be too abstract for some in this population. We assist clients by operationally defining those concepts with the list of commonly used PCs and NCs in simpler language.
4) Coping resources are sometimes limited for these adults. Clients will benefit from having multiple reinforcements of self-soothing skills thorough the installation of the “safe place” and “resources”.
5) Positive reinforcements (e.g., frequent verbal reminders) should be used regularly in sessions throughout treatment. However, be mindful of clients’ desire to please the clinician.
6) Role-playing should be used when feasible throughout treatment, e.g., during the installation of future templates, as it heightens more sensory, affective, and behavioral modes of learning rather than verbal modality alone.
Based on the treatment outcomes reported by our clients, EMDR is an effective treatment option, as evidenced by sustained reduction in their level of distress to traumatic memories. Findings from this clinical project have practice and research implications. First, the standard protocol should be adapted for use with adults with mild mental retardation to achieve optimal gain. Second, empirical research is needed to provide further evidence for the efficacy of EMDR for adults with mild mental retardation.
Keywords: Mental Retardation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
15. Hensley, B. J. (2012). Adaptive information processing, targeting, the standard protocol, and strategies for successful outcomes in EMDR reprocessing. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 92-100. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.92.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article provides excerpts from each chapter of An EMDR Primer: From Practicum to Practice (Hensley, 2009) to assist novice eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians who are learning how to use this approach and to serve as a refresher for therapists who have not used EMDR consistently in their practices. Actual cases are presented that demonstrate various strategies that the therapist can use to help clients reach adaptive resolution of trauma. Tables and figures highlight important features to explain the obvious and subtle nuances of EMDR. Focal points are the following: (a) the adaptive information processing model; (b) the types of targets accessed during the EMDR process; (c) the 8 phases of EMDR; (d) the components of the standard EMDR protocol used during the assessment phase; (e) past, present, and future in terms of appropriate targeting and successful outcomes; and (f) strategies and techniques for dealing with challenging clients, high levels of abreaction, and blocked processing.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Cognitive Interweave Three-Pronged Approach Types of Targets Unblocking Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
16. Wheeler, M. S. (1997, December). Adlerian interventions and applications: The creating context technique. Journal of Individual Psychology, 53(4), 396-406.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Therapists who are trained in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (Shapiro, 1995) may try using the Creating Context Technique when a client is not stable enough for EMDR or when a client is unwilling to try EMDR. An example will be presented to demonstrate the use of the technique with a typical problem.
Keywords: Adlerian Psychotherapy Adlerian Psychotherapy Connexions Focusing Technique Psychotherapeutic Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
17. Grand, D. (1998, July). Advance clinical seminar: Innovation and integration in EMDR based diagnosis, technique, teaching, performance enhancement and creativity. Presentation at the annual meetng of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to understand and utilize EMDR based diagnosis; 2) be able to utilize both forming of "questioning interweaves" and reflection of clients questions for processing; 3) gain an in depth understanding of the rationale and use of auditory and tactile modes of EMDR stimulation; 4) have working knowldge of advanced conceptualizations of parallel protocols, processing interaction between internalized selves and longer term EMDR; 5) have an expanded knowledge of issues in teaching EMDR, such as individual and group supervision and presenting seminars; 6) gain an understanding of a developmental model of performance and techniques for application of EMDR to performance enhancement and sports psychology; and 7) develop comprehensive understanding of issues of creativity and EMDR. This will include both the client's and therapist's creativity in the EMDR process, as well as se of EMDR for creativity enhancement.
Keywords: Creativity Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
18. Phillips, M., & Frankel, A. S. (2003, November). Advanced techniques in hypnosis and ego state therapy. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
19. Forgash, F., & Litt, B. (2008, September). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is an important therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including dissociative disorders and certain personality disorders. This presentation will provide solutions to problems within the 8 phases of EMDR. Objectives include managing triggers and dealing with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, and hyperarousal. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves. Therapists will learn readiness criteria for trauma processing (phase 4-7) and how to avoid premature interventions. In phase 4, therapists will learn about the zone of optimal arousal and a sequence of techniques to maintain client stability and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
20. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.
Learning Objectives:
Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four.
Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile.
Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.
Keywords: Advanced Techniques Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
21. Litt, B. (2008). Advanced techniques in the use of EMDR to treat complex trauma. www.barrylittmft.com.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Summary
• Pathogenic family dynamics (relational
configurations) are internalized as ego state
conflicts
• The resulting ego state system is a structured
complementation of the loyalty system
• The subjective sense of Self (and corresponding
relational attitude) is adaptive to the original,
formative context[Excerpt]
Keywords: Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
22. Browning, C., & Omaha, J. (2001, June). Affect management skills training (AMST): Basic and advanced techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
AMST blends EMDR, imagery, and ego state therapy to assist clients in developing affect tolerance and can be used with extremely vulnerable clients to prepare them for safe EMDR processing. Practicum and video demonstration will be used.
Keywords: Affect Management Skills Training Affect Tolerance AMST Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
23. Colelli, G. (2003, September). After the World Trade Center disaster – Use of EMDR recent events protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Recent Events Protocol was used extensively in the treatment of World Trade Center survivors, first responders and recovery workers. In
this workshop we will review the Recent Events Protocol and discuss the utilization in treating Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). The
workshop will describe when it is appropriate to modify the Recent Events Protocol. Clinical examples for civilian and non-civilian personnel
will be presented. Specific techniques will be described on how to reprocess PTSD symptoms in 5 sessions or less even when the client has significant previous traumatic memories. The contrast in using the protocol for
PTSD symptoms as compared to grief will be discussed.
Keywords: 9/11 Recent Events September 11th World Trade Center WTC
Accuracy Verified: Yes
24. Solvey, P., & Ferrazzano de Solvey, R. C. (2006, January 2). Algunas fobias...¿Algunos traumas? - Segunda Parte [Some phobias...some traumas - Part 2]. DePsicoterapias S.R.L. Retrieved from http://www.depsicoterapias.com/articulo.asp?IdArticulo=542/8/2009.
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
Este artículo postula una relación unívoca, causa efecto entre la existencia de un trauma y la aparición posterior de una fobia. Estos traumas pueden ser de distinta naturaleza, pueden ser recordados y relacionados con la fobia, recordados y no relacionados con la fobia, olvidados y cuyo recuerdo emerge con las técnicas de avanzada, y traumas perinatales, cuyo recuerdo también puede emerger durante el reprocesamiento de la fobia. Se incluye una casuística de ejemplos clínicos, complementando la parte teórica de este trabajo, que postula una función de evolución adaptativa para las fobias.
This article posits a unilinear relation cause-effect relationship between the existence of a trauma and the subsequent appearance of a phobia. These traumas can be of different nature, can be remembered and associated with the phobia, remembered and not related to the phobia, forgotten and whose memory emerges with advanced techniques, and perinatal trauma, the memory may also emerge during the reprocessing of phobia. It includes a case series of clinical examples, complementing the theoretical part of this work, we hypothesize a role of adaptive evolution for phobias.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
25. Solvey, P., & Ferrazzano de Solvey, R. C. (2006, January 3). Algunas fobias...¿algunos traumas? [Some phobias...some traumas?]. DePsicoterapias S.R.L. Retrieved from ://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=es&u=http://www.depsicoterapias.com/articulo.asp%3FIdArticulo%3D54&ei=jV-zS9rxA4aKlwfm1_m7BA&sa=X&oi=translate&ct=result&resnum=1&ved=0CA0Q7gEwAA&prev=/search%3Fq%3DAlgunas%2Bfobias...%25C3%2582%25C2%25BFalgunos%2Btraumas%253F%26hl%3Den%26rlz%3D1T4SNNT_enUS353US354 3/12/2006.
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
Este artículo postula una relación unívoca, causa efecto entre la existencia de un trauma y la aparición posterior de una fobia. Estos traumas pueden ser de distinta naturaleza, pueden ser recordados y relacionados con la fobia, recordados y no relacionados con la fobia, olvidados y cuyo recuerdo emerge con las técnicas de avanzada, y traumas perinatales, cuyo recuerdo también puede emerger durante el reprocesamiento de la fobia. Se incluye una casuística de ejemplos clínicos, complementando la parte teórica de este trabajo , que postula una función de evolución adaptativa para las fobias.
This article posits a unilinear relation cause-effect relationship between the existence of a trauma and the subsequent appearance of a phobia. These traumas can be of different nature, can be remembered and associated with the phobia, remembered and not related to the phobia, forgotten and whose memory emerges with advanced techniques, and perinatal trauma, the memory may also emerge during the reprocessing of phobia. It includes a case series of clinical examples, complementing the theoretical part of this work, we hypothesize a role of adaptive evolution for phobias.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
26. Phillips, M. (2002, June). All for one and one for all: Integrating EMDR, ego-state therapy and energy psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the most challenging barriers to healing from past trauma is the inner conflict triggered by dissociative fragmentation. This workshop
presents several ways of synthesizing ego-state therapy, EMDR and energy psychology methods to resolve competing inner needs and reactions and
promote more integrated functioning within a comprehensive four stage model. Specific protocols incorporating ego-state work, EMDR and
meridian (energy) techniques will be demonstrated and practiced. Special emphasls will be given to the resolution of mind/body symptoms that
interface with trauma.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Energy Psychology Meridian Therapy Mind/Body
Accuracy Verified: Yes
27. Oglesby, C. (1995). Alternative strategies for dealing with trauma and trauma in sport. Presentation at the annual meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology (AAASP), New Orleans, LA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Building upon the theory and research of Wolpe's Systematic Desensitization, a
new approach has been developed for reintegrating trawmrtic events and holds promise
for work with athletes at a variety of skill levels. Eye Movement Desensitization
Reprocessing (EMDR) is a brief intervention which enhances the individual's own
in order to become perceived as insunnountable obstacles to the athlete's
progress. This presentation will provide a brief overview of Shapiro's EMDR
approach and describe the technique in genera1 terms. Qualification necessary to use
the approach will be described as well as ways to network with EMDR-trained
professionals. Two case studies of the use of this technique with athletes will be
presented.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
28. Lu, D. P., Lu, G. P., & Lu, W. I. (2007). Anxiety control of dental patients by clinical combination of acupuncture, bi-digital o-ring test, and eye movement desensitization with sedation via submucosal route. Acupuncture and Electro-Therapeutics Research, 32(1-2), 15-30 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The data presented in this article was collected after reviewing clinical findings gathered from using various anxiety control methods on apprehensive patients. We examined clinical applications of the eye movement (EM) component of Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD) on fearful dental patients who have histories of traumatic dental experiences. We also used Bi-Digital O-Ring Test (BDORT) to select the proper dosage of sedative to minimize the adverse side effects. For patients who did not respond well to EM, we used BDORT to select the proper sedative medication and its dosage. In certain difficult cases, we supplemented these techniques with acupuncture to augment the sedative effects. Findings were based on the clinical impressions and assessments of both the patients and the operating team. Results showed that EM, although effective in enabling patients to undergo non-invasive dental procedures such as clinical examination and simple prophylaxis, had only limited beneficial effect with invasive procedures such as extraction, drilling, and injections, etc. We also found that BDORT greatly reduced adverse side effects of sedatives such as hypertension, hypotension, hypoxia, tachycardia, bradycardia, nausea, and vomiting. For most apprehensive patients, we found that EMD and acupuncture combined with BDORT predetermined dosage for the submucosal sedation enabled these patients to undergo the complete dental treatment. The authors try to explain the mechanism of BDORT and EM in terms of visual awareness (or consciousness) and preferred patterns, where neurons in the brain respond to the actions and/or direction of movement. The authors believe that BDORT and EM could have better results if the persons performing BDORT have visual awareness and are focused on the task; whereas in EM, the patient's eye on the therapist's hand movements. A more focused approach via visual pathway will result in more favorable results in EM. Likewise, performing BDORT absentmindedly could lead to false results if visual awareness (or consciousness) is absent. "Preferred pattern" will arouse neurons in the brain to cause conscientiousness, and performing BDORT with 'open eyes' arouse the necessary visual awareness that is necessary for the successful performance of BDORT tasks
Keywords: Acupuncture Anxiety Bi-Digital O-Ring Test Dental Phobic Patients Pharmacological sedation Preferred Patterns Visual Pathway
Accuracy Verified: Yes
29. Mestanza, R. (2007). Aplicación de terapia cognitivo conductual individual, grupal y EMDR, en adolescentes de 11 a 13 anos con altos nivelesde ansiedad del 8º ano de educación básica de la red educativia Helena Cortes Bedoya, en la ciudad de Quito, ano lectivo 2006-2007 [Application of individual and group cognitive behavioral EMDR therapy to 11 to 13 year old adolescents with high levels of anxiety in the 8th year of the Helena Cortes Bedoya educational network, City of Quito School Year 2006-2007]. Universidad Central Del Ecuador, Facultad de Ciencias Psicologicas, Instituto Superior de Postgrado, Quito, Ecuador.
Language: Spanish
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
El presente trabajo de investigación tuvo como objetivo general, verificar si la Terapia Cognitivo-Conductual individual, grupal y EMDR disminuyen la ansiedad en adolescentes de 11 a 13 años del 8º año de Educación Básica de la Red Educativa Helena Cortes Bedoya, Sector Carapungo de la ciudad de Quito, en el año lectivo 2006-2007. Se tomó como referencia que la Terapia Cognitivo-Conductual , es el conjunto de técnicas terapéuticas que han resultado del empleo sistemático del método experimental en la Psicología y demás disciplinas afines, empleados con el propósito de modificar pensamientos y conductas desadaptativas .
En tanto que EMDR consiste en la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por medio del Movimiento Ocular u otras estimulaciones bi-hemisféricas especialmente para trabajar sobre recuerdos traumáticos.
La investigación a realizarse fue de tipo explicativo con diseño cuasi- experimental con un grupo de sujetos estimado del 30 al 50 % del total de la población de adolescentes evaluados con el test ISRA-J.
Con ISRAJ (Inventario de Situaciones y Respuestas de Ansiedad – Jóvenes ) se evaluó a 70 estudiantes de 8º Año de Educación Básica obteniendo 14 con alto nivel de ansiedad, a los cuales se les invitó a participar en el taller “ Jóvenes en Aprendizaje” durante 12 sesiones.
Al grupo se realizó la evaluación pre y post tratamiento, para verificar si la Terapia Cognitivo Conductual individual y en grupo + EMDR, son efectivos para bajar niveles de ansiedad y considerando el género saber que grupo fue beneficiado en mayor medida.
Verificada su efectividad, el programa anteriormente señalado, se aplicará para bajar niveles de ansiedad a todos los adolescentes que luego de ser evaluados con el test ISRAJ obtenga un puntaje directo de 51 a 75, con indicación de tratamiento necesario y de 76 a 100 con necesidad de terapia urgente.
The present research aimed generally verify whether cognitive behavioral therapy individual, group and EMDR decrease anxiety in adolescents 11 to 13 years of Grade 8 Basic Education Educational Network Helena Cortes Bedoya, Sector Carapungo of Quito, in the academic year 2006-2007. The reference used was that cognitive behavioral therapy, is the set of therapeutic techniques that have resulted from the systematic use of the experimental method in psychology and other disciplines, employees with the aim of changing maladaptive thoughts and behaviors.
While EMDR is Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement or other bi-hemispheric stimulation specifically to work on traumatic memories.
The research was carried out explanatory type quasi-experimental design with a group of subjects estimated 30 to 50% of the total population of adolescents assessed with the ISRA-J test.
With ISRAJ (Inventory of Situations and Responses of Anxiety - Young) was assessed 70 students from Year 8 Basic Education getting 14 with high anxiety, to which were invited to participate in the workshop "Young People in Learning" for 12 sessions.
The group evaluation was performed before and after treatment, to verify if the individual and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy + EMDR group, are effective in lowering anxiety levels and considering the genre know that group was benefited most.
Verified its effectiveness, the program noted above will apply to lower levels of anxiety to all adolescents be evaluated after the test will score ISRAJ live 51 to 75, indicating the necessary treatment and from 76 to 100 with need Urgent therapy.
Keywords: Adolescents Helena Cortes Bedoya Educational Network Group Behavioral Therapy Quito
Accuracy Verified: Yes
30. de Jongh, A. (1999, June). The application of EMDR in the treatment of specific phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will 1) gain an understanding of when and how to apply the phobia protocol; and 2) learn to integrate the use of adaptive coping skills and exposure techniques into their EMDR work with phobic individuals.
Keywords: Phobias
Accuracy Verified: Yes
31. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Application of mindfulness for impulse control and self harm. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Self harm presents a risk in using EMDR with emotionally vulnerable clients, due to the dangers of their immediate behaviours. However, often these behaviours are in response to deep-seated memories linked to traumas, which with the help of EMDR could safely be processed once the impulsive and risky behaviours are controlled. Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method of reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005). More recently, the author has discovered that the application of mindfulness and imagery techniques work more effectively for clients with tendencies for self-harm, compared to alternative behavioural techniques designed to distract from or substitute for impulsive desires to self-harm (e.g.., the use of ice cubes or elastic bans, to create a distraction from the impulse). Two groups were studied in the process of treating co-morbid symptoms for alternative conditions with EMDR, ranging from eating disorders, anxiety disorders, and trauma, prior to EMDR processing. For clinical reasons, clients with depression, personality disorders and other Axis 2 disorders were not included in this study due to contraindications in current research relating to Mindfulness. Participants self-harming behaviours related to superficial cutting, punching, and burning. Group 1 consisted of six clients who were offered alternative behavioural techniques (e.g., elastic bands or ice cubes) to distract or substitute for the desire for self-harm. Group 2 consisted of eight clients who were offered mindfulness techniques, including imagery meditations to distract or substitute for the desire to self harm. The groups were distributed as evenly as possible and no major emphasis was placed on the treatment of self-harming behaviours, instead being placed on the major problems (anxiety, eating disorder or trauma).
The Group (1)[consisted of 6 persons:(3 with Anxiety, 3 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered suitable behavioural techniques utilised them effectively when their distress levels were mild (between 1-4 on a 0-8 behavioural scale), however, reverted back t self harming behaviours (e.g., cutting, burning, pinching) when distress levels reached 5 or higher. The Group (2)[consisted of 8 persons: (3 with Anxiety, 4 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered aspects of Mindfulness training to facilitate tolerance of distressing emotions and being aware of the active moment did not tend (on average) to revert back to self-harming behaviours, choosing instead to utilise mindfulness methods (such as 3-minute breathing space).
Conclusion: Mindfulness is more effective as impulse control for self-harming behaviours than behavioural alternative strategies and can be utilised as a form of stabilisation in combination with controlling impulsive behaviours, prior to EMDR.
Keywords: Impulse Control Mindfulness Poster Self Harm
Accuracy Verified: Yes
32. Lansch, D. (2010, June). Application of the Four-Fields-Technique in treatment of a patient with dissociative disorder (case report). In Complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The treatment of complex traumatized patients is difficult.
Especially during long term treatments it is not easy for
the chronically traumatized individuals to tolerate the exhausting
confrontation with the trauma during the EMDR standard
procedure. On the other hand they have often problems to
recognize the severity of what happened to them. Many have
problems with their compromised feelings of self-worth. Those
and other clinical problems are the reason to look for alternative
EMDR techniques. The Four-Field-Technique. one of the techniques of EMDR.
could be a good approach to solve some of these problems.
It was developed by Jarero et al, as a group protocol which
followed the 8 phases of the standard EMDR protocol (STDP).
Different from the STDP is that the moment of greatest distress
is drawn on a sheet of paper (after drawing a resource image
before and installing it with (bilateral: butterfly hugs. Different
from the group protocol patients some benefit greatly from the
individual application of the technique.
In this lecture the long term treatment of a patient with a dissociative
disorder is reported. Thereby the different phases of trauma
treatment will be demonstrated via spates of pictures. The four field-
technique itself will be explained as well as the difference to
the standard protocol of EMDR as the patient experienced.
Keywords: Case Report Dissociative Disorder Four-Fields-Technique Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
33. Vos, S. M. (2005, December). An application of the transtheoretical model to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. University of Stellenbosch. doi:10019.1/2938 .
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This study demonstrates the use of the transtheoretical model in the context of sexual trauma in middle childhood. Exploring contemporary literature I found that there is no literature in South Africa available on this topic. It was not until 1997 that the transtheoretical model was implemented internationally with regard to sexual abuse. Taking this in consideration, I realised that there was much scope for exploring, discovering and reflecting on the transtheoretical model and its use within the boundaries of childhood sexual trauma. A qualitative case study within the social constructivist/interpretive paradigm, was chosen as research design. The study involved a participant in middle childhood. Elna (pseudonym) was selected from referrals from the Child Protection Unit of the South African Police Services to the Unit for Educational Psychology at Stellenbosch. The reason for referring Elna to the Unit was because of the negative and diverse effects sexual trauma had on her life story. The study explores the transtheoretical model and the appropriateness thereof as alternative treatment model in a case of sexual trauma, as well as insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Data was collected by means of interviews and therapy sessions during which Narrative therapy, EMDR, sandtray therapy (used in a narrative context) and art therapy techniques were used in an integrated manner. The data was analysed by means of interpreting codes, categories and themes. The study concluded with a discussion of the findings and a reflection on the impact the use of the transtheoretical model had on me as a research-therapist-in-training. The literature review and the findings of this research suggest that the transtheoretical model can be applied effectively to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. The use of the model also gives insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Thesis (MEdPsych (Educational Psychology)--University of Stellenbosch, 2005.
Keywords: Narrative Therapy South Africa Transtheoretical Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
34. Tardy, J., & El Farricha, M. (2007, Juin). Approache Ericksonienne du traumatisme psychique et thérapie EMDR [Ericksonian approach of trauma]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Les techniques d’hypnose éricksonienne sont des outils très utiles au cours d’une psychothérapie, spécialement avec les personnes ayant connu des traumatismes répétés dans l’enfance. En effect, par le biais d’une dissociation thérapeutique, patient et thérapeute on accès à la mémoire traumatique neurobiologique et psychologique et le patient pourra (ré)experimenter la confiance dans ses propres forces naturelles.
Cependant, manié avec peu de précaution l’hypnose risqué d’aggraver la dissociation pathologique. L’association des techniques éricksoniennes et du protocole de la thérapie EMDR augmente les capacitiés de l’espirt et du corps et offre au paitent un meilleur contrôle émotionnel et un amélioration del la (ré)orientation à la réalité.
Le travail des auteurs est a situé dans le cadre de la psychothérapie brève des victimes et s’appuie sur une approche éricksonienne du traumatisme psychique et la thérapie EMDR en tant que novelle méthode thérapeutique efficace pour l’ESPT.
Mohammed El Farricha et Josette Tardy psychologues cliniciens, présenteront un apercu d’un programme de traitement psychothérapique expérimenté avec des patients en ambulatoire ces dix dernières années.
Dans cet atelier l’accent sera plus particulièrement mis sur l’apport des techniques d’hypnose éricksonienne qui semblent cliniquement efficaces et peuvent venir renforcer le protocole EMDR au cours des phases: evaluation et terminaison.
Il s’agira par exemple de démontrer comment, lors de l’évaluation, guider la personne vers la concentration interne nécessaire à une desensitisation complete? Ou encore comment mieux projeter le patient dans un future <
Ericksonian hypnosis techniques are useful tools in the course of psychotherapy, especially with people who have experienced repeated trauma in childhood. In effect, through a separation treatment, patient and therapist is memory access neurobiological and psychological trauma for the patient to (re) experiment confidence in its own natural forces.
However, handled with some caution hypnosis risked aggravating the pathological dissociation. The combination of Ericksonian techniques and EMDR protocol extends the capabilities of espirt and body and offers better paitent emotional control and improvement del (re) orientation to reality.
The authors' work is situated in brief psychotherapy of victims and an approach based on Ericksonian of psychic trauma and EMDR as an effective therapeutic method novella for PTSD.
Mohammed El Farricha and Josette Tardy clinical psychologists, will present an overview of a program of psychotherapy experimented with outpatients in the last ten years.
In this workshop the emphasis will be placed on the contribution of Ericksonian hypnosis techniques that seem clinically effective and can reinforce the EMDR protocol in phases: evaluation and termination.
Some examples demonstrate how, during the evaluation, guide the person towards the internal concentration required for a complete desensitisation? Or how to better plan the patient in a future <> limitations of trauma?
Accuracy Verified: Yes
35. de Jongh, A. (2000, May 6). Approaches to using EMDR for the treatment of phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop focuses on the clinical application of EMDR with specific phobias. There are a number of advantages in using EMDR for the treatment of specific phobias compared to other approaches, such as exposure in vivo. One of the most important advantages seems to be the possibility to utilize EMDR under circumstances where the critical elicitors cannot be reproduced or simulated in real life (e.g., certain sexual, illness or death situations) or, more generally, for which phobic stimuli are hard to obtain. However, unlike patients suffering with PTSD, after deconditioning of an anxiety associated with a traumatic incident, phobic individuals till have to anticipated future anxiety evoking situations. This has important implications for treatment. For example, contrary to its application with PTSD, the treatment of specific phobias with EMDR should not be concluded until clients are prepared for future interactions with (former) anxiety-eliciting stimuli or situations. This may involve acquisition of adaptive coping skills, such as mental strategies to relax or to distract oneself, and the use of exposure (in vivo) techniques. Participants of this workshop will learn when and how to apply EMDR with specific phobias and integrate this into general (cognitive-behavioral) treatment approach. This approach is illustrated by several videotaped treatments.
Keywords: Phobias
Accuracy Verified: Yes
36. Haycock, R. D. (2009). Arming commanders to combat PTSD: A time for change – Attacking the stressors vice the symptoms. School of Advanced Military Studies, United States Army Command and General Staff College, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Arming Commanders to Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder by COL Robert D. Haycock, US Army, 53 pages.
Just as war is not a new phenomenon, neither are the issues associated with the mental and emotional scars combat brings to those who fight a nation’s wars. Historically, the United States has assumed a reactive vice proactive posture as it relates to coping with the fiscal, and humanistic challenges that manifest within a nation at war, and those who experience the trauma of combat. The Army has proven slow to respond to the need to train and educate its leaders and instead has devoted vast capital on the assessment and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), attacking the symptoms as they arise, vice attacking the stressors which cause the affliction. The invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan and the deployment of forces throughout the world to combat terror, however, have created conditions whereby PTSD is again in the lime-light.
This monograph examines PTSD from a historical perspective reviewing the manner in which the Army viewed, assessed, and treated those afflicted with PTSD as well its methods for training and educating those honored with the opportunity to lead these warriors in battle. This monograph highlights existing shortfalls in assessment, training, doctrine, and education as it relates to those commanding at the battalion-level.
The Army does not properly prepare battalion commanders for the complexities of coping with PTSD in their units nor arm them with the tactics, techniques, and procedures necessary to mitigate the effects of PTSD on the combat effectiveness of their units and the soldiers that fill the ranks.
The Army should implement more rigorous assessment programs for units deployed to identify those at risk of PTSD or demonstrating stress-related symptoms before the mental well-being of the soldier is dramatically affected and treatment becomes more difficult. Further, the Army should review and update existing doctrine and training techniques (Battlemind training) to focus specifically on commanders at the battalion level. The Army must demonstrate a linkage between doctrine, training and education, enhance efforts to consolidate PTSD resources for ease of access, and revise strategic communications procedures to reduce stigmas associated with PTSD. The Army must arm its tactical commanders with the tools to address the stressors associated with PTSD in order to preserve the force and ensure its effectiveness in the ambiguous and complex environment which appears to best characterize the way ahead.
Keywords: Combat Military Monograph Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
37. Cohn, L. (1994, March). Art therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
New modes of thempy, before they are completely tried and defined,
challenge the professional status quo as well as our individual skills and
preconceptions. Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR)presents just such a challenge: the method, barely three years old, has
shown excellent results in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD), but is as yet incompletely documented, and the reasons for its
success remain open to speculation (Shapiro, 1989). Even so, only by
continually exploring new techniques can art therapists adjust to advances
in mental health care.
Keywords: Art Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
38. Dayton, J., & Cassity, T. (1994). Assessing dynamics and expectations to insure positive EMDR outcome. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(3), 4-5.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
An acrophobic professional requested EMDR to enhance his participation in a ropes course offered by his program for substance abusers. The representing material was his first ropes experience during which he became experience during which he became the ground. He was determined to allow himself to fall off and trust his team members to lower him safely. The incongruency between this belief and his internal psychic disturbance and his internal psychic disturbance session.
Keywords: Acrophobia Ropes Course
Accuracy Verified: Yes
39. van der Kolk, B. A. (1999, November). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD. Specialty training course presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While most research on PTSD has studied subjects exposed to single
trauma, in clinical practice the vast majority of treatment seeking
patients have histories of multiple traumas, usually interpersonal,
abuse. This gives rise to complex clinical pictures, of which
PTSD is just one dimension. The Trauma Center in Boston is a
large, multidisciplinary, developmentally focused Clinic which specializes
in the treatment of traumatized children and adults. Our
clinic uses a developmentally based assessment tool which helps in
the staging of appropriate treatment interventions. Special emphasis
is placed on providing patients with skills to deal with complex
trauma-based symptoms, such as dissociation, by teaching stablization with DBT techniques, psychoeducational groups, resource
installation, SIT, and body-oriented methods, in which patients are
taught skills to increase their internal locus of control. We will
review the rationale for various psychopharmacological interventions
and the role of groups to enhance the capacity for mutual
relationships. All treatment occurs on the foundation of continuity
of care with one individual therapist who follows the patient’s
progress,explores life issues, helps deal with re-enactment behaviors,
and does trauma-specific treatment, such as EMDR or CBT
for alleviation of trauma-specific symptoms. This conference will
explore these issues in depth and discuss in detail the staging and
applications of various treatment techniques in clinical practice.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
40. Nickerson, M. (2012, October). Attachment at the societal level: Reprocessing internalized stigma and oppression. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment challenges also occur at the societal level as individuals seek to integrate in a meaningful way into social groups and the larger society. An added dimension of clinical work awakens with a cultural context lens that understands social identity and addresses the traumatic impact of social marginalization and oppression. The AIP model successfully predicts that internalized stigma and oppression can be dismantled by building inner resources, reprocessing memories associated with experiencing discrimination and integrating new knowledge about social dynamics. Practical EMDR based strategies will be portrayed with clinical examples, videotaped sessions and the validating feedback from over 60 EMDR therapists who explored these issues in training practicums.
Keywords: Attachment Internalized Stigma Oppression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41. Saint Paul, N. V. (2002, May). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und Korperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper describes how trauma therapy including body awareness
can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently
prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achieve the ability to self-regulate
activation of the autonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access to
states in which patients can maximize their resources. This procedure is
based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The
approach complements other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of
the theoretical orientation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance,
EMDR.
Keywords: Neurobiology Psychotherapy Psycho Trauma Resource Orientation Selective Mutism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
42. Saint Paul, N. V. (2008). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und körperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Interdisziplinär, 16(3), 166-175 .
Language: German
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
In diesem Beitrag wird beschrieben, wie Traumatherapie unter Einbeziehung der Körperwahrnehmung schonend gestaltet und so einer Retraumatisierungsgefahr wirksam begegnet wird. Ziel ist das Erlangen der Fähigkeit, den Aktivierungszustand des autonomen Nervensystems zu regulieren und auf diese Weise Zugang zu ressourcenvollen Ich-Zuständen zu erlangen. Das Vorgehen wird durch neurobiologische Erkenntnisse begründet und anhand von Fallbeispielen veranschaulicht. Der Ansatz wird als Ergänzung zu anderen traumatherapeutischen Verfahren, gleich welcher Schule, verstanden und lässt sich gut mit speziellen Methoden, wie beispielsweise EMDR, verbinden.
Summary: This paper describes how trauma therapy including bodyawareness can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achive the ability to self-regulate activation of the atuonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access in states in which patients can maximize their resources. This proceedure is based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The approach compliments other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of the theoretical orentation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance, EMDR.
Keywords: Neurobiology Psychotherapy Psycho Trauma Resource Orientation Selective Mutism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
43. Uddane, L. (2004, March 14). Author looks at alternative self-help techniques. Orange County, CA: The Orange County Register, Life, HF3.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Servan-Schreiber believes that in a short period, EMDR may help people cope with difficult memories. In a typical session, the patient is asked to remember the painful, debilitating memory and visually focus on the moving hand of the therapist or moving set of lights. It's not clear how EMDR works, so it's a controversial approach.
Keywords: Orange County Self-Help Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
44. Sachsse, U., & Tumani, V. (1999, November). Be borderline! A successful inpatients’ treatment program for (type II) traumatized female patients with PTSD/DES/BPD and the symptom of self-mutilation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Using therapeutic experiences from the USA (Herman, Putnam,
Ross) and the Netherlands (Olthuis, van der Hart) Luise
Reddemann (Bielefeld) and Ulrich Sachsse(Goettingen) developed
an inpatients’ program for female and some male patients with
symptoms, that result from type II traumata, fulfill the phenomenological
criteria of BPD and are understood as chron.
PTSD/DES. The program utilizes the coping strategies of the
patients for stabilisation: splitting (building up an only good world
of safety, support and shelter against the only bad, demonized
world of trauma); derealisation, dissociation(imagery); depersonalisation
(Qi Gong, Feldenkrais). We tell and teach our patients: Be
Borderlines- but inside, not in your outer social life or your therapeutic
relationship! Trauma-synthesis is done after stabilisation by
trauma-exposition every two weeks (EMDR, screen-technique).
The patients stay for 3-5 month, sometimes twice, with very good
results.
Keywords: BPD Borderline Personality Disorder DES Females Inpatient Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Self-Mutiliation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
45. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2012, March). Behandeling van complex trauma: EMDR en meer hoe geef je zo’n behandeling vorm, welke valkuilen kunnen er zijn, welke plek heeft EMDR en hoe bewaak je de rode lijn bij deze vaak langdurige behandelingen? [Treatment of complex trauma: EMDR and more how do you form such a treatment, what pitfalls may exist, which place has EMDR and how do you monitor the red line in these often long-term treatments?]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Behandeling van ‘Complex trauma’ is lastig, omdat er vaak op veel verschillende levensgebieden problemen zijn. Daarbij is er sprake van een opeenstapeling van traumatische ervaringen. Dit kan leiden tot een soort schrik of terughoudendheid bij behandelaren, om complex trauma adequaat aan te pakken. In deze workshop willen wij duidelijk maken dat complex trauma goed te behandelen is, mits men de ruimte heeft om een langere behandeling aan te gaan, een therapeutische relatie (met tegenoverdrachtelijke valkuilen) aan kan gaan met cliënten met een geschokt wantrouwen in hun medemens en men niet te snel terugschrikt en mits men goed overzicht houdt over het verloop van de behandeling. Wij presenteren een model dat richting geeft aan de behandeling van complex trauma. We gaan uit van het drie-fasen model (Herman, 1992) met stabilisatie, verwerking en integratie en vullen dit aan met handvatten voor praktisch gebruik. Dit model gebruiken we om op systematische wijze de verandermogelijkheden te kunnen bepalen bij complexe traumaproblematiek. We zullen uit elke fase een of meerdere technieken demonstreren en op een rijtje zetten hoe EMDR toegepast wordt bij de behandeling van j complexe traumaproblematiek.
Treatment of 'Complex trauma is difficult, because there are often many different areas of life problems. In addition, there is an accumulation of traumatic experiences. This can lead to a kind of fear or reluctance of clinicians to adequately handle complex trauma. In this workshop we want to make clear that complex trauma can be treated well, provided they have the space for a longer treatment to enter a therapeutic relationship (with counter-transference traps) to can deal with clients with a shaken confidence in their fellow man and one not afraid to quickly and if one does good overview over the course of treatment. We present a model that gives direction to the treatment of complex trauma. We assume the three-phase model (Herman, 1992) with stabilization, processing and integration and supplement this with handles for practical use. The model we use to systematically change the options to determine in complex trauma problems. We will phase out any one or more techniques and demonstrate how this straight EMDR is used in the treatment of complex trauma problems j.
Keywords: Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
46. Zdravkovic, J. (1994). Behavioural-cognitive therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder. Psihijatrija Danas, 26(2-3), 129-146.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The basic theoretical postulations on PTSD are given in the first part of the work. Hypotheses are given on PTSD as being a kind of conditioned emotional reaction to trauma and, possibly, an illness that has disturbed REM sleep mechanism at its roots. The second part describes behavioural and cognitive techniques that have been proven empirically to be successful in the treatment and the prevention of this disorder. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Behavior Therapy Cognitive Therapy Epidemiology Etiology Nosology Psychophysiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Relaxation Therapy
Accuracy Verified: No
47. Paulsen, S. L., & Watkins, J. G. (2005, November). Best resourcing, affect regulation & abreaction techniques: From the armamentaria of hypnoanalytic, EMDR, somatic experiencing, and cognitive behavioral sources. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Abreaction Techniques Affect Regulation Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
48. Paulsen, S. L., & Watkins, J. G. (2005, November). Best techniques from the armamentarium of hypnoanalytic, EMDR, somatic psychotherapy and cognitive behavioral methods. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation. Fall Conference, Toronto, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Best Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
49. Stein, D., Rousseau, C., & Lacroix, L. (2004, March). Between innovation and tradition: The paradoxical relationship between eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and altered states of consciousness. Transcultural Psychiatry, 41(1), 5-30. doi:10.1177/1363461504041351.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new form of psychotherapy to emerge in the West. Using both a case analysis and literature review we situate EMDR within the use of altered states of consciousness (ASCs) in psychological healing practices across times and cultures. We discuss EMDR's unique predicament as a therapy that draws upon techniques common to most therapeutic ASCs, while at the same time distancing itself from this tradition through its pseudoscientific language and technologic aesthetic. Our conclusion attempts to shed light on this paradox and raise questions for further study.
Keywords: Altered States of Consciousness Consciousness States Psychological Healing Review Transcultural Psychiatry
Accuracy Verified: Yes
50. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004, January 4). Beware of weird, wacky psychotherapy treatments. Salt Lake City, UT: The Deseret News, All, Viewpoint, AA08.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
There's also a treatment for post-traumatic stress called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Similar to techniques used in other effective treatments for this condition, EMDR therapists ask clients to review the traumatic events repeatedly in their minds until their anxiety dissipates. What makes EMDR unique is that the therapist also moves index and middle fingers rapidly from left to right in front of the client, who is asked to visually track the movement while imagining the scene. But research shows that the eye movements appear to be completely superfluous, as people who are asked to keep their eyes still while recounting the events improve just as much as those who do the eye-wiggling.
Keywords: General Overview Salt Lake City
Accuracy Verified: Yes
51. Rothschild, B. (2003, May). Beyond the model: Creating techniques from theory. Psychotherapy in Australia, 9(3), 36-40.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The following two cases are excerpted from Babette Rothschild’s newly published book 'The Body Remembers Casebook: Unifying Methods and Models in the Treatment of Trauma and PTSD' (W.W. Norton 2003). The first case advocates creative adaptation of learned methods, in this case EMDR. The second demonstrates the importance of regulating hyperarousal and halting flashbacks to facilitate increased client self-control and clear thinking. Both cases illuminate Rothschild’s principle of applying creative common sense to theory. The result is safer trauma therapy and interventions specially tailored to suit the specific needs of individual client situations.
Keywords: Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
52. Litt, B. (2009, August). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego-state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego-state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal.
Keywords: Family Dynamics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
53. Litt, B. (2010, April/May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, re-enactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications for conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on salient negative cognitions, and a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. (Intermediate/Advanced)
Keywords: Relational Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
54. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy.
In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal.
This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives:
•Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients.
•Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples.
•Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR.
•Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples.
•Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self.
•EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization.
•EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
55. Withers, D. (1999, June). Bilateral movement therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn to implement Bilateral Movement Therapy, an innovation of EMDR, into a Group Therapy Model, establishing group safety, cohesion and culture; 2) learn to incorporate Dance Movement Therapy techniques and theory into the standard EMDR protocol using the whole body rather than just eye movements; and 3) explore the use of Bilateral Movement Therapy with a variety of treatment issues and populations and how to assess its appropriateness for each.
Keywords: Bilateral Movement Therapy Dance Movement Therapy Group Therapy Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
56. Solomon, E. P., & Heide, K. M. (2005, January). The biology of trauma: Implications for treatment. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20(1), 51-60. doi:10.1177/0886260504268119.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
During the past 20 years, the development of brain imaging techniques and new biochemical approaches has led to increased understanding of the biological effects of psychological trauma. New hypotheses have been generated about brain development and the roots of antisocial behavior. We now understand that psychological trauma disrupts homeostasis and can cause both short and long-term effects on many organs and systems of the body. Our expanding knowledge of the effects of trauma on the body has inspired new approaches to treating trauma survivors. Biologically informed therapy addresses the physiological effects of trauma, as well as cognitive distortions and maladaptive behaviors. The authors suggest that the most effective therapeutic innovation during the past 20 years for treating trauma survivors has been Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a therapeutic approach that focuses on resolving trauma using a combination of top-down (cognitive) and bottom-up (affect/body) processing. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Child Abuse Children Criminal Behavior Forensic Evaluation Literature Review Neglect Neuroendocrinology Neurophysiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
57. Klaus, P. (2007, June). Birth trauma: Causes, effects, methods to heal with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians will gain an understanding of the types of
events that create psychological and physiological distress
and trauma both at birth and afterward. Many conditions
have their origin during this early period where generational
messages as well as traumatic events surrounding
birth and the early period of life can have negative effects.
Participants will learn methods to work within the infant
mind/body memory to retrieve early trauma and the subsequent
events that reinforced it as well as facilitate
healing through the life path of the individual. Clinicians
can benefit by recognizing the elements that influence
these situations, and with EMDR and other adjunctive
techniques learn to resolve these very early experiences to
help clients reach a higher level of adaptation for health.
Objectives:
1.Identify the characteristics of traumatic or negative birth
experiences.
2.Recognize the risk factors that affect the birth and can
be projected onto the infant.
3.Identify the effects of early trauma on parent-infant relationships,
bonding, the marital relationship, and on
the infant.
4.Learn about long-term psychological and somatic sequelae
of perinatal trauma on the adult individual.
5.Describe, demonstrate, and practice psychotherapeutic
methods with EMDR to help resolve and heal these experiences.
Keywords: Birth Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
58. Jacobs, K., & Macnaughton, I. (1996, June). Body oriented techniques to help “unstuck” EMDR processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Body Oriented Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
59. Bush, Y. R. (1999, June). Bonding and attachment. Prescott College, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This paper reviews the issues of major importance in the current study of bonding and attachment. Adopted children and children who have spent some of their childhood in foster care account for a disproportionate number of unattached children. A review of the history of literature relative to bonding and attachment from Freud to Bowlby and to present day experts is presented. The relatively new diagnosis of Reactive Attachment Disorder and the DSM IV diagnostic features are addressed.
The treatment process, including the various accepted techniques that have been somewhat successful, is described. The newest technique, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), developed by Francine Shapiro, is being used to help children who have been diagnosed with Reactive Attachment Disorder. The technique is explained in this paper.
Chapter six includes information regarding how to complete a family history and assessment and the outline for a more formal narrative report.
This paper was written to explain bonding and attachment and its format was planned so that parts of it can be used as a teaching tool. The purpose of the paper is to gain knowledge and understanding in this field of study so that children will benefit. Assessing the level of bonding and attachment will assist the helping professional plan appropriate treatment for children and families.
Keywords: Adoption Attachment Bonding Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
60. Haour, F. (2009, June). Brain source imaging of the alpha rhythm in PTSD patients using the MEG technique. In K. Zaal (Chair), Research). Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In anxiety disorders, such as PTSD, brain imaging has demonstrated local modifications of functional activities using various techniques. In the present study the direct neuronal activities were measured in delta, theta and beta frequencies, using Magnetoencephalagraphy (MEG) which provides very fast temporal response. The technique is neither invasive nor stressful for the patients.
Nineteen female volunteers with DSM-IV PTSD were included in the study. The protocol was a script-driven imagery provocation test, achieved with the patients sitting in the MEG apparatus. The scenarios, specific for ach patient, were composed of 4 active conditions: neutral image (N) traumatic memory (T), traumatic memory suppression (TS) and positive image (P) corresponding to 3 minutes where the patient had to imagine the corresponding sequence with eyes closed Measures of heat rate and subjective disturbance (SUD) were measured during the recoding. The MEG data were analysed in the source domain using a spatial filtering approach. Measurement of electrophysiological waves of various rhythms: delta: 1-4 Hetz (Hz), theta: 4.8-5.8 Hz, alpha: 8-12 Hz and beta: 12-25 Hz was obtained. Anatomical information was from MRI imaging.
Signal of activation during trauma recall (T-N) were limited to the delta and theta waves and mainly found in the left hemisphere (visual, orbitofrontal and dorsolateral prefrontal and temporal gyrus (BA 8-9-10-11, 18-19, 22, 28) and in the right supra marginal gyrus (Wernicke BA 40).
Signal of inhibition during trauma recall (T-N) were found mainly in the left hemisphere, in the delta, alpha and beta waves (visual, orbitofrontal, dorsolateral prefrontal and temporal gyrus (BA 8-9-10-11, 18-18, 22, 28), cingular cortex (BA 23-24, 31, 32), insula (BA 13) and Broca visual cortex (BA 18-19, 43-44).
In conclusion trauma recall mainly induces a hypoactivation in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex and in the cingular cortices, structures linked to the experience and regulation of emotions.
Keywords: Alpha Rhythm Brain Imaging MEG Technique Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Research Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
61. Haour, F. (2010, June). Brain source imaging using magnetoencephalography (MEG): Modifications in various rhythms during memory recall, in PTSD patients. In Research. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In anxiety disorders, such as PTSD, brain imaging has demonstrated local modifications of functional activities using various techniques. In the present study the direct neuronal activities were measured in delta, theta and beta frequencies, using Magnetoencephalagraphy (MEG) which provides very fast temporal response. The technique is neither invasive nor stressful for the patients.
Nineteen female volunteers with DSM-IV PTSD were included in the study. The protocol was a script-driven imagery provocation test, achieved with the patients sitting in the MEG apparatus. The scenarios, specific for ach patient, were composed of 4 active conditions: neutral image (N) traumatic memory (T), traumatic memory suppression (TS) and positive image (P) corresponding to 3 minutes where the patient had to imagine the corresponding sequence with eyes closed Measures of heat rate and subjective disturbance (SUD) were measured during the recoding. The MEG data were analysed in the source domain using a spatial filtering approach. Measurement of electrophysiological waves of various rhythms: delta: 1-4 Hetz (Hz), theta: 4.8-5.8 Hz, alpha: 8-12 Hz and beta: 12-25 Hz was obtained. Anatomical information was from MRI imaging.
Signal of activation during trauma recall (T-N) were limited to the delta and theta waves and mainly found in the left hemisphere (visual, orbitofrontal and dorsolateral prefrontal and temporal gyrus (BA 8-9-10-11, 18-19, 22, 28) and in the right supra marginal gyrus (Wernicke BA 40).
Signal of inhibition during trauma recall (T-N) were found mainly in the left hemisphere, in the delta, alpha and beta waves (visual, orbitofrontal, dorsolateral prefrontal and temporal gyrus (BA 8-9-10-11, 18-18, 22, 28), cingular cortex (BA 23-24, 31, 32), insula (BA 13) and Broca visual cortex (BA 18-19, 43-44).
In conclusion trauma recall mainly induces a hypoactivation in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex and in the cingular cortices, structures linked to the experience and regulation of emotions.
Keywords: Magnetoencephalography MEG Memory Recall Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Research Rhythms Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
62. Gannon, J. P. (2011, April). A brain-based peak performance model using meditation, EMDR and cardio imagery and rehearsal. Peak Performance Systems, San Francisco.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This pilot study investigated the effectiveness of a new model of peak performance training based on applications of brain research to stimulate mental skill acquisition leading to enhanced performance capabilities. Brain-based techniques such as Mindfulness Meditation (MM), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal (CIR) appear to stimulate various neurological processes including alpha and theta brain waves, higher interhemispheric coherence and reduced sympathetic nervous system arousal. Clinical application of these techniques in a preliminary pilot study with a variety of performers was shown in follow-up self-assessments to have enhanced performance outcomes on seven measures including reduced performance anxiety and self-consciousness, enhanced concentration and focus, improved memorization of performance routines and enhanced overall performance goals. The idea that specific performance routines can be installed using these brain-based techniques that enhance peak performance functioning on demand was supported by these findings.. However, the results of this pilot study are preliminary and further studies using a larger subject sample, empirically validated test measurements and independent control groups are necessary before these findings can be corroborated.
Keywords: Brain-Based Peak Performance Brainscripting Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal Flow Interhemispheric Coherence Mindfulness Meditation Neurofeedback Neuroplasticity Performance Anxiety Pilot Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
63. Rost, C. (2010, June). Bridging the gap between stabilisation and trauma confrontation. Pre-conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When processing trauma material during the EMDR session, we often see the spontaneous appearance of resource material. This helps patients to come to terms with the traumatic memory. With complex traumatized patients, this material appears far less frequently, and the EMDR process can be much harder. We can support the process by activating specific resources, both before and during the EMDR session.
During this workshop, specific resource techniques will be presented and practiced which can help to stabilize complex traumatized patients and which can also be combined with the EMDR standard protocol: Position of Power, Power Animal, Body Resource, CIPOS, and a protocol for early childhood memories.
Keywords: Body Resource CIPOS Position of Power Power Animal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
64. Lopacka, J., & Phoeun, B. (2010, July). Building on experience: Post-typhoon trauma EMDR work in Cambodia utilising the lessons learned from Thailand's post-tsuname programme. Symposium (Carolyn L. Neunuebel, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
On September 26th 2009 Typhoon Ketsana wrought devastation on parts of the Philippines, Vietnam and Cambodia. Mindful
of the hard lessons learned running a tsunami trauma programme in Thailand in 2005/06 Jane Lopacka, an EMDR therapist
and training facilitator and director of Phnom Penh Counselling Centre, led and supervised a team of Cambodian MA in
Clinical Psychology students who were trained in Part 1 EMDR to provide EMDR treatment to Ketsana victims. The purpose
of this paper is to demonstrate the scope, assessment methods, treatment programme, constraints, financial issues, and
challenges of the programme whilst utilising the lessons learned from Thailand’s Tsunami EMDR trauma programme. The
results regarding the efficacy of EMDR in a Cambodian context will be examined using pre and post treatment data. The
results include a comparison of 4 months post-treatment evaluation compared to an assessment of an equivalent random
number of Ketsana victims from the same and neighbouring villages who did not receive treatment (to be completed in June
2010 as the farming season dictates). This paper will also demonstrate the utilisation of the lessons learned from Thailand’s
Tsunami EMDR programme in a typhoon trauma treatment programme in Cambodia. Also, this being the students’ first
exposure to trauma work using EMDR, this paper will record the experiences of the students involved. By way of conclusion
this paper will identify further lessons learned in Cambodia along with recommendations regarding future feasible and
manageable post-trauma work with limited resources and a small budget in a Southeast context.
Keywords: Cambodia Thailand Tsunami Typhoon
Accuracy Verified: Yes
65. Laliotis, D. (2009, August). Building on the basics: An EMDR refresher course. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This course is for EMDR therapists who would like to deepen their understanding of EMDR principles, protocols and procedures. Whether you feel the need for a review because you haven’t been using EMDR recently or you would like to enhance your active EMDR practice, this course is for you. From the three-pronged approach to applications of resource installation and cognitive interweave, you will come away from this course more confident in your ability to integrate EMDR into your clinical practice. You will see videotapes of real cases and will have an opportunity to discuss, in depth, case conceptualization and treatment planning issues and how to incorporate the informational plateaus of responsibility, safety and choices throughout the course of treatment. We will also address the unique demands of being an EMDR therapist and how to successfully navigate the inherent challenges of a powerful and effective psychotherapy approach.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
66. Unicef International (2010, April). Building psychosocial support and mental health systems for children: Policy and practice in emergency situations. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Children Guidelines Keynote Policy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
67. Zaghrout-Hodali, M., Alissa, F., & Dodgson, P. (2008). Building resilience and dismantling fear: EMDR group protocol with children in an area of ongoing trauma. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 106-113. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.106.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A number of studies indicate that EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) may be efficacious in treatment of children and young people with symptoms of posttraumatic stress. However, reports are limited in the use of the EMDR psychotherapy approach in situations of ongoing violence and trauma. This case study describes work with 7 children in an area of ongoing violence who were subject to repeat traumas during the course of an EMDR psychotherapy intervention, using a group protocol. Results indicate that the EMDR approach can be effective in a group setting, and in an acute situation, both in reducing symptoms of posttraumatic and peritraumatic stress and in "inoculation" or building resilience in a setting of ongoing conflict and trauma. Given the need for such applications, further research is recommended regarding EMDR's ability to increase personal resources in such settings. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder Cognitive Processes Conflict Intifada Group Psychotherapy Multiple Traumatic Events Palestinians Psychotherapeutic Processes Recent Events Resilience Group Therapy Survivors School Age Children Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
68. Shapiro, F. (2012, November). Building sustainable mental health services in war-torn and disaster-affected areas. Presentation at the 28th Annual Meeting of the ISTSS, Los Angeles, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The after effects of trauma can be transmitted across generations, resulting in ongoing cycles of violence
and pain that affect individuals, families and societies. For those people and organizations working in
countries in need of significant conflict prevention, mediation, reconstruction and reconciliation, these
unprocessed memories can present a grave challenge.
EMDR therapy is an empirically supported treatment for trauma. Since it does not demand a description
of the event, it has proved successful in those cultures where self-disclosure is problematic. Since it does
not need homework, it can also be implemented on consecutive days, making it amenable to the use of
field teams after both natural and manmade disasters. Program evaluations have documented positive
and rapid treatment effects using both individual and group protocols.
The EMDR-Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) is a global network of volunteer educator/clinicians
working to prevent and/or remediate the psychological aftereffects of trauma. HAP projects worldwide
have provided education about trauma and stabilization techniques, and taught local clinicians how to
provide both individual and group treatment in war-torn and disaster-affected areas. The primary goal is
to train clinicians to build sustainable mental health services that will meet not only immediate crisis
needs, but also comprehensively serve future generations.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
69. Khift, R. N. (1994). Building upon our foundations. Dissociation, 7(2), 79-80.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
It is easy to become demoralized in the face of repeated
assaults on the credibility and legitimacy of our patients,
our patients' given histories and allegations of mistreatment,
and the very conditions that they suffer. As clinicians and
scientific investigators working with trauma victims and dissociative
disorder patients, we have found it difficult to withstand
withering and venomous attacks upon our professions,
our motivations, and ourselves as individuals. Although there
have been some notable exceptions, the last several months
have been remarkable for the video and print media' s love
affair with those who protest the veracity of allegations of
childhood mistreatment, and their willingness to promulgate
polarized negative representations of those who allege
childhood mistreatment and those who treat them. Since
the New Year, I have been interviewed by a large number of
reporters and journalists. Only two diverged from a rather
stereotyped and weary script in which the legitimacy of the
perspective of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation was
assumed, and this assumption colored the majority of the
dialog that transpired. I strongly suspect that matters will
get worse before they improve.
Keywords: Editorial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
70. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004 January 4). Can be depressing. Monterey County, CA: The Monterey County Herald, Commentary, F1.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
There's also a treatment for post-traumatic stress called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Similar to techniques used in other effective treatments for this condition, EMDR therapists ask clients to review the traumatic events repeatedly in their minds until their anxiety dissipates. What makes EMDR unique is that the therapist also moves index and middle fingers rapidly from left to right in front of the client, who is asked to visually track the movement while imagining the scene. But research shows that the eye movements appear to be completely superfluous, as people who are asked to keep their eyes still while recounting the events improve just as much as those who do the eye-wiggling.
Keywords: General Monterey County Overview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
71. Jongedijk, R., Freeman, C., Stofsel, M., Johannesson, K. B., Groenenberg, M., & Nerad, M. (2005, October). Can evidence based trauma treatment like CGT and EMDR be used for patients with complex traumatisation and/or complex PTSD?. Presentation at the First Annual European Workshops on Traumatic and Stress, Academic Medical Center, The Netherlands .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
CGT and EMDR are well documented treatment programmes for PTSD. Most published studies concern “simple PTSD”, in this workshop
presentations and discussions are focussed on the treatment principles and possible adjustments in techniques of CGT and EMDR for
complex PTSD patients.
Keywords: CGT Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Complex Trauma C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
72. Tareen, S., Farrell, D., Keenan, P., Swift, J., & Poole, D. (2008, November). Capacity building in developing country: Developing eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) in Pakistan. Poster presented at the All-Ireland Institute of Psychiatry Winter Meeting, Belfast, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although there is no published work on the magnitude on PTSD after the earthquake in Pakistan in 2005, 16% of patients seen in Muzafarabad and 51% in Balak...
Keywords: Developing Countries Pakistan Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
73. Cartwright, L. (2000, September-October). Case Studies: Expanding our tool kit: A new technique that compliments TFT and EMDR. Family Therapy Networker, 24(5), 71-82.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
In recent years, increasing numbers of therapists have discovered the effectiveness of neurologically based therapy techniques, such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Thought Field Therapy (TFT), not only for trauma, but for a wide range of problems, including anxiety, anger, grief and phobias. Like most therapeutic approaches, however, they provide remarkable results for one client and little or no results for another, no matter how skilled the therapist. Even more mysterious, they can significantly help a client with one problem, but not with a different problem. For instance, Sarah, age 40, had been suffering from depression for five years. The depression was triggered by the death of her father, loss of a good-paying job due to downsizing and her fiance's breaking off their engagement--all within a one-year period. After six months of increasing anxiety and worsening depression (accompanied by low energy, disinterest in life and withdrawal from social situations), Sarah entered therapy. Biweekly sessions for the next three years, which frequently included EMDR, significantly reduced her anxiety, but did not alleviate the depression. Nor did antidepressants. Years before, I had had a similar experience. EMDR had sharply reduced my obsessive-compulsive symptoms, but didn't help my depression. TFT eliminated recurring anger, but also didn't help my depression.
In the course of five years of research into neurologically based approaches, I happened upon a working hypothesis that explains such inconsistent results. The side-to-side eye movements of EMDR that activate the left and right hemispheres of the brain seem to help people resolve problems based on a lack of communication between the left and right hemispheres of the brain. The tapping, or front/back stimulation of acupuncture points, in TFT is effective when there is a lack of communication between the front and back of the nervous system (controlled by the energy center, well known to acupuncturists and martial artists, that lies below the navel). And since we are three-dimensional creatures, I hypothesized that some problems stem from a lack of communication between the top and bottom of the nervous system as well, which I correlate with the brain and the enteric nervous system of the digestive tract (the source of gut feelings). Working from this hypothesis, I have also developed processes to reintegrate the top/bottom dimension.
I have found that although certain emotions tend to be based within a given neurological dimension (indecisiveness is often in left/right, anxiety in front/back and depression in top/bottom, for example), a client may experience any emotion as a block within any dimension or combination of dimensions. As a result, depending upon both the client and the specific problem being addressed, a therapist might need to use techniques that facilitate integration of the left/right, front/back and/or top/bottom dimensions of the nervous system. When a client is blocked within two or three dimensions of the nervous system, working within just one dimension will sometimes activate healing across the entire nervous system. If this does not happen, it is then necessary to work in the remaining dimensions.
From these hypotheses I developed a system called Shifting Consciousness through Dimensions (SCtD), which provides therapists ways to assess the dimension(s) the client is blocked in, processes to identify, if necessary, which dimension to start with and specific integrating techniques for each dimension.
Keywords: TFT Thought Field Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
74. Herbert, C. (2002, June). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. European Journal of Psychotherapy, Counseling & Health, 5(2), 135-144.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Countertransference Distress Phenomenology Physical Manifestations Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychological Distress Psychosomatic Phenomena Self Destructive Behavior Self Harm Somatoform Disorders Thinking Trauma Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
75. Herbert, C. (2002, May). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.[Taylor-Francis]
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Counseling Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
76. Burns, M. (2009, March). The challenges of using EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking children/adolescents. Symposium conducted the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper discusses the use of EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking
children and adolescents using clinical case examples and shares the clinician’s own personal
reflections on the lessons learned.
The challenges of working with this group are explored drawing on research findings as well
as the clinician’s experiences. Language and cultural differences can act as barriers to
assessing children’s mental health or their suitability for EMDR even though in some cases it
might be thought of as the treatment of choice. Working with Interpreters is often a key
feature of this therapeutic work. The challenges are discussed with direct reference to The
British Psychology Society’s recently published guidelines. There are ongoing stresses for these children and young people associated with displacement and their current situation in
the UK. These stresses contribute to their psychological distress.
Fear of being sent home or mistrust may also prevent them from providing full and accurate
information hindering the clinician from obtaining an accurate assessment or trauma
history.
The importance of good therapeutic skills as the basis of an EMDR Approach is highlighted
drawing upon a host of interventions (behavioural, physical, cognitive and motivational) to
support clients in building up their own resources so that they can manage their distress
between sessions. The therapist’s role in managing expressed emotions within the sessions is examined, not forgetting the impact of this on the therapist.
Keywords: Adolescents Asylum Children Refugees Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
77. Perry, B. D. (2002, June). Clinical work with maltreated and traumatized children: Evolving innovations in treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Building upon the concepts and pricipals outline in the Keynote, clinical implications for the neurodevelopmental understanding of childhood trauma will be presented. Specific assessment processes, treatment planning activities and intervention strategies will be discussed. The use of EMDR and music and movement treatments with traumaitized and maltreated children will be presented.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
78. Grimmett, J., Hartung, J., Galvin, M. D., & Gray, S. (2012, October). Clinician experiences with EMDR: Factors influencing attrition and retention. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Over 70,000 clinicians worldwide have participated in extensive EMDR training in the past 20 years, but, as with other therapies, not all trained clinicians continue to practice newly acquired techniques.
Whether or not a clinician uses a given treatment modality seems to be a complicated issue, the literature can be organized along the lines of five themes: (a) therapists' pre-training factors, (b) the training itself, (c) clients' experiecnes before and during EMDR, (d) post-training skill development, and (e) socio-enviromental contributors to therapist attrition and retention
Keywords: Attrition Clinician Experiences Retention Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
79. Parnell, L. (1993, Spring). Closing EMDR sessions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 5-6.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Closing down incomplete sessions is an important part of EMDR work. The following are some techniques that I found to be useful when sessions needs to be closed down.
Keywords: Closure Incomplete Sessions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
80. Morris, A. (2009, October). Closing incomplete sessions. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores ways of managing sessions when there isn't time to complete the eight stage protocol, and considers the factors that make closure rather than resolution the appropriate response, timing, skills and techniques to bring down high levels of affect and contain unresolved material. This presentation includes discussion and experiential practice.
Keywords: Closure Incomplete Sessions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
81. Allen, W. (2002). Coaching amateur athletes: From frozen to fearless. In L. Grodzki (Ed.), The new private practice: Therapist-coaches share stories, strategies, and advice (pp. 178-191). New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter presents a case study in which the coach, who works with amateur athletes, addresses the fear of an amateur horseback rider who broke her arm horseback riding but wanted to continue the sport. The author describes how she set the goals of addressing and diffusing the upsetting mindset; installing a cognitive-behavioral link to support new skill integration and application; and looking at the client's riding through the lens of an amateur but competitive athlete to see how she could best make certain training decisions. She discusses her tools and techniques, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), neurolinguistic programming, shamanic healing, and Buddhist meditation, and presents an extract from her first EMDR session with her silent thinking about the process as it unfolded. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved).
Keywords: Athletic Performance Buddhism Buddhist Meditation Coaches Coaching Amateur Athletes Emotional Trauma Fear Goals Horses Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Professional Development Shamanic Healing Shamanism Therapists
Accuracy Verified: Yes
82. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Neurobiological Basis of Behavior Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
83. Grandison, P. (2007). A combined approach: Using EMDR within a framework of solution focused brief therapy. Educational and Child Psychology, 24(1), 56-64.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper reports on a qualitative, exploratory
study that creatively combined two therapeutic approaches: eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) and solution focused brief therapy. It was expected that the use of techniques drawn from solution focused brief therapy could help children to facilitate and enhance the use of techniques within EMDR. In particular, techniques focusing on current and future positive resource installation were utilised. Five primary school children age 9 to 11 years were identified by class teachers and parents as presenting as shy, anxious and lacking self-confidence. The group intervention took place in school over six sessions. Within the group setting, the children targeted their own individual area that they wished to improve. Data were collected during and after each session and post-intervention. Increases in children’s self confidence and an improvement in targeted areas were reported by children, parents and teachers. Children found the intervention helpful and were able to identify particular aspects of solution
focused brief therapy and EMDR that were useful.
Keywords: Anxiety Brief Psychotherapy Children's Techniques Educational Psychology Empirical Study Group Intervention Group Psychotherapy Primary School Children Problem Solving Psychotherapeutic Techniques Qualitative Study Self-Confidence Shyness Solution Focused Brief Therapy Timidity
Accuracy Verified: Yes
84. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously
during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges.
Opportunities:
¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to
provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training
protocols for the individual athlete.
¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a
neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training.
¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback
based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance.
¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and
gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning
strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed
relaxation, etc.
Challenges:
¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in
the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages
arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing
(frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed.
¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker,
video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is
difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems
and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on
creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and
playback will be reported.
Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be
discussed, with a focus on archery where:
¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers.
¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural
activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a
range of time-spans and skills.
¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns
during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level,
but not simply as a function of score.
Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement
are discussed.
Keywords: EEG Eye Tracking Performance Analysis Sports Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
85. Zangwill, W. (2001, June). Combining EMDR and meditation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This experiential workshop combines EMDR with meditation to teach EMDR clinicians how better to enhance client safety during and between sessions and to address issues of their own. Participants will practice specific meditative techniques for use with themselves and their clients.
Keywords: Meditation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
86. McMulin, T. (1998, June). Combining EMDR with relapse prevention programs to enhance treatment outcomes with sex offenders. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 20-24.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
There have been numerous barriers to the development of comprehensive and successful treatment for sex offenders. One of the primary barriers involved societal views of offenders as being incorrigible and first and foremost deserving of punishment. Offenders themselves have fed that view because of seemingly impenetrable defense mechanisms they develop to maintain a sense of safety from others as well as their own thoughts, feelings, and memories. Other barriers to development of comprehensive treatment models involve the failure of traditional psychodynamic techniques, which focus primarily on resolving intrapsychic conflicts, to provide cost effective, adequate, and reliable treatment results (Lockhart, Saunders, & Cleveland, 1989).
Keywords: Relapse Prevention Programs Sex Offenders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
87. Hartung, J. G., & Galvin, M. D. (2002). Combining eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and energy therapies. In F. P. Gallo (Ed.), Energy psychology in psychotherapy: A comprehensive sourcebook (1st ed) (pp. 179-197) NewYork: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: Observing that there has been a rapid increase in the number of practitioners trained in both eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and the energy psychotherapies, the authors describe ways to combine these modalities to increase their effectiveness. Topics include correcting psychological reversals prior to initiating and during EMDR; muscle testing with EMDR; EMDR along with energy therapies to limit the severity and disruption of abreaction, dissociation, "looping," and blocking beliefs; treatment of addiction; using one method to further client receptivity to use of the other; self-use of EMDR and the energy techniques; and, among others, energy training for paraprofessional crisis teams for use in residential programs with EMDR clients. [Adapted from Introduction]
Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy Latin Americans Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors TFT Thought Field Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
88. Capps, F. (2006, January). Combining eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with Gestalt techniques in couples counseling. Family Journal, 14(1), 49-58. doi:10.1177/1066480705282055 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is gaining acceptance as efficacious treatment for PTSD for individuals but not for couples. This article reports three case studies of couples in which EMDR is combined with Gestalt therapy in a single session to resolve relational trauma effects, increase empathy and awareness in the supportive partner, and deepen intimacy within the couple. Case studies are described, and implications for research and clinical applications are discussed. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Americans Couples Therapy Family Therapy Gestalt Therapy Nonclinical Case Study Qualitative Study Perpetrators Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Spouse Abuse Survivors Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
89. Cummings, N. A. (1999). Comment on L'Abate: Psychotherapist future shock. The Family Journal, 7(3), 221-223. doi:10.1177/1066480799073003.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
No abstract available.
Keywords: Commentary Computer Applications Computer Assisted & Programmed Distance Writing Interventions Oral Communication Preference to Traditional Talk-Oriented Techniques Therapeutic Processes Written Communication
Accuracy Verified: Yes
90. Sharpley, C. F., Montgomery, I. M., & Scalzo, L. A. (1996). Comparative efficacy of EMDR and alternative procedures in reducing the vividness of mental images. Scandinavian Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 25(1), 37-42. doi:10.1080/16506079609456006.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Nordisk Tidskrift för Beteendeterrapi: Data evaluating the effectiveness of EMDR suggest that, although it appears to be an effective treatment for many types of PTSDs, the major support comes from limited-subject case studies. To further investigate this issue, the relative efficacy (in comparison to simpler procedures) of EMDR for reduction of the vividness of subjects' memories was investigated in a non-clinical sample. Results indicated that EMDR was more successful than comparable techniques in reducing the intensity of subjects' mental images. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Australians Empirical Study Males Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial Young Adults
Accuracy Verified: Yes
91. Khosropour, F., Ebrahiminejad, G. H., Salehi, M., & Farzad, V. (2012, April-May). Comparing the effectiveness of psychological debriefing, eye movement desensitization reprocessing, and imaginal exposure on treatment of chronic post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Kerman University of Medical Sciences, 19(2), 149-159 .
Language: Farsi (Iran)
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background & Aims: Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is considered as one of the most prevalent disorder during the life time and can negatively influence the individual, family and social relationships of patients, so, prevention and treatment of this disorder is highly important. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), psychological debriefing (PD), and imaginal exposure (IE) are some treatment methods, but there is controversy about long effects of these treatments, especially among chronic patients.
Method: In a semi experimental study, a total of 54 adult male patients, based on Davidson scale and psychiatric diagnostic, were randomly selected, and then were divided into 3 equal therapy groups. All participants were evaluated before, after and 3 months after the treatment. Data were analyzed through the repeated variance and Duncan post-hoc tests.
Results: Psychological debriefing and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing were better than imaginal exposure in relief of chronic post-traumatic stress disorder signs and remaining the effectiveness in three months follow-up.
Conclusion: It is concluded that all of the above methods are effective on chronic post-traumatic stress disorder and the efficacy of the therapeutic techniques would be still in force even after 3 months.
Considering the importance of psychological interventions, it is necessary that such methods be taught to psychologists so that they can use them after traumatic accidents.
Keywords: Imaginal Exposure Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychological Debriefing PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
92. Alexander, R. J. (1998, September). Comparison of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and hypnosis. Washington State University, Pullman, WA. AAT 9825908.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is being used in the treatment of numerous disorders. This research focused on EMDR and hypnosis to gain insight into whether the EMDR procedure is a hypnotic phenomenon. Ten high (SHSS:C = 10-12) and ten low hypnotizables (SHSS:C = 0-3) from a northwestern university were exposed to EMDR treatment based on Shapiro's procedure (1995). Responses to a post hypnotic suggestion given before the installation phase of EMDR were measured. Mann Whitney U results revealed a significant difference between low and high hypnotizable participants' responses suggesting that there is a hypnotic phenomenon present in EMDR. ANOVA results for Subject Units of Disturbance (SUDS) and Validity of Cognition (VOC) measures revealed significant treatment effects for both highs and lows pre- to posttreatment. Comparison of high and low hypnotizable groups on the posttreatment outcome scores of SUDS revealed that highs experienced significantly lower levels of disturbance than lows. Comparison of high and low hypnotizables on the posttreatment outcome scores of the VOC revealed no significant difference between groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 59(3-B), Sep 1998, pp. 1357.
Keywords: Hypnosis Empirical Study Psychotherapeutic Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
93. Staff. (2000). Complex PTSD in children II: Therapeutic interventions. Cavalcade Productions, Inc., Nevada City, CA.
Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
In this video series, Bessel van der Kolk and other clinicians from The Trauma Center, along with therapists Joyanna Silberg and Frances Waters, describe the assessment tools and therapeutic approaches that they have found most useful in working the severely traumatized in children. The clinician's role in such cases often includes working with parents or guardians as well as children, and can extend far beyond the therapy room to encompass psychoeducation and advocacy. For children with complex PTSD, safety must be established both externally and internally. Maintaining internal safety can be an especially difficult task when the child is highly dissociative. The presenters discuss ground techniques that can help a child to stay safe and stable, and describe the therapeutic modalities "play, talk, art, and group therapy" that they have found useful. Topics include controlling aggression, accessing emotions, changing the trauma story, and using EMDR.
Keywords: Children Clinical Judgment Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Intervention Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Therapeutic Processes Treatment
Accuracy Verified: No
94. Wagstaff, G. F., Cole, J., Wheatcroft, J., Marshall, M., & Barsby, I. (2007). A componential approach to hypnotic memory facilitation: Focused meditation, context reinstatement and eye movements. Contemporary Hypnosis, 24(3), 97-108. doi:10.1002/ch.334.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Although hypnosis is now less popular as an interviewing technique in forensic investigations than it used to be, recent evidence suggests that some of the components of hypnotic interviewing might still be useful in the development of brief memory facilitation procedures. Two experiments are described which continue this componential approach to hypnotic interviewing. In the first experiment, the effects on episodic memory of a brief context reinstatement (revivication) procedure were examined together with a focused breathing meditation technique which shares similarities with traditional hypnotic induction. A second experiment investigated the effects of horizontal eye movements which some have also associated with hypnotic responding. Results indicated that a combined context reinstatement and focused meditation procedure was more effective than context reinstatement alone in facilitating memory for an emotional event without the increase in false positive errors familiar to more traditional hypnosis techniques. In contrast, an instruction to perform horizontal eye movements was not effective in facilitating memory and, when combined with a suggestion for improved recall, produced higher confidence in incorrect responses. Implications are discussed. [Abstract from author]
Keywords: Accuracy Confidence Context Reinstatement Eye Movements Forensic Hypnosis Hypnotism Interviewing Meditation Memory Memory Facilitation Testing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
95. Forgash, C. (2009). Constructive avoidance of present day situations: Techniques for managing critical life issues. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 291-296). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
96. Karatzias, T., Power, K., Brown, K., McGoldrick, T., Begum, M., Young, J., Loughran, P., Chouliara, Z., & Adams, S. (2011, June). A controlled comparison of the effectiveness and efficiency of two psychological therapies for posttraumatic stress disorder: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing vs. emotional freedom techniques. Journal of Nervous Mental Disease, 199(6), 372-378. doi: 10.1097/NMD.0b013e31821cd262.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The present study reports on the first ever controlled comparison between eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and emotional freedom techniques (EFT) for posttraumatic stress disorder. A total of 46 participants were randomized to either EMDR (n = 23) or EFT (n = 23). The participants were assessed at baseline and then reassessed after an 8-week waiting period. Two further blind assessments were conducted at posttreatment and 3-months follow-up. Overall, the results indicated that both interventions produced significant therapeutic gains at posttreatment and follow-up in an equal number of sessions. Similar treatment effect sizes were observed in both treatment groups. Regarding clinical significant changes, a slightly higher proportion of patients in the EMDR group produced substantial clinical changes compared with the EFT group. Given the speculative nature of the theoretical basis of EFT, a dismantling study on the active ingredients of EFT should be subject to future research.
Keywords: EFT Emotional Freedom Technique Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
97. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
98. Gomez, A. M. (2006, September). Creative approaches to motivate, prepare, and guide children to use EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is intended to teach specific ways to use storytelling, metaphors and play therapy
techniques within the context of the EMDR protocol. Participants will learn play therapy techniques to use during the target identification phase. Techniques such as the "mixed up box", "My yucky bags" among others, will provide a playful approach
to assist children in identifying EMDR targets as
well as to provide an opportunity for containment.
Safe place, as well as other types of resource
development, will be addressed using alternative ways to cue the child, such as olfactory stimulation. Participants will learn metaphors and stories to help children understand what happens in the mind and body when trauma occurs. These metaphors are intended to motivate children that are reluctant to embrace the memories associated to the trauma. By
using stones and metaphors, children can also
maintain emotional distance from their own
struggles. One of the main goals of this workshop
is to help clinicians learn to communicate more
effectively with children by using metaphors, stones and play. How to talk to children about EMDR and
how to prepare children for the outcome of EMDR
will be addressed. By making the process more
predictable, the likelihood of children stopping the
process when they experience the difficult feelings
associated with the trauma might be minimized.
Participants will also learn to use creative, fun and
playful ways to assist children in understanding and using the measure scales of the EMDR protocol
(SUDS and VOC).
Keywords: Children Metaphors Play Therapy Storytelling Targets
Accuracy Verified: Yes
99. Gomez, A. M. (2007, September). Creative ways of administering the EMDR protocol with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide a comprehensive body of knowledge and advanced techniques so EMDR clinicians can effectively implement the EMDR protocol with children. Participants will learn strategies to make children acquainted with the different components of the EMDR protocol, as well as the use of sand tray techniques to assist children during the EMDR assessment and desensitization phases. Special attention will be placed on how and when to use the cognitive interweave with children. Different types of cognitive interweaves that are more suitable for children will be presented. Additionally, this workshop will address how to work on the future template with children using play therapy and creative strategies.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
100. Dattilio, F. (2001). Crisis intervention techniques for panic disorder. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 55(3), 388-405.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Panic disorder is estimated to affect more than 4% of the U.S. population. It is assumed that this incident rate increases during crisis situations. While the professional literature is replete with references on the treatment of panic disorders, few authors address the use of nondrug treatment in conjunction with crisis intervention. This article provides an overview of the latest nonpharmacologic interventions for panic along with a description of their effectiveness in reducing the onset of symptomatology as well as preventing relapse during crisis.
Keywords: Crisis Intervention Non-drug Treatment Panic dsiorder Nonpharmacological Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
101. Spierings, J. (2001, May). Cultural adaptations of EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this presentation the concept of "intercultural competence" is developed. A structured way
is introduced to develop a therapeutic relationship with clients from another culture in order
to build up trust and to bridge cultural differences in styles of processing and expression of
emotion. The eight phases of EMDR will be reviewed and screened for necessary
adaptations, leading to a series of practical guidelines, useful metaphors, rituals, and helpful
concepts.
The presentation will be illustrated with case examples, both successful and less successful.
Keywords: Cultural Adaptations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
102. Arnold, C. (2002). David Lister's 1999 paper. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
"I concur with David Lister's model of utilising EMDR in Medical Practice. My own
personal trauma has been around radical surgery when I was 24, which was life saving
but nonetheless changed the course of my life. The possibilities for healing are endless if
EMDR could be incorporated into complementary care units of hospitals that are becoming popular here in the USA. (Complementary care units are quite unlike British
health centres, complementary care units offer yoga, meditation, message, visualization,
relaxation techniques, hypnosis and biofeedback to patients suffering from a broad range
of medical problems, including those with catastrophic illness. Some include homeopathy
and herbal medicine as part of the treatment plan. These units have not been without
controversy, and administrators have waged a long and hard battle against the medical
establishment.)
Keywords: David Lister Letter
Accuracy Verified: Yes
103. Jongedijk, R. A., Gersons, B. P. R., & ter Heide, F. J. J. (2011, April). De behandeling van complexe PTSS-patiënten [The treatment of complex PTSD patients]. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Vooral bij de behandeling van de complexere
patiënten met een posttraumatische stressstoornis
(PTTS) worden niet altijd de evidence-based
behandelvormen toegepast zoals die zijn beschreven
in de richtlijnen. Vaak worden slecht gedefinieerde
stabilisatietechnieken toegepast, veelal
gecombineerd met farmacotherapie.
In deze bijblijfsessie zullen een drietal traumagerichte
psychotherapeutische behandelvormen
worden gepresenteerd, met speciale aandacht
voor complexe ptss-patiënten. Dit zijn de narratieve
exposure therapy (NET), het Kort Eclectisch
Protocol voor PTSS (KEP) en eye movement desensitisation
and reprocessing (EMDR).
Betoogd zal worden, dat ook bij complex
getraumatiseerde patiënten heel goed met net,
kep of emdr traumagerichte behandeling kan
plaatsvinden en dat dit doorgaans de voorkeur
verdient boven andere behandelmethoden. Wel
zijn soms aanpassingen in de therapievorm noodzakelijk.
Bij deze aanpassingen zal worden stilgestaan.
leerdoel Aan het einde van de sessie
wordt de deelnemer geacht goed op de hoogte te
zijn van drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor
ptss; en kennis te hebben van de mogelijkheden
om ook bij complexere patiënten deze traumagerichte
behandelingen uit te voeren.
Especially in the treatment of complex
patients with post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTTS) are not always evidence-based
forms of treatment applied as described
in the guidelines. Often poorly defined
stabilization techniques, often
combined with pharmacotherapy.
This will bijblijfsessie three trauma-focused
psychotherapeutic treatment modalities
are presented, with special attention
Complex PTSD patients. These are the narrative
exposure therapy (NET), the Short Eclectic
Protocol for PTSD (SEP) and Eye Movement Desensitisation
and reprocessing (EMDR).
Will be argued that, even in complex
traumatized patients with very good network,
kep or EMDR trauma-focused treatment
place and that it is generally preferred
appropriate than other treatments. Or
adjustments are sometimes necessary in the form of therapy.
Such adjustments will be considered.
Learning Objectives At the end of the session
the participant is deemed to be well informed
of three evidence-based treatments for
PTSD, and be aware of the possibilities
even under these complex patients, trauma-focused
treatments prior to arrival.
Keywords: Narrative Exposure Therapy NET SEP Short Eclectic Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
104. Jongedijk, R. A., Gersons, B. P. R., & ter Heide, F. J. J. (2010). De behandeling van patiënten met PTSS met narrative exposure therapy, het kort eclectisch protocol voor PTSS en eye movement desensitisation [The treatment of patients with PTSD narrative exposure therapy, the short protocol for PTSD and eclectic eye movement desensitisation]. Tijdschrift voor Psychiatrie 52(4), 4.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Achtergrond: Bij de behandeling van patiënten met een posttraumatische stressstoornis (ptss) worden niet altijd de evidence-based behandelvormen toegepast zoals beschreven in de richtlijnen en in de literatuur. Vooral bij de complexere traumapatiënten worden regelmatig alleen stabilisatietechnieken en/of farmacotherapie toegepast.
Doel: In deze bijblijfsessie wordt betoogd dat evidence-based traumagerichte behandeling mogelijk en wenselijk is, ook bij veel complexe patiënten die te maken hebben gehad met oorlog, vervolging, geweld en/of beroepsgerelateerd trauma.
Methoden: Er zullen drie voordrachten worden gegeven, met daarna discussie, door drie specialisten in de behandeling van ptss. De voordrachten zullen drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor ptss illustreren, te weten narrative exposure therapy (net), het Kort Eclectisch Protocol voor ptss (kep) en eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (emdr).
Resultaten: De drie getoonde behandelvormen zijn goed toepasbaar en effectief bij patiënten met een ptss. Dit zal worden aangetoond met behulp van theoretische uitgangspunten, ervaringen uit de klinische praktijk en onderzoeksgegevens.
Conclusie: Behandeling van complexe traumapatiënten met ptss door middel van traumagerichte psychotherapie heeft doorgaans de voorkeur. De deelnemer van de bijblijfsessie heeft kennisgenomen van drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor ptss.
Background: In the treatment of patients with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are not always evidence-based treatment as described in the application forms and guidelines in the literature. Especially with complex trauma patients are frequently only stabilization techniques and /or pharmacotherapy used.
This goal bijblijfsessie is argued that evidence-based trauma-focused treatment is possible and desirable, even with many complex patients who have experienced war, persecution, violence and / or job-related trauma.
Methods: will be given three nominations, followed by discussion, by three specialists in the treatment of PTSD. The presentations will be three evidence-based treatments for PTSD illustrate, namely narrative exposure therapy (NET), the Short PTSD Eclectic Protocol (KEP) and Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR).
The results shown three forms of treatment are well applicable and effective in patients with PTSD. This will be demonstrated using theoretical assumptions, experiences from clinical practice and research.
Opinion Treatment of complex trauma patients with PTSD using trauma-focused psychotherapy is usually preferred. The participant of bijblijfsessie has noted three evidence-based treatments for PTSD.
Keywords: Narrative Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
105. Veeninga, A., & Hafkenscheid, A. (2005, December). De plaats van EMDR in debehandeling van posttraumatische stressstoornis [EMDR in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder]. Gedragstherapie, 38(4), 275-284.
Language: Dutch
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
In korte tijd heeft bereikt, EMDR enorme populariteit als de behandeling van keuze voor posttraumatische stress-stoornissen, zelfs in afwezigheid van een wetenschappelijk geldige theorie over de werkingsmechanismen. Advocaten vaak vet maken claims met betrekking tot effectiviteit. Ze suggereren dat EMDR is vrij eenvoudig uit te voeren om, en dat EMDR weinig last voor de patiënt heeft. Er is enig bewijs dat EMDR is zo effectief als cognitieve gedragstherapie in de behandeling van PTSS. Echter, de hoge verwachtingen met betrekking tot effectiviteit zijn nog niet bevestigd. Als de 'EMDR beweging' beweert dat de status van een officieel en wetenschappelijk gevalideerde psychotherapeutische methode, is onderzoek nodig dat zich kan identificeren met de specifieke effecten van de procedure ten opzichte van de niet-specifieke effecten van psychotherapie.
In short time EMDR has achieved enormous popularity as the treatment of choice for posttraumatic stress disorders, even in absence of a scientifically valid theory on its working mechanisms. Advocates frequently make bold claims regarding effectiveness. They suggest that EMDR is rather simple to perform, and that EMDR has little burden for the patient. There is some evidence that EMDR is as effective as Cognitive Behaviour Therapy in the treatment of PTSD. However, high levels of expectation with regard to effectiveness are not yet confirmed. If the ‘EMDR movement’ claims the status of an official and scientifically validated psychotherapeutic method, research is needed that can identify the specific effects of the procedure relative to the non-specific effects of psychotherapy.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Techniques PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
106. Jaspers, J. (2011, May). De relatie tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk [The relationship between science and clinical practice]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 32(2), 59-60. "Online First".
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
De discussie over mindfulness die in het vorige nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid is gevoerd, wordt in dit nummer voortgezet. Frank Vernooij reageert op de eerdere bijdragen vanuit zijn klinische ervaring metmindfulnessmeditatietraining (MTT). Hij relativeert de bijdrage die vanuit de wetenschap kan worden geleverd aan de klinische praktijk in het algemeen en aan het vaststellen van de waarde en effectiviteit van mindfulness in het bijzonder. Ook in het vorige nummer werd door Maya Schroevers en haar collega’s en door Ivan Nyklíček het effectonderzoek naar MTT al positiever ingeschat dan door Remco Havermans, maar Vernooij gaat nog een stapje verder. Hij lijkt de mogelijkheden van de wetenschap om uitspraken te doen over de klinische praktijk niet hoog in te schatten. Havermans vermoedt zelfs dat Vernooij hem beschuldigt van sciëntisme, de overtuiging dat wetenschap superieur is aan alle andere interpretaties van het leven. Havermans maakt glashelder waarom hij vindt dat wetenschap een cruciale rol vervult voor een op evidentie gebaseerde klinische praktijk. Tevens stelt hij nogmaals vast dat de evidentie voor MMT te wensen overlaat en dat ook het meest recente onderzoek, gepubliceerd in 2010 en 2011, dezelfde methodologische tekorten kent als eerder effectonderzoek naar MMT. De zoekterm ‘mindfulnesss’ leverde voor 2010 en 2011 weliswaar bijna 400 citaties op, maar hieronder vond hij slechts vijf relevante MMT-trials. Bij zijn beschrijving van deze trials stelt Havermans terloops vast dat hoge impactfactoren van tijdschriften niet garant staan voor kwalitatief het best mogelijke onderzoek. Dit laatste is mogelijk een troost voor Sandra Mulkens en andere Nederlandse onderzoekers die, geheel in de huidige academische traditie, zo hoog mogelijk proberen te scoren in Engelstalige wetenschappelijke tijdschriften, lees haar column in dit nummer.
Naast effectonderzoek is onderzoek in de traditie van de experimentele psychopathologie (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) een beproefde manier om wetenschappelijke kennis te vergaren die van groot belang kan zijn voor de klinische praktijk. Het openingsartikel van dit nummer is hiervan een voorbeeld bij uitstek. Over de werkzame factoren van EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is veel gespeculeerd, maar nauwelijks iets bekend. Het onderzoek van Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard en collega’s heeft hierover een aannemelijk theoretisch model opgeleverd. De theorie dat belasting van het werkgeheugen een cruciale rol speelt bij het vervagen van negatieve en positieve herinneringen is door hen in een serie experimenten overtuigend aangetoond. Een van die experimenten wordt in het openingsartikel beschreven. De publicaties hierover (zowel Engelstalig als in het Nederlands) en de klinische implicaties die door de onderzoekers zijn geformuleerd, hebben tot veel reacties geleid. Gelet op de geschiedenis van EMDR in Nederland, met uitgesproken pleitbezorgers en criticasters, wekt dat wellicht weinig verbazing. In nummer 1 van Dth (Directieve therapie) van dit jaar reagerenWillen van der Does en Hellen Hornsveld op het model van Van den Hout en Engelhard en de consequenties ervan voor de klinische praktijk. Een opmerkelijke overeenkomst met de discussie over mindfulness is de verschillende interpretatie van het wetenschappelijk onderzoek, in dit geval de evidentie voor EMDR in vergelijking met cognitieve gedragstherapie (CGT): Van der Does (2011) meent dat EMDR net iets minder effectief is dan CGT, terwijl Hornsveld (2011) de conclusie trekt dat CGT, in het bijzonder imaginaire exposure, het aflegt tegen EMDR. Ook al waarschuwen beiden tegen al te snelle gevolgtrekkingen van dit experimenteel onderzoek bij niet-patiënten voor de klinische praktijk, nieuwe wetenschappelijke informatie lijkt vooral geïnterpreteerd te worden vanuit reeds eerder bestaande opvattingen en oordelen over EMDR en CGT. De suggestie van Van den Hout en Engelhard (2011) dat EMDR een gewone CGT-techniek kan worden, zal hen door de snel groeiende Vereniging EMDR Nederland niet in dank worden afgenomen, al hoopt Van der Does (2011) op decimering van het ledental.
Al met al blijkt uit deze recente discussies het spanningsveld tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk. De ontwikkelingen in de (klinische) psychologie, waarbij de kloof tussen wetenschappers en clinici alleen maar lijkt toe te nemen, onder andere omdat het door de toenemende specialisaties steeds moeilijker wordt voor psychologen om beide beroepsrollen te combineren, doen daar geen goed aan.
The discussion about mindfulness in the previous issue of Psychology & Health are hereby continued in this issue. Frank Vernooij responding to previous contributions from his clinical experience mindfulness and meditation training (MTT). He puts the contribution that science can be delivered to the clinical practice in general and to determine the value and effectiveness of mindfulness in particular. In the previous issue was Schroevers Maya and her colleagues and by Ivan Nyklicek impact study MTT been more positive assessments than by Remco Havermans, Vernooij but goes one step further. He seems the ability of science to make statements about the clinical practice to estimate high. Havermans even suspects that he Vernooij accused of scientism, the belief that science is superior to all other interpretations of life. Havermans makes clear why he thinks science is a crucial role for an evidence-based clinical practice. Also, he once again that the evidence of MMT is inadequate and that the latest research, published in 2010 and 2011, has the same methodological shortcomings as earlier research on effects MMT. The search term 'mindfulnesss "delivered in 2010 and 2011, while nearly 400 citations, but below, he found only five relevant trials MMT. In his description of these trials suggests that high Havermans casually impact factors of journals does not guarantee the best quality research. The latter may be a comfort to Sandra Mulkens and Dutch researchers, all in the current academic tradition, try to score as high as possible in English scientific journals, read her column in this issue.
Besides effects research, research in the tradition of experimental psychopathology (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) a proven way to scientific knowledge is produced that may be important for clinical practice. The opening article of this issue is an example par excellence. On the effective factors of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been much speculation but very little known. The study by Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard and colleagues has made a plausible theoretical model yielded. The theory that taxes working memory plays a crucial role in the blurring of negative and positive memories by them in a series of experiments convincingly demonstrated. One of those experiments in the opening article. The publications on this subject (both English and Dutch) and the clinical implications have been formulated by the investigators, have led to many responses. Given the history of EMDR in the Netherlands, with strong advocates and critics, suggests that perhaps little surprise. In a number of Dth (directive therapy) this year to respond to van der Does and Helen Horn Field on the model of van den Hout and Engelhard and its consequences for clinical practice. A remarkable agreement with the discussion of mindfulness is the different interpretations of scientific research, in this case the evidence for EMDR compared to cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT): Van der Does (2011) believes that EMDR is slightly less effective than CBT, while Horn Field (2011) concludes that CBT, in particular imaginal exposure, it looses against EMDR. Although both warn against too rapid conclusions from this experimental study in non-patients for clinical practice, new scientific information seems to be interpreted from pre-existing beliefs and judgments about EMDR and CBT. The suggestion of Van den Hout and Engelhard (2011) that EMDR is a simple CBT techniques may be, will bring them through the fast-growing Netherlands Association EMDR not be appreciated, though hopes Van der Does (2011) on the decimation of the membership.
All in all, of these recent discussions the tension between science and clinical practice. Developments in the (clinical) psychology, where the gap between scientists and clinicians only seems to be increasing, partly because it is the increasing specialization is becoming increasingly difficult for psychologists to both professional roles to combine, do not do well.
Keywords: Mindfulness and Meditation Training, MTT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
107. Struik, A. (2010, April). De zes testen, een stabilisatie methode voor chronisch getraumatiseerde en dissociatieve kinderen [The six tests, a stabilization method for chronically traumatized children and dissociative]. Presentatie Aan de Vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De zes testen, een stabilisatie methode voor chronisch getraumatiseerde en dissociatieve kinderen.
De stabilisatie en behandeling van deze kinderen kan gecompliceerd zijn. Vanzelfsprekend is het creëren van een veilige omgeving en een hechtingsfiguur een eerste stap. Maar wat dan? Deze kinderen functioneren soms ogenschijnlijk goed. Hun vermijdingsstrategieën zijn effectief en ze weigeren om over het trauma te praten of zeggen dat ze het vergeten zijn. Ze hebben er geen last meer van. Maar de verleiding van de therapeut om dan geen slapende honden wakker te maken is een gevaarlijke. Want onder deze ogenschijnlijk goed functionerende buitenkant, zit een constant alert, angstig en eenzaam kind. Dit kind kan zich niet hechten en dit gebrek aan veilige hechting is verwoestend voor de ontwikkeling. Dit wordt echter vaak alleen zichtbaar door er expliciet naar te zoeken.
In deze presentatie zal ik ‘De zes testen’ demonstreren, een stabilisatie methode voor kinderen en een bewerking van de drie testen (Spierings, 2008). De zes testen helpen de therapeut om te beslissen of een kind verdere stabilisatie nodig heeft en hoe dat te bereiken, voordat met EMDR gestart kan worden. Aan de hand van casuïstiek wordt dit proces en het gebruik van stabilisatietechnieken gedemonstreerd. De kinderen moeten technieken leren om emoties te reguleren en stress te verminderen. Dan wordt het hechtingssysteem geactiveerd, zodat ze stress kunnen reguleren door steun te zoeken. Zo vermindert de noodzaak tot dissociatie. Door problemen die het kind ervaart te koppelen aan ervaringen in het verleden wordt het kind gemotiveerd om naar de trauma’s te kijken en met EMDR te starten. Dan worden nog aanpassingen in het EMDR protocol besproken voor dissociatieve kinderen om ze in het desensitisatie proces te houden en wordt besproken hoe EMDR kan worden geïntegreerd in een gefaseerde behandeling.
Spierings, J. (2008). Stabilisatie, een gestructureerd programma voor taxatie en interventie. In: Ten Broeke, E. De Jongh, A., & Oppenheim, H. Praktijkboek EMDR. Amsterdam: Harcourt
The six tests, a stabilization method for chronically traumatized and dissociative children.
The stabilization and treatment of these children can be complicated. Obviously, creating a safe environment and an attachment figure is a first step. But what then? These children sometimes seem to function properly. Their avoidance strategies are effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they are forgotten. They have no more trouble. But the seduction of the therapist and then to wake sleeping dogs is dangerous. For among these seemingly well-functioning exterior, is a constant alert, anxious and lonely child. This child can not attach and the lack of secure attachment is devastating for the development. This is often visible only by explicitly to search.
In this presentation I will "The six tests" demonstrate a stabilization method for children and an adaptation of the three tests (Spierings, 2008). The six tests help the therapist to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to reach before EMDR can be started. Using case studies this process and the use of stabilization techniques are demonstrated. The children must learn techniques to regulate emotions and reduce stress. Then the attachment system is activated, so they can be regulated by stress to seek support. Thus reduces the need for dissociation. Due to problems experienced by the child to link past experience the child is motivated to look at the trauma and EMDR to start. Then further adjustments to the EMDR protocol for dissociative children to discuss them in the desensitization process and discusses how to keep EMDR can be integrated into a phased treatment.
Spierings J. (2008). Stabilization, a structured program of assessment and intervention. In: Ten Broeke, E. De Jongh, A., & Oppenheim, H. EMDR Practice Book. Amsterdam: Harcourt
Keywords: Children Dissociation Six Tests Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
108. Stewart-Grey, E. (2008). De-stress: A qualitative investigation of EMDR treatment. Capella University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3329849.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
There is no qualitative knowledge of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with a sub-clinical stressed population. The vast majority of EMDR research has focused on traumatized populations, leaving a significant gap in what the non-traumatized or sub-clinically stressed clients experience. Sub-clinical stress includes any level of stress that does not meet the DSM-IV-TR criteria for PTSD. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the lived experiences of body sensations, emotions, beliefs, and imagery during EMDR treatment of participants with sub-clinical stress. Participants fit into either a young adult (18-35), adult (36-49), or older adult (50-60) maturity category and did not meet the criteria for PTSD. The sample consisted of 12 participants, from a large metropolitan area in the Northeastern United States. A qualitative phenomenological design was used to gather data following the EMDRIAs treatment protocol including a final interview asking questions about what the participants experienced in their body, thoughts, emotions, and memory images. The data was analyzed using constant comparative techniques using open coding and will be verified with member check techniques. The results identify five thematic holistic experiences across the participants. The themes of responsibility, safety, choices, power, and value emerged from the data. The results imply that is may be necessary to address all 5 themes for effective stress resolution. Also, the scholarly, clinical, and practical understanding of the Adaptive Information Processing Model concepts of responsibility, safety, and choices manifest in participants lived sensory experiences are now expanded and in need of additional research. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Americans Effects Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
109. Rana, M. (2010, July). Dealing with psychotrauma in war against terror: East meets West through EMDR. Symposium (Samin Karim, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The ‘War on Terror’ on the borders of Pakistan and Afghanistan has committed almost two hundred thousand troops on
either side with more than five million civilians directly affected by terrorist acts, bombings, blasts, drone attacks, and air
strife. Children, women, and men of all ages report to health facilities in hundreds with psycho trauma ranging from acute
stress reactions, posttraumatic stress disorders, dissociation, depression, anxiety and Medically Unexplained Symptoms
(MUS). The health professionals with hardly any training in handling of psycho trauma are clueless about how to deal with
these cases.
A handful of mental health professionals trained by EMDR UK and EMDR Europe experts, through a humanitarian assistance
programme are the only trained human resource currently available to deal with these massive numbers of survivors. A
strategic placement of this grossly limited number of trained EMDR human resource ( four females, six males), in the war zone
has helped scores of soldiers to return to the battlefield, hundreds of children to return to their schools, dozens of families to
return to normality and many adults to return to work. The elementary yet devoted and dedicated EMDR services in the war
torn regions of Swat, Wazirastan, Kohat and tertiary care services at Rawalpindi are a result of a timely collaboration between
EMDR trainers from West providing training in EMDR to psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses and social workers of Pakistan;
indeed a fine example of ‘Building Bridges between East & West through EMDR’.
Keywords: Psychotrauma Symposium: Terror War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
110. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]
Keywords: Adults Critical Incidence Stress Debriefing CISD Education Medical Personnel Prevention Emergency Personnel Self-Help Techniques Vicarious Traumatization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
111. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma spectrum: Integrating EMDR and ego state work. Föreningen EMDR Sverige, EMDR Tidningen, 7(2), 6-14.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The concepts, interventions, and techniques presented in this workshop are culled from theory and techniques of
working with the range of the dissociative disorders). They have proved to be an effective addition to the preparation
stage of the EMDR protocol. In other words, they can be used with clients who dissociate under certain conditions but
do not have a dissociative disorder
Most of the traumatized clients seen for EMDR treatment have a range of dissociative symptoms as well as
symptoms of PTSD. This combination of PTSD and a dissociative disorder is often labeled DDNOS. However, people
with a more complex variety of PTSD usually have experienced very early and enduring severe physical or sexual
abuse (generally perpetrated by a family member), atrocities, war, or severe environmental disruption such as
earthquakes. They are more accurately diagnosed with disorders of extreme stress (DESNOS). For these clients, the
dissociated neural networks, or dissociative fragmentation, cause serious problems in adult life.
The adaptive information processing system is on hold for these dissociated fragments or parts. They are easily
triggered by internal or external cues to which they can have extreme reactions, (flashbacks, amnesia, losing time and
place, and so forth.)
Our goal as therapists is to use EMDR to help clients (and their internal dissociated neural networks or parts) find
stability and resources to function adaptively in their present life, and then desensitize and reprocess the dissociated
trauma memories and the PTSD symptoms.
We aim to help our clients manage their symptoms. It is not our goal to eliminate dissociation, which has been a
major survival strategy, but to help the client utilize it with conscious control.
It is important to note that attachment issues are an aspect of development that are especially impacted by trauma.
The attachment styles of the family pre trauma may have already affected the client in negative ways, impacting the
client's resources and responses to trauma.
One way to look at this set of problems is to utilize two approaches in the preparation phase of EMDR. These
approaches combine the treatment of dissociative symptoms with ego state work and are an essential aspect of treating
these clients with EMDR. This work may extend the preparation phase considerably, but will add safety and structure
to the trauma processing experiences for these clients.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
112. Forgash, C. A., & Bergmann, U. (1999). Deepening EMDR treatment effects in the clinical treatment of dissociative disorders: Integrating EMDR techniques, ego-state therapy, and developmental blueprinting. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Miami FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
113. Bergmann, U., & Forgash, C. (2000, November). Deepening the EMDR treatment effects in the treatment of dissociative disorders: Integrating EMDR and ego state techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, San Antonio, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
114. Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 167-188). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing (DeTUR) model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to cognitive-behavioral, solution-focused, Ericksonian hypnosis, narrative, object relations, and emotional freedom techniques (EFT), to name a few. The bilateral stimulation (BLS) in the accelerated information processing model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbocharger that speeds the healing process.This protocol represents only a small part of a complete treatment model. The therapist's role is that of a case manager, orchestrating any resources necessary to aid the patient through recovery and relapse to a successful and healthy state of functioning and coping. The therapist has to assess the severity of the addiction and also determine any other diagnosis associated with the case. This overall treatment model includes outside help, such as referrals for medication, testing for physical or neurological problems, and, depending on the situation, inpatient treatment, outpatient treatment, or detox. Other outside resources include support systems, such as 12-step groups, educational programs, skills training; couples, group, or family therapy; or acupuncture. Comorbidity issues, day-to-day stressors, and survival issues are addressed. An extremely high percentage of these populations are dually diagnosed and can therefore run the full dimensional spectrum of disorders and behaviors as described in the DSM-IV. [Text, pp. 167-168] [Pilots]
Keywords: Addiction Addictions Behavior Problems Behavior Therapy Bilateral Stimulation Compulsions Craving Desensitization of Triggers Dysfunctional Behaviors Information Processing Model Psychotherapeutic Techniques Urge Reduction Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
115. Lanius, U. F. (2001, June). Dissociation processes and EMDR: Staying connected. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a model, based on recent developments in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular; 2) apply effective treatment planning, target selection, and the use of both body-oriented (bottom-up processing); 3) learn to utilize interventions intended to minimize dissociative symptoms; and 4) learn techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected, once dissociative processes have occurred.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
116. Lanius, U. F. (2004, September). Dissociative processes and EMDR – Staying connected. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A model is proposed, based on recent research in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation and attachment, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular. Participants will become familiar with specific interventions intended to minimize dissociative symptoms, as well as techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected, once dissociative processes have occurred. That is, a comprehensive therapeutic approach is described to aid clients with dissociative symptoms to stay connected, and in some cases reconnect with their healing process, thereby enhancing the likelihood of efficient information processing during EMDR treatment.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
117. Muret, M. (2010, April). Dissociative vs. associative techniques to treat dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the past two decades, various effective techniques have been developed for the treatment of trauma: EMDR, EMI, EFT, OEI, NLP, SE, etc. These different techniques inevitably raise the question: “Which techniques should be used for which patients? “ Because dissociative disordered patients may react to trauma work with dissociative detachment, a "low impact" technique is needed. Thus, therapeutic approaches that employ a certain degree of dissociative distancing seem to be well-suited to dissociative patients. Richard Bandler (NLP) and, more recently, Cary Craig (EFT) have developed calm, nondramatic ways to address trauma and solve problems. EMDR, a more associative method, seems better suited to stable patients who possess good resources. This workshop will present a continuum that locates techniques along a scale of increasing degrees of confrontation. Special attention will be given to EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), an easy-to-learn method. Techniques for reinforcing the Somatic Self during EMDR sessions will be explained. The second part of this workshop will present a conceptualization for these techniques, based on the works of Stephen Porges, Ellert Nijenhuis and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi (Flow Theory).
Learning Outcomes The attendee will learn to consider the danger(retraumatization) of an intervention. According to the kind of patient and situation, he will be better able to choose the best available technique. For newcomers a basic methode of EFT will be taught, that can be later used in simple cases. Through a "participative" teaching the attendee will understand and integrate difficult abstracts concepts like: polyvagal model, structural dissociation, mental tension, ...
Keywords: Associative Techniques Dissociation Dissociative Technqiues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
118. Freyberger, H. J., & Spitzer, C. (2005, Juli). Dissoziative störungen [Dissociative disorders]. Der Nervenarzt, 76(7), 893-900. doi:10.1007/s00115005-1956-z .
Language: German
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Die dissoziative Störungen und Konversion sind mit erheblichen klassifikatorischen, diagnostische und therapeutische Schwierigkeiten, die nur in den historischen Kontext der Diskussion über die Hysterie verstanden werden kann, verbunden. Auch die Einstufung in die ICD-10 und DSM-IV ist heterogen. Prävalenzraten zwischen etwa 3% in der allgemeinen Bevölkerung und bis zu 30% in klinischen Populationen, jedoch beziehen sich auf die große klinische Bedeutung. Realtraumatisierungen eine wichtige Rolle in der Pathogenese. High Komorbiditätsraten mit anderen psychischen Störungen eine Tendenz zu chronischen somatischen Erkrankung und ein Konzept (insbesondere bei Patienten mit Erkrankungen erschweren Umwandlung) der psychotherapeutischen Behandlung. Dies erlaubt die Behandlung Ziele sind sowohl psychodynamische und kognitiv-verhaltenstherapeutischen in Abhängigkeit entwickelt, möglicherweise mit den Techniken der Trauma-Therapie, wie EMDR (Springer).
The dissociative and conversion disorders are associated with significant classificatory, diagnostic and therapeutic difficulties that can be understood only in the historical context of the discussion on hysteria. Even the classification in ICD-10 and DSM-IV is heterogeneous. Prevalence rates of between about 3% in the general population and up to 30% in clinical populations, however, refer to the great clinical significance. Realtraumatisierungen have an important role in the pathogenesis. High Komorbiditätsraten with other mental disorders, a tendency to chronic somatic disease and a concept (especially in patients with conversion disorders complicate) the psychotherapeutic treatment. This allows the treatment goals are designed both psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioral dependence in, possibly with the techniques of trauma therapy such as EMDR (Springer).
Keywords: Chronicity (Disorders) Comorbidity Conversion Disorder Diagnosis Dissociative Disorders Epidemiology Etiology Psychotherapy Somatization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
119. Butler, K. (1995, July-August). Divided memories. Family Therapy Networker, 19(4), 1.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Ann Norris first went to see Laguna Beach psychologist Doug Sawin in 1988. She had recently graduated from college with a degree in music and suffered from insomnia and drank alcohol to sleep. But it was her relationship with her mother, Judy, that troubled her most. After Ann's triumphant college graduation vocal recital, Judy hadn't even congratulated her. Two days later, Judy had called and angrily attacked Ann over the phone until Ann cried.
It was the kind of issue that a good family or individual therapist might have addressed by building on Ann's obvious strengths, teaching her to contain and manage her feelings, and coaching her to develop a better relationship with her mother. But Sawin instead focussed intensely on the past. Ann soon had memories of her father sexually abusing her, and later of elaborate cultic abuse, which her three siblings didn't come close to corroborating. She was hospitalized after attempting suicide, and Sawin bluntly told her father, Al, over the phone, of Ann's charges Al collapsed in tears.
Over the years, Ann drew closer to Sawin while her relations with her family and her own mental state grew more troubled. She was diagnosed with Multiple Personality Disorder and, with Sawin's support, sued her parents and grandparents for $20 million. She spent six years in therapy with Sawin She now describes psychiatric hospitals where she still stays periodically because she cuts and burns herself as her "institutional mothers." She has not spoken to her true mother in six years. And she no longer sings.
It doesn't take a PhD in psychology or a seat on a state licensing board to see that Ann is worse off than when she entered therapy. Millions of nontherapists undoubtedly made just such an assessment when Ann, her therapist and her family told their stories before millions of prime-time viewers on "Divided Memories," a four-hour PBS Frontline documentary screened in early May.
In her wide-ranging investigation of therapy, sexual abuse and memory, producer Ofra Bikel used as her primary subject families divided by recovered memories of abuse. She also managed to persuade nearly half a dozen therapists to do therapy while her camera was running. It was a remarkable event, in which all of America was invited behind the one-way mirror to see therapy in action in the midst of its most divisive controversy and to judge it for themselves.
Keywords: MPD Multiple Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
120. Friedberg, F. (2001). Do-it-yourself eye movement technique for emotional healing. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications, Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Eye-movement techniques are a set of revolutionary new methods that psychologists have been using to reduce clients' emotional conflicts and redirect their thought into more positive directions. This book teaches readers how to self-administer these techniques and change their health and happiness.
Keywords: Eye Movements
Accuracy Verified: No
121. Tym, R., Dyck, M., & McGrath, G. (2000, July-August). Does a visual perceptual disturbance characterize trauma-related anxiety syndromes?. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 14(4), 377-394. doi:10.1016/S0887-6185(00)00029-3.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The i-test was developed to assess the visual-perceptual disturbances (VPDs) frequently reported by anxious patients. Persons with the disturbance report a specific abnormal illusion of movement when they maintain a fixed gaze at the i-test stimulus. Base rates for positive responses to the i-test and for reports of a "recurrent specific memory" (RSM) of a fear experience were obtained in psychiatric outpatient (n = 301) and community (n = 128) samples. In each case, approximately one fifth of participants had a positive response to the i-test and one fifth of participants reported an RSM of fear. A positive response to the i-test is observed in women more frequently than in men. Among psychiatric patients, approximately 90% of patients who report one symptom also report the other symptom; among community members, the concordance rate is approximately 33%. When psychiatric patients with both an abnormal illusion of movement response and an RSM of trauma are treated with eye movement desensitization, both symptoms are removed in 70% of cases; when these patients undergo some other form of treatment, both symptoms are removed in 30% of cases. These results indicate that the i-test is an effective way of identifying VPDs associated with psychopathologic conditions; the association between the abnormal illusion of movement and reports of recurrent specific memories of fear experiences suggests that the VPD may be a marker of traumatic stress syndromes. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Adults Assessment Children Depressive Disorders Females Males Injuries Memory Retrieval Techniques Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Somatic Symptoms Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Visual Hallucinations Witnesses
Accuracy Verified: Yes
122. Manfield, P., & Snyker, E. (2002, June). Don’t go with that!. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the beauties of EMDR is that, in most cases, clients can simply begin each set of eye movements by focusing on their associations from
the previous set. The therapist simply says, "Go with that." This workshop will identify clients for whom "Go with that" will probably not
work, clients who use avoidance or dissociation to defend against painful affect or who associate loosely and cause targets to "pancake." We will
use video and transcripts to illustrate a variety of interventions and techniques to handle these more challenging clients and situations.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
123. Grabahan, A. (2012, April 5). Dr. Francine Shapiro meets trauma head-on. Santa Rosa Press Democrat. Retrieved from http://bodega.towns.pressdemocrat.com on 11-2-2012 .
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Unlike many other forms of psychotherapy, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) can bring about relief rapidly, typically after eight 90-minute sessions.
In her new book, “Getting Past Your Past: Take Control of Your Life with Self-Help Techniques from EMDR Therapy” (Rodale Books, 2012), Dr. Shapiro translates the psychotherapy for the lay audience, teaching people how to apply some of the techniques to their own lives, with book profits benefiting the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program. Click here to read more about how EMDR can be used for self-help purposes.
[Excerpt]
Keywords: General Getting Past Your Past Overview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
124. Rogers, S. (2006, December). Drifting away from EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 11(4), 7-8.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Those who have attended Francine Shapiro’s Plenary Addresses
in recent EMDRIA Conferences are aware of her wish that
EMDR clinicians accurately reproduce the EMDR procedure
and understand her Adaptive Information Processing model. This
concern was sparked by the frequency of phone calls to the EMDR
Institute from clients who had been treated with variations of the
EMDR protocol with poor results. Also, here in Pennsylvania, we
have had several veterans come into our treatment program claiming
that they had been treated with EMDR and it didn’t work. When
we asked for a description of the treatment, it was clear that the
therapist had added elements to the desensitization phase, such as
affi rmations, positive imagery, and relaxation techniques.
Keywords: Cautions Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
125. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing
of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of
this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child
relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing,
including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical
videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be
provided.
Learning Objectives:
• Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders
• List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective
connection to.
• List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource.
• Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly
identifying with their child selves.
• Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.
Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour
les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de
l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience
intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et
les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le
processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il
fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement
• Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le
plan affectif.
• Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une
ressource.
• Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment
identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant.
• Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit
affectivement
Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Morphing Resource Figures
Accuracy Verified: Yes
126. Biehle, D. A., & Keller, M. W. (2008, September). East meets west: Capacity building and EMDR training with mental health professionals in Aceh, Indonesia. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Other
Keywords: Aceh, Indonesia Poster Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
127. Kruse, M. J. (2011, June). The effect of energy psychology on rates of relapse and recidivism for substance abuse offenders in a community correction setting. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. AAI3460565.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This dissertation was a study of a community corrections program which incorporated adjunct Energy Psychology Therapies for Substance Abuse Offenders (SAOs), who were transitioning back into community. Rates of relapse and recidivism were compared, upon success/failure to complete drug and alcohol treatment. When Energy Psychology therapies were added, assisting offenders in resolving underlying trauma issues, there were significance differences between groups. The Choices Program used brief therapies including: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Thought Field Therapy, Emotional Freedom Techniques, (EMDR, TFT, EFT) along with group and individual classes/sessions to relieve underlying trauma symptoms. The results indicated that people who chose to resolve underlying trauma achieved more successful treatment outcomes, thereby lowering rates of relapse and recidivism significantly.
Keywords: Community Corrections EFT motional Freedom Techniques Energy Psychology Offenders Eye Movement Social Sciences Substance Abuse Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
128. Yarosh, D. (2003, September). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems (Expanded with new cases). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into the longer-term treatment that is necessary where issues of attachment and relationship are paramount. Trauma treament of these clients involves an understanding of their unique personality characteristics, a comprehensive treatment plan that engages their cooperation, a Motivational Interview to set goals, and a Trauma History to prioritze EMDR targets. Specific techniques that will be demonstrated are the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment, and body-focused interweaves to promote client safety when working with strong abreaction. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives into the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated.
Keywords: Attachment Intimacy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
129. Manfield, P. (2006, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The workshop begins with a discussion of which clients this technique is appropriate for. The
technique is not recommended for couples in which
either or both partners do not have adequate affect
tolerance, observing ego, or trust of each other's
integrety. Other risk factors for using EMDR in
couples therapy that have been highlighted in other
presentations and literature will be briefly reviewed.
Participants will learn to differentiate between
clients' statements that represent present experience
and those that represent concepts of present
experience or reporting of past experiences.
Participants will be taught specific interventions
which they will practice in guided exercise that
will enable them to facilitate both individuals and
couples to stay in their present experience during
EMDR targeting. Irrational emotional responses
to daily interactions and conflicts are often the result
of unresolved issues resulting from underlying
feeder memories. Participants will learn a simple
method for identifying underlying issues of each
individual partner related to a given conflict. The
final and most substantial portion of this
presentation will be focused on using a refined
"affect bridge" technique to identify the feeder
memories associated with those issues so that they
can be targeted with the standard EMDR protocol.
Specific methods will be taught to overcome
clients' resistance and difficulties with accessing
memories; these methods include use of accessing
cues (re: Neurolinguistic Programming) and
developing eidetics (re: Eidetic Psychotherapy)
These methods will be illustrated using a case
transcript, guided participant experiential exercise, and live demonstration.
Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
130. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]
Keywords: Conduct Problems Protective Services Psychotherapeutic Techniques Trauma Treatment Outcome Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
131. Taylor, J. E., & Harvey, S. T. (2009, September-October). Effects of psychotherapy with people who have been sexually assaulted: A meta-analysis. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 14(5), 273–285. doi:10.1016/j.avb.2009.03.006 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper presents the results of a meta-analysis of the treatment outcome studies of different types of
psychotherapeutic approaches for sexual assault victims experiencing PTSD or rape trauma symptoms. There
were 15 outcome studies identified for inclusion in the meta-analysis dating from 1988–2005, and these
studies comprised 25 treatment conditions. Separate meta-analyses were conducted according to study
design (independent samples and repeated measures), in keeping with meta-analytic conventions. The
overall results for the two meta-analyses were highly consistent, and effect sizes were in the large range for
independent samples (g=.91) and repeated measures treatments (g=.90). Effects were maintained at
follow-up from 6–12 months after treatment. Studies represented diverse treatment approaches, and most
treatments were effective in improving outcome according to symptom reduction. A number of moderating
variables were examined. Better outcomes were achieved with individual therapy compared to group
approaches. The use of semi-structured approaches and homework techniques were positively related to the
magnitude of effect size. [Science Direct]
Keywords: Meta-analysis Outcome Rape Sexual assault Therapy Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
132. Oppermann-Schmid, F. (2010, Oktober). Effektivität der behandlung mit EMDR bei traumafolgestörungen in der allgemeinarztpraxis [Effectiveness of treatment with EMDR for trauma related disorders in the general practice]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V.Rundbrief, 21, 24-25.
Language: German
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Patienten mit Traumafolgestörungen suchen meistens frühzeitig ihren Hausarzt auf. Das liegt
einerseits daran, dass der Hausarzt in unserem Gesundheitssystem für den Erstkontakt
kurzfristig zur Verfügung steht und gegebenenfalls zum Facharzt weiterleitet. Zum anderen
besteht meist eine langjährige und tragfähige Beziehung: Vertrauen zum Hausarzt seitens des
Patienten und ein guter Einblick in die persönliche und gesundheitliche Situation des Patienten
seitens des Hausarztes.
Patients with traumatic stress disorders often look to their GP early. This is
One reason that the doctor in our health care system for the first contact
available at short notice and, where appropriate, will forward to the specialist. On the other
there is usually a long and lasting relationship: trust on the part of the family doctor
Patients and a good insight into the personal and health situation of the patient
by the family doctor.
Keywords: General Practice Practice Theory Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
133. Schubert, S. (2010, July). The efficacy and psycho physiological correlates of dual-attention tasks in EMDR. Poster presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Methods: Sixty-two non-clinical
participants with negative autobiographical memories received a single EMDR session that involved fixed or varied rate eye
movements, or exposure without eye movements. Subjective units of distress and vividness of the memory were recorded at
pre-treatment, post-treatment, and 1 week follow-up. EMDR-with eye movements led to greater reduction in distress (SUDs)
than EMDR-without eye movements. Psycho physiological measures were continuously recorded throughout each session.
Results: Heart rate decreased significantly when eye movements began; skin conductance decreased during eye movement
sets; heart rate variability and respiration rate increased significantly as eye movements continued; and orienting responses
were more frequent in the eye movement than no-eye movement condition at the start of exposure. Conclusion: These
findings indicate that eye movements in EMDR are beneficial, and are coupled with distinct psycho physiological changes
that may aid in the processing of negative memories. Implications for clinical practice, directions for future research, and the
importance of building bridges between East & West whilst conducting EMDR research will also be discussed.
Keywords: Dual Attention Poster Physiological Correlates
Accuracy Verified: Yes
134. Schubert, S. (2010, July). The efficacy and psychobiological correlates of dual-attention task. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The study being presented aimed to investigate the psycho physiological correlates and the effectiveness of different dualattention
tasks used during eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). Sixty-two non-clinical participants
with negative autobiographical memories received a single EMDR session that involved fixed or varied rate eye movements,
or exposure without eye movements. Subjective units of distress and vividness of the memory were recorded at pretreatment,
post-treatment, and 1 week follow-up. EMDR-with eye movements led to greater reduction in distress (SUDs)
than EMDR-without eye movements. Psycho physiological measures were continuously recorded throughout each session.
Heart rate decreased significantly when eye movements began; skin conductance decreased during eye movement sets;
heart rate variability and respiration rate increased significantly as eye movements continued; and orienting responses were
more frequent in the eye movement than no-eye movement condition at the start of exposure. These findings indicate that
eye movements in EMDR are beneficial, and are coupled with distinct psycho physiological changes that may aid in the
processing of negative memories. Implications for clinical practice, directions for future research, and the importance of
building bridges between East & West whilst conducting EMDR research will also be discussed.
Keywords: Dual Attention Psychophysiological Correlates
Accuracy Verified: Yes
135. Bumke, P. J., & Sodemann, U. (2010, July). The efficacy of EMDR in a new context: Some findings from the ACEH survey. Symposium (Carolyn L. Neunuebel, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Context: As a response to the Tsunami in 2004 the Aceh Project organized by TraumaAid and sponsored byTDH and the BMZ
from 2007 to 2009 treated more than 3200 clients for psychic disorders related to traumatic experiences .The treatment was
given by Indonesian therapists who against the background of a lack of local therapists trained in psychotraumatology had to
be trained within the project under the auspices of TraumaAid. This combination of EMDR-Training and EMDR-Therapy in an
extremely challenging context also offered an unique opportunity for a parallel and wide ranging monitoring and evaluation
of the social and diagnostic parameters involved. Methodology: To guide the therapeutic process and to check on its long
term efficacy 1200 adults and 1000 children were at the outset of their therapies asked to contribute detailed diagnostic
data. While for adults the Hopkins Anxiety and Depression scales along with a 42-item Harvard Trauma Questionnaire was
administered, children and adolescents up to age of 17 were given an adapted version of the CBCL. At the conclusion of their
therapies 20 % of all respondents were rechecked with the same diagnostic scales, another group of 5 % again after 6 months.
Results: The diagnostic data indicate a dramatic improvement after therapies that involved a range of therapeutic techniques
including stabilising and EMDR protocols. The relation between diagnostic dimensions (intrusions, somatic reactions, social
relations, expression of feelings and attention problems) and social factors (gender, age) was further explored.
Keywords: ACEH Survey
Accuracy Verified: Yes
136. Lohr, J. M., Tolin, D. F., & Lilienfeld, S. O. (1998, Winter). Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Implications for behavior therapy. Behavior Therapy, 29(1), 123-156. doi:10.1016/S0005-7894(98)80035-X.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The commitment of behavior therapy to empiricism has led it to a prominent position in the development of validated methods of treatment. The recent development and rapid expansion of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a treatment that bears a resemblance to behavioral techniques and that has been proposed as an alternative to such techniques for numerous psychological disorders, raises important questions for the field of behavior therapy. In this article, we examine 17 recent studies on the effectiveness of EMDR and the conceptual analysis of its mechanisms of action. The research we review shows that (a) the effects of EMDR are limited largely or entirely to verbal report indices, (b) eye movements appear to be unnecessary for improvement, and (c) reported effects are consistent with non-specific procedural artifacts. Moreover, the conceptual analysis of EMDR is inconsistent with scientific findings concerning the role of eye movements. Implications of the empirical and theoretical literature on EMDR for behavior therapy are discussed. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Aged Anxiety Disorders Behavior Modification Cognitive Therapy Depressive Disorders Drug Therapy Health Care Utilization Literature Review Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
137. Sellers, J. L. (1997, October). Efficacy of the eye movement desensitization procedure as compared to accelerated massed desensitization in the treatment of test anxiety. California School of Professional Psychology, San Diego, CA. ATT 9729659.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure had been widely promoted as an effective anxiety reducing treatment, yet the methodology of many studies has not been adequate to clearly investigate the procedure (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Conley, Dal Cerro, Schmidt, & Sonntag, 1992) and comparison treatments have been inappropriately applied (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Tolin & Barrett, 1995). This study compared EMDR and Accelerated Massed Desensitization (AMD), which has been empirically supported as a short term intervention in the treatment of test anxiety. All participants were screened for participation and 38 were determined test anxious, according to the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI; Spielberger, 1980). No subjects were involved in any form of relaxation training or taking any medications to reduce anxiety at the time of their participation. All participants were recruited from college and university classes in the Orange and San Bernardino counties and were paid $10 for their participation. Six therapists and the primary investigator conducted therapy sessions for both treatments. All therapists completed the EMDR training, completed relevant reading materials for the AMD procedure, and followed protocols for both procedures throughout the therapy sessions. Participants were randomly assigned to either the EMDR or AMD treatment condition and a therapist. Participants completed the state portion of the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI; Spielberger, 1983) and the Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUD; Wolpe, 1982) measures at pre and post treatment and at pre and post in-class exam. Participants received two sessions of treatment for each of the conditions. This study hypothesized that the EMDR treatment would significantly reduce anxiety as measured by the STAI and the SUD as compared to the AMD treatment. This study also hypothesized that EMDR would significantly reduce anxiety in both treatment and in vivo settings. Supplementary hypotheses predicted that the AMD treatment would reduce anxiety in both the treatment and in vivo settings. Results indicated that students in the AMD condition experienced more anxiety reduction than students in the EMDR condition. However, both treatments were effective in reducing anxiety in both the treatment and in vivo setting, as measured by the STAI and SUD scales. These results suggest that both treatments may be effective for reducing anxiety. However, the AMD treatment led to greater reductions in anxiety, as compared to the EMDR treatment. It is suggested that further research of the EMDR procedure include suitable comparison groups in order to assess its effectiveness and allow clinicians to choose appropriate treatments based on empirical support. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(4-B), Oct 1997, pp. 2139.
Keywords: College or University Students Identified As Test Anxious Efficacy of Eye Movement vs Accelerated Massed Desensitization for Treating Test Anxiety Psychotherapeutic Techniques Sellers Test Anxiety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
138. Watkins, J. G., & Paulsen, S.L. (2003, November). Ego state therapy: EMDR and hypnoanalytic techniques. Presentation at the Society for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Hypnoanalytic Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
139. Paulsen-Inobe, S. (2003, November). Ego state therapy: EMDR and psychodynamic techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, Chicago, IL .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Psychodynamic Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
140. Paulsen, S. L., & Watkins, J. G. (2003, November). Ego state therapy: Comparing ego state therapy and EMDR techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Psychodymanic Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
141. Hartung, J. (2008). El paciente colérico y violento: Su tratamiento con combinación de EMDR y técnicas basadas en la nergía [The angry and violent patient: Treatment with combination of EMDR and techniques based on energy]. In P. Solvey & R. C. Ferrazzano de Solvey (Eds.), Terapias de avanzada [Advanced therapies]: Vol. 3. Tecnicas basadas en la energia [Energy-based techniques] (1st ed) (pp. 287-324). Buenos Aires: TdeA Ediciones.
Language: Spanish
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
No abstract available.
Keywords: Anger Energy Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
142. Salvador, M. C. (2010). El trauma psicologico: Un proceso neurofisiologico con consecuencias psicologicas [Psychological trauma: A neurophysiological process with psychological consequences]. Revista de Psicoterapia, 20(80), 5-16.
Language: Spanish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
En este artículo se argumenta el impacto y las secuelas del trauma psicológico en el organismo y sus repercusiones a nivel neurofisiológico. El trauma psicológico, cuando se experimenta disociación, se registra en el sistema de memoria implícita y procedimental de manera somato-sensorial, manifestando alteraciones significativas en multitud de sistemas de funcionamiento fisiológico que posteriormente actúan como mecanismos de mantenimiento y recuerdo. Se presenta una base para el enfoque del trabajo terapéutico sobre los fenómenos fisiológicos como introducción y base al abordaje con técnicas neurofisiológicas como el EMDR y Brainspotting.
This article argues the impact and consequences of psychological trauma on the body and its impact on neurophysiological level. The psychological trauma when experiencing dissociation, is recorded in the system of implicit memory and procedural manner somatosensory, showing significant changes in many physiological functioning systems then act as maintenance mechanisms and memory. We present a basis for the focus of therapeutic work on the introduction and physiological phenomena based on the approach to neurophysiological techniques such as EMDR and Brainspotting.
Keywords: Neurophysiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
143. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
"The
Body
Keeps
the
Score"
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996)
Clients
who
suffer
from
traumatic
stress
are
often
afraid
about
disturbing
and
painful
somatic
symptoms.
Structural
dissociation
alienates
from
body
reactions.
Nevertheless
it
is
the
body
that
"holds"
the
discomfort
and
painful
memory
of
neglect
and
violence.
Trauma
Survivors
tend
to
perceive
their
body
as
hostile.
They
suffer
from
Alexithymia
deficiency
of
interpreting
the
meaning
of
body
reactions
and
muscle
activation.
Trauma
Survivors
are
easily
irritated
and
tend
to
react
with
rage
on
very
slight
provocations
and
freeze
when
they
are
frustrated.
Even
minor
problems
cause
fear
and
helplessness.
The
Polyvagal
Theory
(S.
Porges
2010)
proves
the
neurological
aspect
of
behavioral
patterns.
Neurozeption
describes
how
we
perceive
others
in
a
neurological
way.
Certain
behavioral
patterns
are
established
through
life
experiences.
This
research
underlines
Francine
Shapiros
AIP
model
and
confirms
the
importance
of
a
body
orientated
approach.
We
know
that
experiencing
the
effect
of
eye
movement
-‐
and
other
bilateral
stimulation,
is
a
gentle
and
powerful
way
to
bring
the
voice
of
the
body
into
the
therapeutic
space.
EMDR
helps
to
integrate
cognitive,
emotional
and
body
sensations.
Using
movement
and
body
orientated
skills
in
difficult
processes
f.e.
with
severely
and/or
early
traumatised
clients,
even
enhances
the
effect
of
EMDR.
Content
of
the
Workshop:
Short
theoretical
implications:
Polyvagal
Theory
and
AIP
Model.
Stabilisation
and
Movement
-‐
creating
a
„Moving
Container“:
How
to
create
a
safe
place
of
relationship
and
attachment
between
the
client
and
the
therapist
by
using
movement
and
bodywork?
The
body
is
the
most
powerful
resource:
How
to
use
movement
to
access
this
power.
How
to
recognize
and
dissolve
dissociation
by
body
and
movement
awareness.
EMDR
Process
and
Movement
:
How
to
widen
the
„window
of
tolerance“
by
using
movement
and
deeper
levels
of
body
consciousness.
Adding
a
fourth
level
of
attention
to
the
EMDR
process:
cognition
-‐
emotion
-‐
body
scan
-‐
movement.
Movement
and
reflex
feedback
as
interweave
technique
in
difficult
processes.
Methods
used
in
the
Workshop:
Lecture
and
Video
Presentation.
Practical
demonstration
of
some
movement
orientated
techniques.
Discussion.
“El
cuerpo
lleva
la
cuenta”
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996),
los
clientes
que
sufren
de
estrés
traumático
tienen
a
menudo
miedo
sobre
sus
síntomas
somáticos
preocupantes
y
dolorosos.
La
disociación
estructural
aliena
las
reacciones
del
cuerpo,
sin
embargo
es
el
cuerpo
el
que
“mantiene”
el
disconfort
y
el
recuerdo
doloroso
de
negligencia
y
violencia.
Los
supervivientes
a
un
trauma
suelen
tender
a
percibir
su
propio
cuerpo
como
hostil.
Sufren
de
Alexitimia,
deficiencias
para
interpretar
las
señales
corporales
y
la
activación
muscular.
Son
fácilmente
irritables
y
tienden
a
reaccionar
con
ira,
con
leves
provocaciones
y
se
“congelan”
cuando
están
frustrados.
Incluso
problemas
de
fuerza
menor
causan
miedo
y
desesperanza.
La
teoría
polivagal
(S.
Porges
2010)
prueba
el
aspecto
neurológico
de
los
patrones
de
comportamiento.
La
neurocepción
describe
cómo
percibimos
a
los
otros
desde
un
punto
de
vista
neurológico.
Ciertos
patrones
de
comportamiento
están
establecidos
a
través
de
las
experiencias
vitales.
Esta
investigación
se
basa
en
el
modelo
SPIA
de
Francine
Shapiro
y
confirma
la
importancia
del
enfoque
orientado
al
cuerpo.
Sabemos
que
al
experimentar
el
efecto
de
la
estimulación
ocular,
y
otras
estimulaciones
bilaterales,
es
un
camino
poderoso
y
suave
para
traer
la
voz
del
cuerpo
dentro
del
espacio
terapéutico.
EMDR
facilita
la
integración
cognitiva
emocional
y
corporal.
Usar
el
movimiento
y
las
habilidades
orientadas
al
cuerpo
en
los
procesos
difíciles
con
clientes
traumatizados,
severamente
o
tempranamente,
incluso
amplifica
el
efecto
terapéutico
del
EMDR
Contenido
del
taller:
Implicaciones
teóricas:
Teoría
Polivagal
y
modelo
SPIA
Estabilización
y
movimiento
–
Crear
un
“recipiente
de
movimiento”
Cómo
crear
un
lugar
seguro
en
relación
al
apego
entre
el
cliente
y
el
terapeuta
usando
movimiento
y
trabajo
corporal.
El
cuerpo
es
el
recurso
más
poderoso:
Cómo
usar
el
movimiento
para
acceder
a
este
poder.
Cómo
reconocer
y
disolver
la
disociación
en
el
cuerpo
y
la
atención
al
movimiento.
Procesamiento
EMDR
y
movimiento:
Cómo
ampliar
la
"ventana
de
tolerancia"
mediante
el
uso
de
movimientos
y
niveles
más
profundos
de
la
conciencia
del
cuerpo.
Añadir
un
4
nivel
de
atención
al
procesamiento
de
EMDR:
Cognición-‐Emoción-‐
Escáner
corporal-‐movimiento.
Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
144. Hofmann, A., & Hase, M. (2012, June). EMDR to treat chronic depression [EMDR en el tratamiento de la depresión]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Depression is an often debilitating disease with a high prevalence. Not only is depression associated with other diseases, often leads into disability but shows a high risk of suicides. Relapse is seen often and every relapse increases the risk of chronicity. Research shows that there is no strong correlation with genetic factors but with stressful life-‐events. There is growing evidence of the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of chronic depression. Two pilot studies show promising data. A European multicenter study is running since 2010. As EMDR is often well tolerated and accepted there is hope to gain another option in the treatment of chronic depression. The EMDR depression protocol aims to achieving more complete remissions of a depressive episode and prevent later relapse. In this workshop the presenters will explain the depression protocol, regarding treatment planning, targeting sequence and techniques. Video demonstration will outline the teaching points and will enable the participant to integrate this approach into clinical practice.
La
depresión
es
a
menudo
una
enfermedad
debilitante
con
una
alta
prevalencia.
No
sólo
se
asocia
a
otras
enfermedades,
en
muchas
ocasiones
puede
derivar
en
una
invalidez
y
muestra
un
alto
riesgo
de
suicidios.
Las
recaídas
son
muy
comunes
y
cada
recaída
incrementa
el
riesgo
de
la
cronicidad.
Las
investigaciones
muestran
que
no
existe
una
fuerte
correlación
entre
los
factores
genéticos,
pero
sí
con
eventos
vitales
estresantes.
Existe
una
creciente
evidencia
de
la
eficacia
del
EMDR
para
el
tratamiento
de
la
depresión
crónica.
Dos
estudios
piloto
muestran
datos
prometedores
en
un
centro
multidisciplinar
que
lleva
funcionando
desde
2010.
Como
la
terapia
con
EMDR
normalmente
es
bien
tolerada
y
aceptada,
existe
la
esperanza
de
contar
con
otra
opción
para
el
tratamiento
de
depresión
crónica.
El
protocolo
de
depresión
crónica
EMDR,
tiene
como
objetivo
conseguir
una
más
completa
remisión
de
los
episodios
depresivos
y
prevenir
las
recaídas.
En
este
taller
los
ponentes
explicarán
el
protocolo
de
depresión
referente
a
la
planificación
del
tratamiento,
detección
de
secuencias
y
técnicas.
Una
demostración
en
vídeo
resumirá
las
pautas
de
actuación
y
permitirá
al
profesional
integrar
este
enfoque
en
la
práctica
clínica.
Keywords: Depression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
145. Blore, D., & Holmshaw, D. (2009). EMDR "blind to therapist protocol". In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 233-240). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The "Blind to Therapist Protocol" (B2T) is, essentially, that. It allows a client to go through the Standard EMDR Protocol, without revealing the content of the problem. This protocol is often used in conjunction with any client group in which divulging information might be uncomfortable to the individual prior to the use of EMDR. It has been used to treat train engineers, airplane pilots, ship captains, police officers, prison guards, doctors, nurses, paramedics, and firemen—workers characterized by the need to make life-and-death decisions for which they are personally responsible. In other words, those who have memories associated with not being in control at precisely the time when they are responsible for being in control. Another client group that can often have difficulties with divulging information is child abuse survivors where the client fears overwhelming or disgusting the therapist with the nature of the material to be treated. In such instances the protocol is very successful and can be a useful addition to the therapist's repertoire. It helps build the therapeutic relationship by demonstrating to the client that the therapist has trust in them. Once the client has seen how the therapist copes with material being raised, the Standard EMDR Protocol would be used. The Blind to Therapist Protocol Script is presented. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: EMDR Blind to Therapist Protocol Script Survivors Therapeutic Relationship Traumatic Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
146. Konuk, E., & Ergun, B. M. (2012, June). EMDR & complex post traumatic stress disorder [EMDR y Trastorno por estrés post-‐traumático complejo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Complex
Post
Traumatic
Stress
Disorder
(C-‐PTSD)
is
a
psychological
injury
that
results
from
protracted
and
repeated
exposure
to
traumatic
stressor.
Though
the
literature
in
recent
years
presented
and
published
papers
on
C-‐PTSD,
the
category
is
under
consideration
for
inclusion
in
DSM
or
ICD.
PTSD
descriptions
fail
to
capture
some
of
the
core
elements
of
C-‐PTSD.
Such
elements
include
captivity,
psychological
fragmentation,
the
loss
of
a
sense
of
safety,
trust,
and
self-‐
worth,
as
well
as
the
tendency
to
be
re-‐victimized,
and
the
loss
of
a
coherent
sense
of
self.
It
is
this
loss
of
a
coherent
sense
of
self,
and
the
ensuing
symptom
profile,
that
most
pointedly
differentiates
C-‐PTSD
from
PTSD.
Six
clusters
of
symptom
have
been
suggested
for
diagnosis
of
C-‐PTSD.
These
are;
1. Alterations
in
regulation
of
affect
and
impulses
2. Alterations
in
attention
or
consciousness
3. Alterations
in
self-‐perception
4. Alterations
in
relations
with
others
5. Somatization
6. Alterations
in
systems
of
meaning
The
aim
of
this
workshop
is
to
present
C-‐PTSD
and
the
use
of
EMDR
treatment
of
a
severely
disturbed
young
woman
with
unfinished
bereavement
for
her
mother
lost
10
years
ago,
series
of
sexual
abuse
by
12
persons,
rejection
and
emotional
abuse
by
close
family
members.
The
case
will
be
presented
via
DVD
recordings
of
sessions.
El
trastorno
por
estrés
post-‐traumático
complejo
(C-‐TEPT)
es
una
lesión
psicológica
consecuencia
de
una
exposición
prolongada
y
repetida
a
un
estresor
traumático.
Si
bien
la
literatura
ha
presentado
y
publicado
trabajos
sobre
C-‐TEPT
en
los
últimos
años,
la
categoría
se
encuentra
sometida
a
debate
para
su
inclusión
en
el
DSM
o
CIE.
Las
descripciones
de
TEPT
no
captan
algunos
de
los
elementos
esenciales
de
C-‐
TEPT.
Dichos
elementos
incluyen
la
fragmentación
psicológica,
la
pérdida
de
una
sensación
de
seguridad,
confianza
y
valor
propio
de
la
persona,
así
como
la
tendencia
a
sufrir
nuevas
victimizaciones
y
la
pérdida
de
un
sentido
coherente
del
yo.
Es
precisamente
esta
pérdida
un
sentido
coherente
del
yo
y
el
perfil
sintomatológico
consecuente,
lo
que
diferencia
más
marcadamente
el
C-‐TEPT
del
TEPT.
Se
han
planteado
los
siguientes
seis
grupos
(“clusters”)
de
síntomas
para
el
diagnóstico
de
C-‐TEPT:
1. Alteraciones
de
la
regulación
del
afecto
e
impulsos
2. Alteraciones
de
la
atención
o
conocimiento
3. Alteraciones
de
la
auto-‐percepción
4. Alteraciones
de
las
relaciones
con
terceros
5. Somatización
Alteraciones
de
los
sistemas
de
significado
El
objetivo
que
persigue
este
taller
es
el
de
presentar
el
C-‐TEPT
y
el
empleo
del
tratamiento
con
EMDR
de
una
joven
gravemente
perturbada
con
duelo
incompleto
por
la
pérdida
de
su
madre
hacía
10
años,
una
serie
de
abusos
sexuales
por
parte
de
12
personas,
el
rechazo
y
abuso
emocional
por
parte
de
familiares
cercanos.
Se
presentará
el
caso
mediante
las
grabaciones
en
DVD
de
las
sesiones.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PTSD Complex PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
147. Albers, J. (2008, June). EMDR & cue exposure – How cue exposure catalyses the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol to diminish craving. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A structured six-session group therapy has been developed for overcoming craving. Treatment is
based upon a standard EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure techniques. The EMDR protocol
supported by cue exposure catalyses the recovery process as follows: In the very beginning the
participants are taught a set of three ideodynamic resources for coping with the urge to drink. Then
they are exposed to alcohol until the urge to drink reaches it´s peak. At this moment they are taught
to initialize the standard EMDR protocol - with continued exposure to alcohol. Subsequently, the
power of desensitisation and reprocessing followed by one ideodynamic strategy influences the
intensity of craving significantly. Craving symptoms diminish and finally disappear. In addition to that
new experience the clients acquire greater and deeper knowledge about their personal drinking
triggers. They also find out which strategy is the most effective one for each specific trigger. A
strategy, which works well with one trigger, may not work with a different one. Workshop
participants will learn the system of using cue exposure as a powerful cognitive interweave. This
program is designed to improve the treatment of various types of addiction, such as gambling, etc.
and can easily be integrated into existing EMDR treatment strategies.
Keywords: Cue Exposure
Accuracy Verified: Yes
148. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR & the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect: EMDR aanpassingen voor disregulatie bij Complexe PTSS [EMDR adaptations dysregulation in complex PTSD]. Keynote presented at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Wanneer clienten met vroege, chronische traumatisering door middel van EMDR behandeld worden, moet de therapeut vaak als een soort ‘psychobiologische regelaar’ functioneren, om ervan verzekerd te zijn dat cliënten binnen hun Window of Tolerance blijven. De EMDR therapeut dient daarvoor actief te zijn in het bepalen van het optimale tempo van het verwerkingsproces gedurende de EMDR zitting. Dit is van belang om toegang te kunnen krijgen tot de eerder gedissocieerde kennis, gedragsmatige impulsen, gevoelens, en/of sensaties, en deze te kunnen blijven verdragen. De therapeut moet in staat zijn de signalen van disregulatie (bv hyper/hypo-arousal, bevriezen, dissociëren) te herkennen en door middel van specifieke interweaves erop in te kunnen spelen, om de cliënt in het proces te houden en te helpen met het verwerken van diverse aspecten met betrekking tot verantwoordelijkheid, veiligheid en keuze.
Deze keynote zal een kader neerzetten voor het werken met complexe PTSS en disregulatie. Een aantal specifieke technieken, gericht op het omzeilen van therapeutische valkuilen bij deze chronisch getraumatiseerde cliënten, zullen kort worden besproken. Dit zal verduidelijkt worden door middel van opnames van EMDR sessies waarin er van moment tot moment de interacties tussen de therapeut en de cliënt geanalyseerd zullen worden.
In de eendaagse workshop op de maandag na het congres zal veel uitvoeriger ingegaan worden op de ‘hoe, wat, wanneer en waarom vragen’ in de behandeling van Complexe PTSS.
When clients with early, chronic trauma treated by EMDR, the therapist often as a kind of 'psychobiological regulator "function, to satisfy itself that its customers remain within their Window of Tolerance. The EMDR therapist is therefore to be active in determining the optimal pace of the process during the EMDR session. This is important in order to be granted access to the previously dissociated knowledge, behavioral impulses, feelings, and/or sensations, and to continue to bear. The therapist should be able to dysregulation of signals (e.g. hyper / hypo-arousal, freezing, dissociate) to recognize specific interweaves through it in order to respond to the client in the process to keep and help in processing various aspects of responsibility, security and choice.
This keynote will provide a framework drop for working with complex PTSD and dysregulation. Some specific techniques designed to circumvent these therapeutic pitfalls in chronically traumatized clients, will be briefly discussed. This will be clarified by means of recordings of sessions in which EMDR is from moment to moment interactions between therapist and client will be analyzed.
The one-day workshop on the Monday after the congress will be much more detailed presentation on the 'how, what, when and why questions "in the treatment of Complex PTSD.
Keywords: Abuse Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Keynote Neglect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
149. Berstein, R. (2008, November). EMDR ו סומטי חווה[EMDR and somatic experiencing]. לגוף עיניים - Models for EMDR Treatment with Enhanced Focus on the Body, Tel Aviv, Israel.
Language: Hebrew
Format: Conference
Abstract: The fundamentals of of somatic experiencing will be presented and then contrasted with EMDR. The presentation will end with a brief description of both techniques used.
Keywords: Somatic Experiencing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
150. Heitzler, M. (2008, November). EMDR עם פסיכותרפיה הגוף [EMDR with body psychotherapy]. לגוף עיניים - Models for EMDR treatement with Enhanced Focus on the Body, Tel Aviv, Israel.
Language: Hebrew
Format: Conference
Abstract: Heitzler introduces the principles and techniques Moorish combination of EMDR psychotherapy through the body. Lecture rich clinical examples illustrating the combination of the tools of both methods.
Keywords: Body Psychotherapy Moorish Combination
Accuracy Verified: Yes
151. Barr, L. (1994). EMDR after a terrorist attack. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(2), 4.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
0n the 18th of July, 1994, we had a
terrorist attack at a Jewish institution,
a building of eight floors that
was completely destroyed. More than
150 people died and 147 were
wounded. The next day,several people
with panic attacks were found walking in the streets.
They had no memory
of what had caused them to be so far
away from their homes or work.
Keywords: Terrorism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
152. Shapiro, F. (2003). EMDR als integrativer psychotherapeutischer ansatz: Experten verschiedenster psychotherapeutischer orientierung erforschen das paradigmenprisma [EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism]. Paderborn: Junfermannsche.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
Im vorliegenden Buch beschäftigen sich führende Vertreter der wichtigsten aktuellen psychotherapeutischen Schulen damit, wie EMDR, eine ursprünglich zur Behandlung von PTBS entwickelten Methode, sich mit ihren jeweiligen eigenen Ansätzen verbinden läßt. Die Autoren der einzelnen Beiträge geben Anwendungshinweise und beschreiben anschaulich Techniken für die Behandlung zahlreicher Probleme und Störungen, darunter Depression, Bindungsstörung, soziale Phobie, generalisierte Angststörung, Störung des Körperbildes, Eheprobleme und Existenzangst. Aus der Vielfalt der Sichtweisen schält sich ein Bild der Ähnlichkeiten zwischen den verschiedenen Disziplinen heraus: Es werden Möglichkeiten einer wirksameren Behandlung aufgezeigt, und die durch EMDR eröffneten Möglichkeiten einer integrativen Behandlungsweise werden erkennbar.
Mit Beiträgen von: Francine Shapiro, Bessel A. van der Kolk, Paul L. Wachtel, Arnold A. Lazarus, Stephen Gilligan, John Norcross, u.a. Ein ausführlicheres Bild von diesem Buch können sich die Leser durch die Leseproben auf der Verlags-Website machen.
In this book, leading representatives of the main current schools of psychotherapy deals with how EMDR, one originally for the treatment of PTSD developed method to connect with their own approaches can. The authors of individual contributions provide application notes and vividly describe techniques for the treatment of many problems and disorders, including depression, attachment disorder, social phobia, generalized anxiety disorder, body image disturbance, marital problems and existential angst. From the variety of perspectives emerges a picture of the similarities between the different disciplines: There are opportunities for more effective treatment identified, and the possibilities offered by EMDR treatment of an inclusive manner to be determined. With contributions by: Francine Shapiro, Bessel A. van der Kolk, Paul L. Wachtel, Arnold A. Lazarus, Stephen Gilligan, John Norcross, and Others A more complete picture of this book can make the reader through the excerpts on the publisher's website.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
153. Burdett, C. (2011, October). EMDR and British/Irish law. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
f a witness asks for therapy during the
course of prosecution
You must inform the prosecutor and police of the
request.
You must discuss the nature of the therapy with the
prosecutor so decisions may be made on how to proceed.
The prosecutor may object to the use of EMDR to process
memories that are part of the evidence.
The prosecutor may have no objection to the use of
EMDR in developing soothing and safety techniques nor
to its use to reduce anxiety when the witness is in court.
Therapy must not take place before the police have
undertaken a recorded interview.
if new allegations arise in therapy, treatment must stop
so that the witness can make a further statement to the
police. [Excerpt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
154. Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR and case conceptualization from an adaptive information processing perspective. In F. Shapiro, F. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 3–36). New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In its 20-year history, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has evolved from a simple technique into an integrative psychotherapy approach with a theoretical model that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the basis of pathology. The eight-phase treatment comprehensively addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those that are needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. The concept of the transformation of the stored experience through a rapid learning process is the key to understanding the basis and application of EMDR and its guiding Adaptive Information Processing model (Shapiro, 1995, 2001, 2002). The purpose of this chapter is to provide an overview of both theory and practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Brain Cognitive Processes Integrative Psychotherapy Memories Memory Models Pathology Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapy Approach Stored Experience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
155. Spierings, J. (2009, June). EMDR and combined techniques for complicated grief and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
156. Moses, M. D. (2002, June). EMDR and conjoint couples therapy. Presnetation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation represents an integration of EMDR with Conjoint
Couples Therapy. The protocol offered is clinically and anecdotal derived,
applying EMDR with both members of a couple witnessing the other's
work. This mutual sharing around triggers and traumas, holds powerful
potential for building mutual understanding, compassion and empathy in
the relationship. As a work in progress, the presenter will welcome dialog
and empirical investigation of this protocol. The workshop will include:
guidelines; potential benefits; indications and contraindications; protocol
for EMDR and Conjoint Couples Therapy; case illustration; do's and
don'ts: coordination with other therapies/therapists; and when Conjoint
EMDR is not possible or indicated.
Keywords: Conjoint EMDR Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
157. Paterson, M. J. (2009, March). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the EMDR Association UK & Ireland, Manchester, England UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation.
The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been
disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of
particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform
roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional.
Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting
bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way.
It is necessary for clients to remain safe during EMDR sessions and contained between
sessions. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work with more difficult clients
so they too can benefit from EMDR. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked
processing due to the interference of an ego-state.
This workshop provides an overview of dissociation and a review of models to explain it.
There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR. Clinical
case material is used to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice
participants will learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic
change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see a video of a live case where EST is
used effectively to moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states.
Learning objectives
Understand the forms of dissociation
Understand the concept of ego state therapy.
Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change.
Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
158. Paterson, M. (2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting for the European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders.
It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state.
This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states.
Learning objectives
Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing
Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol.
Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability.
Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
159. Peterson, M. 2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders. It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol. Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability. Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Dissociation Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
160. Inobe, S. P. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Practical implications for the desensitization and reprocessing of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn to: 1) employ ego state therapy techniques and language to use with clients during desensitization and reprocessing phases of treatment; 2) work with and strengthen a self-system's internal strengths and weaknesses during processing, installation, and integration; 3) name specific techniques to ensure safety and containment; and 4) identify ways to recover from mid-EMDR processing failure.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Processing Failure
Accuracy Verified: Yes
161. Bergmann, U. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Treating the spectrum of personality disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the applications of the Ego State concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR process in order to facilitate the treatment of clients with personality disorders; 2) learn how to developmentally assess, identify, map, and access ego states of personality disordered clients and how to promote their ego state participation in EMDR sessions; and 3) understand how treatment of personality disorder is usually longer-term EMDR, interweaving the activation of fear-based, aggressivized infantile ego states necessary to deepen and accelerate processing and desensitization.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
162. Curran, L. A. (2009, January). EMDR and EMDR related techniques for effective trauma treatment. Wayne State University, School of Social Work, Center for Social Work Practice Policy and Research, Fort Washington, PA.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Beginning in the 1990s, Francine Shapiro had discovered and began researching a new neurophysiological technique for treating traumatic material. This technique, alternating bilateral stimulation, was quickly subsumed by Shapiro’s psychotherapeutic orientation known as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). After many years of rigorous empirical studies demonstrating its uses and effectiveness in trauma treatment, EMDR has become one of only three approved treatments recommended by the veteran’s administration for the treatment of PTSD.
Through didactic illustration and explanation; videotaped demonstrations; and experiential exercises, this seminar provides clinicians the basic principles of EMDR and EMDR- related techniques and how each would be incorporated into their personal therapeutic orientation and practice.
Goals
1. Participants will gain understanding of neuroscience’s trauma paradigm
· Biological nature of trauma
· Specific trauma symptoms and their order of appearance
· Primary treatment issues in trauma therapy.
2. Participants will gain understanding of trauma’s cognitive and somatic impact and how to effectively treat its sequelae including:
· Hyperarousal
· Affect dysregulation
· Dissociation
· Body memories and “flashbacks”
3. Participants will learn the theory of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and EMDR-related techniques for initial resourcing of clients, followed by desensitizing and cognitive reprocessing of traumatic material.
Objectives
1. Participants will identify the biological nature of trauma; how trauma is stored in the body and limbic system, creating physical and psychological symptoms.
2. Participants learn to identify the symptoms of trauma- hyperarousal; affect dysregulation; dissociation, body memories and “flashbacks”.
3. Participants will learn the Adaptive Information Processing Model and clinical research associated with EMDR
4. Participants will learn how EMDR and EMDR-related techniques are used as an adjunct to psychotherapy.
5. Participants will identify and demonstrate the eight 8 Phases of EMDR protocol.
6. Participants will describe the differences between eye movement, auditory and tactile stimulation.
7. Describe the process for resourcing a client prior to actual processing traumatic material.
8. Describe the process of employing tactile alternating bilateral stimulation for the processing traumatic memories.
Accuracy Verified: No
163. Siegel, I. R. (2000, September). EMDR and energy medicine: An integrative approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) develop an understanding of the role that energy medicine can play within the context of the EMDR protocol; 2) develop an understanding of the dynamic relationship between our physiology, our emotions, and our Human Energy Field; 3) identify the chakra systems and the levels of electro-magnetic frequency that exist within the Human Energy Field, and its relationshop to developmental theory; 4) demonstrate an ability to identify vibrational patterns of emotional trauma within the HEF; 5) develop an understanding of the role of EMDR as an effective tool in creating a bridge between science, psychotherapy, and spirituality; and 6) learn to apply effective techniques for integrating the technology of energy medicine into an EMDR practice.
Keywords: Chakra System Energy Medicine Energy Psychology HEF Human Energy Field Vibrational Patterns
Accuracy Verified: Yes
164. Robredo, J. (2011, June). EMDR and gender violence. Brief and intensive treatment for children exposed to gender violence. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Instituto de Psicotrauma de Alicante and the Social Services of San Juan use, since 2008, a brief intervention protocol for minors exposed to gender violence. This protocol is based on the therapeutic paradigm of EMDR©.
First results on a sample of 28 children from 4 to 12 years old were the disappearance of posttraumatic stress disorder and depression, the remission of concomitant behavior disorders (disobedience, aggression), and the improvement of the affective link with their mother.
In our last study, the sample was bigger and the treatment protocol evolved to be an intensive one, lasting three weeks.
Learning objectives:
This workshop’s aim is to show such protocol and our last study. We will present to the participants:
1.Characteristics of gender violence in mothers and symptoms in their children.
2.Relevance of the EMDR paradigm and the Structural Dissociation of Personality Theory by Onno van der Hart.
3.Assessment instruments.
4.Evidences of the structural dissociation in the children.
5.Treatment protocol.
6.Handling of sessions with mother and child.
7.Work with the dysfunctional beliefs of mothers.
8.Techniques to work with the cognitive interweaves of the child.
9.Techniques to identify and work the dissociation in the child.
10.Data and conclusions of the study
Keywords: Children Gender Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
165. Ostacoli:, L., Bertino, G., & Faretta, E. (2013, June). EMDR and health: EMDR brief treatment in medical conditions with a high emotional charge: A possible challenge. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Stress and high emotional situations such as complex traumas have a negative influence on the psycho – physiologic adaptive process to illness. If these experiences are not elaborated, they could be stored as dysfunctional memories causing psychophysical vulnerability. EMDR treatment requires a proper detection and reprocessing of stressing memories in present and past events and in future templates, handling worries and fears.
Treatment protocol for serious medical diseases will be presented, focusing in the domains of Multiple Sclerosis and Oncology. Starting from the person and his system (biopsychosocial model), the main interest will be placed on case conceptualization and preparation of the project with EMDR, and then the identification of targets for further processing. From here, through the exposure of specific cases treated, we will work on bodily symptoms (the feeling perceived) through floatback to promote the connection of memories. The presentation of the research project and the first data obtained will follow.
The design helps the person to relate themselves to the traumatic material as something that they can see, represent, touch, by sharing and by exploring their resonances with the therapist; the design provides an emotional containment that allows the processing of intense emotions, reduces significantly the risk of dissociations, and allows the recovery of creative resources.
The fundamental aim of the model is to facilitate the building of a constructive relationship with themselves and with the “sick body”, by elaborating the traumatic events that have led to a dysfunctional self-image and explored, strengthened their resources with the aim of building the “navigation tools” and an effective “first-aid kit” for times of crisis. It will be presented the model of the intervention and the strategies proposed and used, through the presentation of clinical cases.
The analysis of the success factors and of the difficulties encountered will allow us to define a possible direction for future brief interventions with patients affected by complex organic diseases.
Learning objectives:
To learn EMDR protocols adapted to deal with serious medical illnesses such as Cancer and Multiple Sclerosis;
To analyse the therapeutic process by narrative and graphic material; and
To learn specific features to deal with fears of loss and impairment
Keywords: Disease Medical Illness Multiple Sclerosis Oncology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
166. Oldenburg, D. (1995, July 21). EMDR and life after the blast: Controversial therapy praised in Oklahoma City. Washington, DC: The Washington Post, C5.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Seconds before the bomb destroyed the
federal building in Oklahoma City on
April, Linda Crampton stood on her
17th-floor balcony of the apartment across the street. She breathed in the morning air,
then retrned inside to go to her job as a sales
rep for an airborne express service.
Keywords: General Oklahoma City Overview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
167. Spierings, J. (2013, June). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with mourning clients can be difficult. To face the irrevocability of loss and to stand helpless and empty-handed as a therapist is a heavy burden. Sometimes it seems there is nothing we can do to help our clients. Yet there are many ways in which EMDR can contribute to help our clients to live a valuable life after a serious loss.
In this presentation the psychodynamics of complicated mourning are discussed. Treatment strategies and treatment techniques (both EMDR and combined techniques) are developed for specific patterns of complicated mourning (i.e. denied mourning, postponed mourning, chronic mourning, distorted mourning, traumatized mourning, somatized mourning).
Some non-EMDR techniques (rituals, Gestalt dialogue, writing assignments, imagination techniques) will be integrated into EMDR treatment. Also practical interventions to address resistance and affect regulation problems will be discussed.
Learning Objectives:
What are the key aspects of using EMDR with issues of grief and mourning;
Outline the core characteristics of stabilization and resourcing for this population;
Review the range of cognitive interviews that have an application when evidence of blocked processing is apparent with this client group
Keywords: Grief Mourning Resourcing Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
168. Spierings, J. (2000, May 6). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation consists of the following two parts:
I. The normal mourning process:
Defintions, phases, mourning tasks and characteristics
General treatment principles, EMDR and other treatment techniques
Therapeutic attitude and your own grief reactions as a therapist
II. The complicated mourning process:
Definitions, high-risk factors, diagnostic criteria and clinical indicators
Patterns of complicated mourning
For each pattern: specialized treatment techniques, EMDR protocols and treatment plans
Keywords: Complicated Grief Grief Mourning Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
169. Chandarasiri, P. (2008, June). EMDR and play therapy in traumatised children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Young children who are not yet fully developed mentally can not differentiate the past traumatic memory from
the present reality and in metabolising disturbing trauma memories. Children usually mix their past experience
and the present through play to help them connect the pieces of experience into a narrative that is
understandable for them. Every piece of trauma in the past is integrated into their life and may adversely
influence their personality formation. Trauma work with children through play and EMDR techniques can be
helpful in preventing such distortion, especially among disable children. EMDR method was applied to a 10 years
old boy with learning disability. He was separated from his family and stayed at the residential home. He had his
past experience of witnessing domestic violence since early infancy. The injuries sustained by his mother had
caused great concern for him. He also experienced sexual abuse by another boy which was reflected in sex play
with his peers. He had attention problem, aggressive behaviours together with difficulty in regulating his moods.
Because of his limitation, he preferred to communicate his emotions through action and play rather than
verbally. His preoccupation was expressed through figures fighting that typically resulted in death. During the
play session, the therapist would intermittently take a pause with him and the bilateral tapping was applied
corresponding with the event in play, for example checking through the worst event, the negative event, the
positive event, the strength, the changes taking place in their mind and the play. Most of his play started with
the fighting and ended with the good figures won. The installation was applied at the end. His behaviours were
monitored at the residential home and at the school. It was found later that he could control his anger better and
he was able to tell the caretakers showing that he was aware of his feelings and his behaviours. The conclusion
can be drawn that the use of bilateral stimulation during play therapy has facilitated changes in his behaviours,
affects, and communication.
Keywords: Children Play Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
170. Marotta, S. A. (1998, July). EMDR and psychosocial development post childhood trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) describe relevant research on EMDR with childhood trauma; 2) analyze the developmental tasks that are affected by childhood trauma; 3) use case study data to illustrate how EMDR enables reprocessing of trust, autonomy, identity and intimacy issues; and 4) describe some ways race/ethnicity might mediate response to EMDR treatment.
Keywords: Childhood Trauma Ethnicity Psychosocial Development Race Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
171. Carvalho, E. R. (2013, May). EMDR and role therapy: Healing the folks who live inside. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The integration of EMDR with Role Therapy will be presented as a comprehensive approach to the treatment of
a wide spectrum of clients. Role therapy is presented as a “normalizing” approach to trauma and dissociation,
treating clients’ inner roles as EMDR targets. Central to this approach is the conceptualization of self and one’s
inner roles and counter-roles. Discussion will include how to use a developmental approach to assessment, and
will review the identification, mapping and accessing of roles, as well as how to promote the use of role-specific
EMDR targets, facilitating the enhancement of EMDR processing.
Learning Objectives:
• Participants will be able to discuss and implement the applications of Role Theory concepts and techniques to
all phases of the EMDR protocol in order to facilitate the treatment of clients.
• Participants will be able to discuss and describe how to developmentally assess, identify, map and access
client roles and how to treat roles with traditional EMDR protocols.
• Participants will be prepared to utilize EMDR targeting clients’ inner roles to enhance the processing of
clients’ issues and resolution of symptoms.
Keywords: Role Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
172. Browning, S. (2008, October). EMDR and self soothing. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, York, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A brief review of what is happening as a physiological neurobiological level and then looking at self soothing techniques to stabilise and strengthen client's resources to tolerate EMDR processing of the trauma. Mindfulness and other techniques demonstrated and explored in a group setting. Be prepared to try it yourself!
Keywords: Self Soothing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
173. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, July). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo
Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed
the therapy world radically. The major shift was that:
• The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems
exist.
• The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way
the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional.
• Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different
techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion.
• At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions.
So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly.
One of the approaches that EMDR therapists may integrate efficiently into their practice is Family Therapy. It may speed up
the therapy especially when both trauma and relationships are particularly having a role in the formation and maintenance
of the problem.
In this workshop, the participants will learn:
• The basic principles and techniques of Strategic Family Therapy,
• Why and how change occurs,
• When Strategic Family Therapy is called upon for help,
• How interventions are designed and implemented.
Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
174. Konuk, E. & Epozdemir, H. (2010, March). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the XVIII World International Family Therapy (IFTA) Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Though EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is relatively new in the therapy world, now it is credited by many professional and governmental organizations as either “treatment of choice” or a valid psychotherapy approach. Especially when trauma is particularly have a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR is a “life saver” for the therapist. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Strategic Family Therapy • Why and how change occurs • When EMDR is called upon for help • How interventions are designed and implemented The cases will be presented by live video recordings of sessions.
Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
175. Marquis, P. (2007, June). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Marquis will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interceptive exposure, psych-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. The diagnosis of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, Hoarding, Trichotillomonia, Skin Picking, Panic Disorder, Social Anxiety Disorders, Phobias, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Somatization Disorder and their interaction with underlying PSTD will be discussed and standard EMDR treatment protocols presented. This will be presented in context of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. Theoretical models will be presented. This treatment integrates the use of future template and behavioral feedback for success of anxiety treatment. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients scan integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Case examples will be presented. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored. Dr. Marquis is the Anxiety Team Leader at Kaiser Hospital and has been practicing, teaching, and training EMDR internationally since 1991.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
176. Marquis, P., & Sprowls, C. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders: Clinical applications using the anxiety protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Marquis and Dr. Sprowls will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interoceptive exposure, psycho-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients can integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
177. Nickerson, M. (2009, August). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry, violent and abusive behaviors, including intimate partner violence, abusive parenting and bullying. A client’s unconscious drive to “make others feel the way I felt” can be dismantled with the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. A metaphor based guide to case formulation and a cycle of violence model for understanding behavior and identifying treatment targets will be highlighted. Practical and innovative techniques will be offered to aid in assessment, stabilization and effective reprocessing. Numerous video clips from clinical sessions will illuminate points. Relevant research will be cited.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
178. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical
pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn:
(a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain;
(b) a guided pain healing meditation;
(c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques;
(d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories;
(e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating,
drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population.
The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The
dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic
pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer
will be presented.
Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also
incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the
"C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed.
The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can
do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing
will be discussed.
The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples):
(1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR-
(2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative;
(3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with
"secondary gains" minus primary losses;
(4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering;
(5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief
imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy
self-care behaviors;
(6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery
for pain reduction;
(7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins;
(8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences,
internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors;
(9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient;
(10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety.
(11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers;
(12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients;
(13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave;
(14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse;
(15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in
this population;
(16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD.
Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered.
If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
179. Lawrence, M. (1998, July). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) use the ego state bridge technique in order to have more complete knowledge of what issues and experiences may manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) use the ego state bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets; 3) work with a patient to formulate the patient's ego state system; 4) identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; and 6) identify and access appropriate resource ego states which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state.
Keywords: Ego State Bridge Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
180. Lawrence, M. A. (1999, June). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to use the ego state
bridge technique in order to have more compete
knowledge of what issues and experiences may
manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) be able to use the ego stale bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets (e.g., when SUD level is not subsiding); 3) know how to work with a patient to formulate the patient’s ego state system; 4) be able to identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) be able to combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; 6) be able to identify and access appropriate resource ego state which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state; and 7) be able to use a variety of general and specific EMDR techniques and strategies more effectively by using ego state psychotherapy principles as a guiding metamodel.
Keywords: Ego State Bridge Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
181. Parnell, L. A. (2007, September). EMDR as a transpersonal psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful and effective psychotherapeutic method for healing trauma-based problems. In addition to its therapeutic effectiveness, it also leads in many cases to clients opening to transpersonal experiences. In this presentation, information on EMDR’s Adaptive Information Processing model and EMDR procedure are reviewed. Description and discussion of the spiritual unfoldment in EMDR clients is given, along with new research highlighting the following areas: the development of wisdom, compassion, trust in life, forgiveness, insights, epiphanies, experiences of spiritual freedom, and openings into the psychic realm (Turpin, 1999). Also included will be discussion of how to use EMDR to access and strengthen spiritual experiences, using EMDR with clients who have experienced near death experiences, and EMDR and after death communication to heal grief, including research using a new protocol, (Botkin, 1995, 2005). Suggestions on ways to enhance client’s spiritual experiences will be provided, as well as meditation practices.
Keywords: Transpersonal Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
182. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2012, June). EMDR as trauma treatment for infants (0-4 years) [EMDR como tratamiento para el trauma en niños pequeños (0-‐4 años)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In
our
therapeutic
EMDR
work
with
deaf
and
hard
of
hearing
clients,
we
are
forced
to
strongly
focus
on
the
visual
world.
But
focus
on
visual
aspects
is
not
only
necessary
with
this
client
group!
When
working
with
pre-‐verbal
trauma,
with
children
or
adults
who
are
(not
yet)
fluent
in
their
native
speech
or
when
we
use
EMDR
with
clients
that
use
a
second
language,
we
will
have
to
use
alternatives
to
spoken
languages.
When
used
correctly,
visual
input
can
enrich
and
enable
the
EMDR
process
greatly.
In
this
presentation
we
invite
visitors
to
explore
the
visual
aspects
and
possibilities
of
the
EMDR
process
with
us.
Visitors
will
feel
more
adequate
in
using
mimic,
visual
and
imaging
techniques
with
their
clients.
Video
material
will
enrich
our
presentation.
We
will
present
in
English
and
Dutch
sign
language.
Our
interpreter
will
translate
the
Dutch
sign
language
in
spoken
English.
Los
infantes
(0-‐4
años)
pueden
ser
expuestos
a
diversos
tipos
de
eventos
traumáticos,
por
ejemplo
procedimientos
médicos
intrusivos,
abuso
sexual
y
otras
formas
de
violencia
física
o
emocional,
y
pueden
desarrollar
síntomas
de
estrés
post-‐traumático.
Por
otro
lado,
no
es
fácil
determinar
si
están
traumatizados
desde
esa
edad,
la
mayoría
de
los
niños
no
son
capaces
de
comunicar
verbalmente
sus
experiencias.
En
la
mayoría
de
los
ejemplo,
son
los
padres
los
que
notan
un
cambio
en
el
comportamiento
de
su
hijo
y
van
en
busca
de
ayuda.
Los
terapeutas
junto
con
los
padres
y
usando
la
información
disponible
del
propio
niño,
desarrollan
una
hipótesis
sobre
el
origen
de
los
síntomas.
Si
existen
indicios
de
que
los
síntomas
actuales
están
relacionados
con
un
evento
traumático
sin
procesar,
EMDR
es
idóneo.
El
método
de
Cuenta-‐cuentos
de
Lovett
puede
ser
usado
para
este
propósito.
Se
necesita
prestar
una
especial
atención
a
la
interacción
entre
los
padres
y
el
niño.
Los
padres
pueden
encontrar
difícil
apoyar
a
su
hijo
o
reaccionar
adecuadamente
al
comportamiento
del
niño
cuando
se
sienten
ansiosos
o
culpables
de
este
evento
traumático.
Este
tipo
de
cuestiones
deben
ser
tomadas
en
cuenta
ya
que
pueden
agravar
los
síntomas
ya
existentes
en
el
niño
Después
de
una
pequeña
introducción
teórica,
numerosos
casos
serán
mostrados
en
video.
Mostramos
como
los
recuerdos
traumáticos
sin
procesar
en
infantes
pueden
ser
activados
y
procesados.
En
uno
de
los
casos
EMDR
se
combinará
con
elementos
de
la
terapia
orientada
a
padres.
Conceptos
sobre
el
apego
y
sus
efectos
en
el
EMDR
serán
mostrados.
Keywords: Infants
Accuracy Verified: Yes
183. Rougemont-Bucking, A. (2010, June). EMDR based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Background: EMDR has been recognized to be an efficacious
treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Other,
more recent indications comprise anxiety disorders and substance
use disorders (SUD). With regard to SUD, the application of EMDR
iS very challenging as patients frequently suffer from many
comorbidities. Another concern is the fact that the dissociative
experiencing during EMDR-sessions can potentially weaken the
patients' coping strategies and provoke relapse through activation
of intense drug craving.
General procedure. Sessions were proposed once a week. Specific
techniques like 'Safe Place', the technique of absorption, heart coherence training and ClPOS were applied prior to proposition
of the standard EMDR-protocol. Drug consumption and craving
was regularly monitored by means of the patents' self-reports
and drug craving scores. The therapist was regularly supervised
on the basis of video recordings.
Patient 1: A 49 year old man being diagnosed for PTSD and dependency
of opiates and benzodiazepines asked to benefit form
EMDR with regard to his PTSD symptoms. Patient was abstinent
from heroine consumption but consumed midazolam 3 times per
week when entering the therapy. Initial evaluation showed an
Impact of Event Scale (IES) score of 60, a Dissociative Experiences
Scale (DES) score of 39.6 and a midazolam craving score of 14.
Patient 2 :A 37 old man was diagnosed for borderline personality
disorder and for dependency of opiates. Heroine consumption occurred 1 to 3 times per month when starting the therapy
EMDR based therapy was proposed as he complained about
pertinacious insomnia due to trauma-like events during his childhood.
Initial evaluation showed a DES score of 7.8 and a heroine
craving score of 17.
Global impression: EMDR based treatment of severely affected
SUD patients appears to be a difficult and challenging endeavor
However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug
consumption can be observed. A long stabilisation phase seems
to be mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needs to be
conducted with much flexibility as patients were not able to handle
intensive emotional stress for a long time period. There was
no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse.
Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions
and dissociation could be absorbed with specific techniques without
increasing permanently drug craving.
Learning objectives:
1. EMDR-based treatment is feasible in severely affected drug
abusers
2. Extensive stabilisation of the patient using flexible adaptation
of EMDR-related techniques is mandatory
3. Dissociation occurring during treatment has to be addressed
carefully as it can easily bridge into drug craving and relapse
What is unique: EMDR-based treatment may be a suitable way
to treat patients who are still abusing drugs as these interventions
focus on maladaptive associations that arise from both trauma
and substance related cues.
Keywords: Drug Abusers Heroine Psychotraumatic Antecedents
Accuracy Verified: Yes
184. Lendl, J. (2007, September). EMDR basics part I: The touchstone event. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful treatment is the Adaptive Information Processing Model with its eight phase, three- prong protocol. The robustness of the treatment is not achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed. Dr. Shapiro’s recent trainings have emphasized the need to work beyond present-day symptoms and triggers (prong #2) to find the underlying touchstone events (prong #1). Part I will review the AIP Model, suggest channels of association most likely linked to a touchstone event/node, review the eight phases, place the touchstone event into the context of the eight phases, show video simulations of the touchstone event including the affect scan and floatback techniques, and have a supervised practicum.
Keywords: Adaptive Processing Model Channels of Association Touchstone Event
Accuracy Verified: Yes
185. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt.
De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek.
In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen.
Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan.
Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling.
Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt
Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast.
Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
186. Schubbe, O. (2008, September). EMDR bei kindern [EMDR in the work with children]. Pre-Congress am 11. Kongress der European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapie und Psychosomatische Medizin, Wien, Österreich.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Der Workshop gibt einen kurzen systematischen Überblick über die Techniken, die speziell EMDR in der Psychotherapie mit Kindern und Jugendlichen eingesetzt. Alter angemessenen Formen der bilateralen Stimulation und der Aktualisierung der Ressourcen und ungelösten Erinnerungen werden erläutert. Kleine Gruppe Übungen sollen den Teilnehmern eine praktische Lernerfahrung. Bewerber für die EMDR-Seminare mit Oliver Schubbe in Linz oder Graz kann dieser Workshop als Schnupperkurs nutzen. Die Teilnehmer sollten bereit sein, die Rolle der ein Kind oder Jugendlicher Client innerhalb einer kleinen Gruppe zu spielen.
The workshop will give a brief systematic overview over the EMDR techniques specifically used in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. Age appropriate forms of bilateral stimulation and of the actualization of ressources and unresolved memories will be explained. Small group exercises are intended to give participants a practical learning experience. Applicants for the EMDR seminars with Oliver Schubbe at Linz or Graz can use this workshop as a taster course. Participants should be willing to play the role of a child or adolescent client within a small group.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
187. ten Broeke, T., & Oppenheim, H-J. (2008, Maart). EMDR bij de behandeling van complexe PTSS en ernstige dissociatie [EMDR in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe dissociation]. Presentatie aan de derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Bij de behandeling van patiënten met complexe PTSS ten gevolge van type 2 trauma, wordt de behandelaar geconfronteerd met twee grote problemen: 1) hoe een overzichtelijke structuur aan te brengen in de veelheid aan traumatische gebeurtenissen, en 2) hoe om te gaan met pathologische dissociatie.
In deze voordracht wordt in eerste instantie een aanpak gepresenteerd waarmee de therapeut en patiënt kunnen komen tot een zodanige
(hiërarchische) ordening van de traumatische gebeurtenissen, dat een gefaseerde en overzichtelijke behandeling mogelijk wordt.
Vervolgens zal nader ingegaan worden op het verschijnsel dissociatie en zal worden uitgelegd welke algemene technieken toegepast kunnen worden bij dissociatieve reacties. Ten slotte zal aan de hand van videobeelden worden gedemonstreerd hoe met een aangepast EMDR basisprotocol het mogelijk is om bij mensen met secundaire en tertiaire structurele dissociatie, door activatie van een alterpersoonlijkheid, het traumatisch materiaal waardoor de alterpersoonlijkheid is ontstaan a. te ontsluiten, b. te verwerken en c.
te integreren
When treating patients with complex PTSD as a result of Type 2 trauma, the therapist faces two major problems: 1) how an organized structure to the multitude of traumatic events, and 2) how to deal with pathological dissociation .
In this lecture primarily an approach is presented that the therapist and patient can come to such a
(Hierarchical) organization of the traumatic events that a phased and orderly treatment possible.
Will then be elaborated on the phenomenon of dissociation and will explain the general techniques can be applied to dissociative reactions. Finally, using video to demonstrate how a modified EMDR basic protocol it is possible in people with secondary and tertiary structural dissociation, through activation of an alter personality, traumatic materials which alter personality created a. to access, b. processing and c. integrate.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
188. Spierings, J. (2005, November). EMDR bij gecompliceerde rouw [EMDR with complicated grief]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In de workshop komt het volgende aan de orde: basisconcepten en psychodynamiek van rouw, grondhouding van de therapeut, theorieën m.b.t. hechting en verlies, behandelstrategieën en behandeltechnieken (rituelen, EMDR, Gestalt, metaforen, schrijfopdrachten, spirituele interventies). Het theoretisch kader wordt naar de praktijk vertaald d.m.v. verhalen en casusmateriaal.
In the workshop, the following order: basic concepts and psychodynamics of mourning, the attitude of the therapist's theories on attachment and loss, treatment strategies and treatment techniques (ritual, EMDR, Gestalt, metaphors, writing, spiritual intervention). The theoretical framework is translated into practice through stories and case material.
Keywords: Complicated Grief
Accuracy Verified: Yes
189. Braun, P., & van Og, A. (2005, November). EMDR bij klinisch opgenomen TBS-gestelden: ”Elk voordeel heb z’n nadeel” [EMDR clinical TBS recorded as such: "Any benefit me his disadvantage"]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Deze lezing gaat over het implementeren van EMDR
in een zeer complexe (TBS) instelling, waarbij beveiliging en onlosmakelijk behandeling verweven zijn, met een diagnostisch zwaar belaste doelgroep:
• Meervoudige persoonlijkheidsstoornissen
• Meervoudig ernstig getraumatiseerd
• Verslavingsproblematiek
• Specifieke psychiatrische problematiek
• Forensische problematiek
• Combinaties
Het TBS systeem van behandelen (met beveiliging als belangrijk punt) verhoudt zich soms moeilijk tot de behandeling met EMDR van de individuele patiënt. Angst voor de beheersbaarheid van een patiënt gedurende de behandeling kan als een contra-indicatie worden gezien voor EMDR-behandeling. Het is de vraag of EMDR gecontraïndiceerd is in een TBS-kliniek vanwege de veiligheid. De inbedding van de behandeling in de TBS-kliniek alsmede het toepassen van zelfcontroletechnieken zijn hierbij belangrijke factoren.
Complicerende factor is dat veel TBS-patiënten zowel zelf getraumatiseerd zijn als wel ernstige delicten hebben gepleegd waarmee ze anderen hebben getraumatiseerd.
In deze lezing willen wij vooral aan de orde stellen hoe de behandeling van het daderschap zich verhoudt tot de behandeling van het slachtofferschap van de patiënt. We willen hiervan zowel de inhoudelijke als de ethische kant belichten. Van belang hierbij is ook de discussie rondom de indicatiestelling: richt men zich eerst op het daderschap of juist op het slachtofferschap? Verder willen we de gelaagdheid van de behandeling benoemen: de behandelaar heeft niet alleen te maken met de problematiek van de patiënt maar ook te maken met de gesloten kliniek en verschillende functionarissen daarin. Die gelaagdheid heeft direct gevolgen voor de vorm en inhoud van de behandeling.
Als hypothese willen we naar voren brengen dat de behandeling van trauma’s essentieel kan zijn voor de behandeling van persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. Schemagerichte Cognitieve Therapie (J. Young), sluit in onze ogen naadloos aan op EMDR. Beide stromingen richten zich op dezelfde type existentiële “Ik ben ….“ opvattingen.
This lecture is about the implementation of EMDR
In a very complex (TBS) of institution, and security are inextricably intertwined treatment, with a heavily loaded diagnostic target:
• Multiple personality disorder
• Multiple severely traumatized
• Addiction Problems
• Specific psychiatric problems
• Forensic issues
• Combinations
The TBS system of treatment (with security as an important point) does sometimes difficult to EMDR treatment of individual patients. Fear of the manageability of a patient during treatment as may be considered a contraindication for EMDR treatment. The question is whether EMDR is contraindicated in a TBS clinic for security reasons. The embedding of treatment in the TBS clinic and the use of self-control techniques are important factors.
Complicating factor is that many TBS patients, both self-traumatized as well have committed serious crimes with which they have traumatized others.
In this talk we mainly discussed how the treatment of the perpetrator is related to the treatment of the victimization of the patient. We wish them both the substantive and ethical angles. Of importance here is the discussion surrounding the needs assessment: the focus is first on the perpetrator or at the very victimization? We also want to appoint the stratification of treatment: the therapist has not only faced with the problem of the patient but also to do with the clinic closed and several officers therein. Such layering has direct implications for the form and content of treatment.
As a hypothesis we want to highlight that the treatment of trauma may be essential for the treatment of personality problems. Schema-Focused Cognitive Therapy (J. Young), close our eyes seamlessly with EMDR. Both schools focus on the same existential type "I am ...." opinions.
Keywords: TBS System of Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
190. Withers, D. (2001, June). EMDR bilateral movement groups for children with ADHD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will teach experientially how to run therapy groups for children. Specifically, it will teach Resource Installation through Dance/Movement Therapy techniques utilizing EMDR protocol, how to deal with disruptive behaviors by empowering children to come up with their own coping strategies for themselves and each other; and how to identify, locate, and regulate feelings in their bodies.
Keywords: Bilateral Children Dance Movement Therapy: Groups Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
191. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases.
The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of
protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases.
The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated
information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning
indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses.
A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and
cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma
with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of
the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction.
Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources
present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies.
Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting
disturbing memories.
Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the
Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the
biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect
theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and
emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts
is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders.
Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry
Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with
Marguerite McCorkle.
Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental
issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to
a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.
Keywords: Case Formulations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
192. Post, L. L. (2000, September). EMDR case study: Micronesia. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(3), 4-5.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
As a physician board-certified in Psychiatry,
Addiction Medicine, Addiction
Psychiatry, Sexology, Traumatology, and with
credentials in Massage Therapy, EMDR, and
as a Forensic Examiner, I have worked in
almost every practice setting imaginable and
with a broad variety of patients. Having been
based from a hospital, community clinic,
halfway-house residence, private office,
Veterans Administration Medical Center,
training institution, and doing outreach on the
streets, I am clinically familiar with the
behavioral challenges of children, adolescents,
young adults, old adults, couples, families, and
groups manifesting acute symptoms and
exacerbations of chronic disorders, with and
without chemical dependency, physical
problems, and sociological impairments. I like
to teach trainees, do interactive lectures, travel
and experience ‘difference.’ It is thus that I
have found myself a settled homeowner on
Saipan, a Manhattan-sized island that, as part
of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands (U.S.), is the farthest-flung American
overseas possession. Always the outsider; here
among the various tan tones of complexion
found among the indigenous of the western
Pacific, I have experimented with several
interventional strategies, both to establish
rapport and some trust and also to start creating
that unique and culturally competent treatment
modality that will foster growth among my
patients. Cognitive-behavioral approaches
generally work better than insight-oriented
ones because of the ‘here-and-now’ mindset
of Chamorros, Carolinians, Yapese, Chukese,
Pohnpeians, Kosraeans, and Filipinos who
comprise the population base here. Let me
briefly discuss one fascinating case. Twenty two
year old Chamolinian woman, married and
with three young children was involved in a
minor motor vehicle accident. This accident was
a spinoff of a more serious one primarily
involving two other vehicles. In a large truck
(Toyota T100), she was not hurt, and the two
children riding with her were also unharmed.
Keywords: Case Study Micronesia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
193. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of
resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma
with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment
disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect
affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship
Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the
adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable
and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients
come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of
themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result
of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing
caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource
that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship,
which this process provides. This procedure is particularly
useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children,
who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically
was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their
pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their
child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this
type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR
clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing.
Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to
utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able
to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the
resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of
that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience
of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop
will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles
and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process
will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live
demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy,
Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic
phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free
downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book.
EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^
sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their
skills in this useful resourcing approach.
Learning objectives: Participants will be able to
- Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to
clients with attachment disorders
-List 15 possible sources of resource figures
- List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more
intensely connected to a resource.
- Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside
observer role and are instead overly identifying with their
child selves.
Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Keynote
Accuracy Verified: Yes
194. Nicolais, G. (2011, Settembre). EMDR e attaccamento [EMDR and attachment]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Secondo Bowlby, le esperienze precoci del bambino con le proprie figure di attaccamento determinano rappresentazioni mentali - denominate Modelli Operativi Interni della relazione - che regolano aspetti centrali dello sviluppo come la regolazione degli affetti e la fiducia interpersonale. Analogamente, il modello AIP di Shapiro ipotizza l’effetto di esperienze precoci sullo sviluppo futuro del bambino. Ricordi di eventi particolarmente stressanti o traumatici tendono ad essere immagazzinati in modo disfunzionale nel cervello in uno stato non metabolizzato, sotto forma di “network mnestici” contenenti costellazioni di percezioni, aspettative negative, affetti e sensazioni corporee che possono essere riferite all’esperienza di caregiving. In situazioni infantili all’interno di accudimento particolarmente disfunzionali, il modello di attaccamento sviluppato dal bambino conterrà quindi network mnestici caratterizzati dall’esperienza del rifiuto e/o del maltrattamento. Il modello AIP prefigura perciò interventi, realizzati attraverso l’approccio dell’EMDR, che agiscono in senso trasformativo sulle peculiarità dei Modelli Operativi Interni della relazione. Le implicazioni di tale premessa sono l’oggetto della relazione presentata.
According to Bowlby, the child's early experiences with attachment figures determine their mental representations - called internal working models of the report - that regulate key aspects of development such as affect regulation and interpersonal trust. Similarly, the model AIP Shapiro assumed the effect of early experience on the future development of the child. Memories of traumatic or stressful events tend to be stored in a dysfunctional brain in a non-metabolized form of "network mnemonic" containing clusters of perceptions, expectations, negative emotions and bodily sensations that may be related to the experience of caregiving . In situations in caregiving particularly dysfunctional childhood, the attachment model developed by the child will then contain mnemonic networks characterized by the experience of rejection and / or mistreatment. The model therefore anticipates AIP intervention, achieved through the approach of EMDR, which act in the sense of transformation on the peculiarities of the internal working models of the relationship. The implications of this premise are the subject of the report.
Keywords: Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
195. Beer, R., & Hornsveld, H. (2005, November). EMDR en Eetstoornissen: Conceptualisatie en klinische toepassingen [EMDR and eating disorders: Conceptualisation and clinical applications]. Presentatie aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Renee Beer en Hellen Hornsveld bespreken in deze presentatie toepassingsmogelijkheden van EMDR bij patiënten met uiteenlopende eetstoornissen.
Eerder is over dit onderwerp gepresenteerd door beide spreeksters op een EMDR Netwerkavond in 2004 en op het Europese EMDR congres in 2005.
Samenvatting
Patiënten met Eetstoornissen (Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, Binge eating disorder) krijgen doorgaans een multidisciplinaire behandeling, waarin verschillende modules een complementaire rol spelen. Resultaten zijn echter vaak teleurstellend en daarom zijn nieuwe ideeën en technieken welkom. Mogelijkheden en beperkingen van EMDR in combinatie met Cognitieve Gedragstherapie (C.G.T.) worden besproken en geïllustreerd met videobeelden.
Renee Beer zal toelichten en demonstreren
-hoe EMDR geplaatst kan worden in de context van C.G.T.,
-waarom het aantrekkelijk is voor adolescenten (“een coole combi”),
-welke targets in aanmerking kunnen komen (o.a. traumaverwerking, lichaamsbeeld en zelfbeeld),
-hoe deze targets bewerkt kunnen worden,
-en wanneer in het behandelingsproces EMDR in aanmerking komt.
Hellen Hornsveld zal vervolgens haar ervaringen presenteren met een eigen protocol ter behandeling van eetbuien en eetdrang. Dit protocol is voortgekomen uit de observatie dat patiënten vaak heftige, negatieve emoties vertonen tijdens cue exposure. Cue exposure is een gedragstherapeutische techniek, waarbij de patiënt blootgesteld wordt aan de prikkels die doorgaans een eetbui uitlokken (geur, smaak,aanwezigheid van “verboden” voedsel) zonder dat de eetbui daarbij plaats mag vinden (responspreventie). De procedure is gericht op het laten uitdoven van de fysiologische reacties op de eetbui prikkels (Jansen, 1997). Op de inhoud van de reacties en de emotionele betekenis die geassocieerd is met het eten, wordt verder niet ingegaan. De EMDR variant van dit protocol is juist gericht op de betekenisverlening en het creëren van een zo hoog mogelijke emotionele lading (“balletje op de berg”) door zoveel mogelijk het EMDR protocol te volgen. Positieve ervaringen met dit protocol zullen aan de hand van videomateriaal worden gedemonstreerd.
Renee Beer and Hellen Hornsveld in this presentation discuss applications of EMDR in patients with various eating disorders.
This issue was presented by speakers at an Evening Both EMDR Network in 2004 and the European EMDR conference in 2005.
Summary
Patients with Eating Disorders (Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, binge eating disorder) tend to have a Multidisciplinary treatment, a complementary role Which modules. Results in loss or are disappointing and therefore welcome new ideas and techniques. Possibilities and limitations of EMDR in combination with cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) are discussed and illustrated with videos.
Renee Beer will demonstrate and explain
-How EMDR Can Be Placed in the context of CBT,
-Why is it Attractive for adolescents ("a cool combination)
Targets, Which Are Eligible (e.g. trauma, body image and self-image)
How-thesis targets Can be edited
And when in the process of EMDR treatment is Eligible.
Hellen Horn Field Will then present experiences with ITS ITS own protocol for the treatment of binge eating and eetdrang. This protocol is derived from the observation That Patients in loss or intense negative emotions show consistently cue exposure. Cue exposure is a behavioral technique in Which the patient is Exposed to the stimuli That Provoke Normally a binge (smell, taste, presence of "forbidden" foods) without taking the binge Which Should Be (response prevention). The procedure is aimed at gradually between the physiological responses to the binge stimuli (Jansen, 1997). The content of the emotional responses and Significance associated with the food is not Considered Further. The EMDR variant of this protocol is very focused on the perspectives and Creating the Highest Possible emotional charge (ball on the Mountain ") as much as Possible, the EMDR protocol to follow. Positive experience with this protocol using Will Be video material locally.
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
196. Baldé, P. (2005). EMDR en hypnose: Suggestieve elementen in een populaire techniek [EMDR and hypnosis: Suggestive elements in popular technique]. Directieve Therapie, 25(1) 35-41. doi:10.1007/BF03060369.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Over de werkzame bestanddelen van Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is veel
gespeculeerd, maar er is nog weinig duidelijkheid over. Hoewel vaak wordt beweerd dat EMDR
voornamelijk op suggestie berust, ontbreken serieuze analyses in die richting. De auteur stelt dat EMDR
overeenkomt met de gefractioneerde inductietechniek van Langen. Hij bespreekt de suggestibiliteitverhogende
factoren van EMDR en de overeenkomsten met hypnose, zoals het toepassen van impliciete
suggesties. Conclusie: EMDR werkt. Niet uitsluitend vanwege de suggestieve technieken, maar wel door
daar optimaal gebruik van te maken.
About the active ingredients of Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been much speculation, but there is still little clarity about. Although often claimed that EMDR is based mainly on suggestions, no serious analysis in this direction. The author proposes that EMDR corresponding to the fractional induction technique of Langen. He discusses the factors suggestibiliteitverhogende of EMDR with hypnosis and agreements, such as the use of implicit suggestions. Conclusion: EMDR works. Not only because of the suggestive techniques, but by making best use of it.
Keywords: Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
197. Beer, R. (2005, June). EMDR for adolescents with anorexia nervosa: Evolution of conceptualization and illustration of clinical applications. In EMDR and eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Patients with Anorexia Nervosa usually receive a multi-focused treatment
program, where EMDR and Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) can play a
complementary role. However, results are often disappointing and therefore
new ideas and techniques are welcome. Possibilities and limitations of EMDR
will be discussed and illustrated by video fragments.
Participants will learn to understand why EMDR can be used together with
CBT and why it is attractive for adolescents.
It will become clear for what targets, when in the treatment process, and
how EMDR can be applied. Specific problems to be dealt with will be
identified.
Keywords: Adolescents Anorexia Nervosa Eating Disorders Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
198. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process
Keywords: Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Stabilization Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
199. Robinson, N. S. (2000, September). EMDR for life enhancement. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn to adapt to known EMDR applications for Life Enhancement; 2) learn to identify appropriate clients for Life Enhancement EMDR; and 3) learn new techniques including mind mapping and TIR.
Keywords: Life Enhancements Mind Mapping TIR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
200. Shapiro, F. (2012, September). EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs: Building sustainable mental health resources worldwide. ISTSS Traumatic StressPoints, 26(5), 2-3.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) began in 1995 as a response to the Oklahoma City bombing. An FBI agent who had previously received EMDR therapy called requesting help, stating that the local mental health professionals were overwhelmed by the task. After a needs assessment, approximately 100 volunteer clinicians trained in EMDR therapy were rotated in to provide pro bono treatment for the bombing victims and front-line responders. A program evaluation indicated that over 80 percent achieved beneficial treatment effects within three sessions, and, in the same year, a study using a delayed treatment control group also showed positive results (Wilson, Becker & Tinker, 1995). Subsequently, free trainings in EMDR therapy were offered and provided to 290 clinicians in collaboration with local agencies. The feedback was so positive that a 501(c)3 organization was soon established. [Excerpt]
Keywords: EMDR-HAP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
201. Tripolt, R. (2010, Oktober). EMDR in bewegung [EMDR in motion]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 21, 16-23.
Language: German
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Im Folgenden geht es um die Möglichkeit der Erweiterung des EMDR Protokolls um die
Dimension der Bewegung: Die Ebene der Kognitionen (PK/NK, VoC), der Emotion (SUD) und
der Körperwahrnehmung (Körpertest) wird um die Reflexionsebene der Bewegung und der
Bewegungswahrnehmung ergänzt. Dieses kann die Wirkweise von EMDR verstärken und bei
dissoziativen TraumapatientInnen die unmittelbare Anwendung von EMDR oft erst
ermöglichen. Dazu wird der Einsatz von Elementen aus 5 Rhythmen Bewegungstherapie, Tanz
und körperorientierten therapeutischen Techniken vorgestellt und anhand eines Fallbeispieles
illustriert.
I now turn to the possibility of extending the EMDR protocol to the Dimension of the movemen: the level of cognition (PC/NC,VoC ), emotion (SUD )and of body awareness (body test) is the reflection plane of movement and Motion perception complements. This may enhance the mode of action of EMDR and dissociative trauma patients, the direct application of EMDR often only allow. For this purpose, the use of elements from 5 Rhythms movement therapy, dance and body-oriented therapeutic techniques and presented a case study
illustrated.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
202. Tripolt, R. (2010, June). EMDR in motion: Enhancing the effect of EMDR by using elements of movement therapy, dance and body orientated therapeutic interweave techniques. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
'The Body Keeps the Score' (Bessel van der. Kolk 1996).
Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid of disturbing
and painful symptoms. Structural Dissociation alienates
from the body reactions. Clients tend to perceive the body as
hostile.
As we know from eye movement and other bilateral stimulations,
using movement is a gentle and powerful way, to bring
the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. To expand the
movement and body orientated skills either in difficult processes
for example in the therapeutic work with complex traumatised
clients enhances the effect of EMDR.
Content of the Workshop:
How to install the body as resource where the EMDR process
can 'take place'.
How to dissolve dissociation by associating body and movement
awareness.
How to accelerate the desensitization process by leading into
deeper levels of body consciousness.
How to help the client to stay within the "window of tolerance"
of vegetative arousal by using elements of movement
and dance therapy.
Keywords: Body Dance Therapy Experimental Use Movement Therapy Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
203. Klaff, F., & Dutton, P. (2000, September). EMDR in the playroom: Creative processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the necessity of eliciting material from children in indirect, projective ways; 2) understand the meaning of "creative processing" in the EMDR context as a method of both accessing and treating children's problems where direct methods may fail to produce desired outcome; 3) learn specific skills which apply the EMDR method through the medium of fantasy, play, story, metaphor, sensory experience, and enactment; 4) learn how to apply the creative process to separate elements of the standard EMDR protocol, and to make adjustments appropriate to the age and developmental stage of the individual child; 5) observe direct use of EMDR creative processing techniques via case material and videotaped therapy sessions; and 6) recognize the importance of integrating family systemic issues into use of the techniques, as well as embedding the method into a total contextual treatment of the child.
Keywords: Children Enactment Fantasy Metaphor Play Sensory Experience Storytelling
Accuracy Verified: Yes
204. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Children Bridging Technique Incomplete Sessions Interweave Strategies Resource Development Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
205. Parnell. L. A. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to describe the three phases of treatment; 2) be able to use at least three ego strengthening methods using EMDR, including identification, development, and installation of inner and outer resources important for preparing clients for EMDR processing, such as: safe place, positive
internal resource images, such as the inner advisor child-self – adult-self assessment and
development, nurturer and protector figures,
spiritual resources, positive memories, images from nature, and others; 3) learn tips for successful target development; 4) learn how to develop and use special targets for EMDR processing such as: visual memories, including flashbacks; dreams; artwork; emotions, physical sensations, and body memories;
TV shows and movies; and negative cognitions; 5) learn helpful modifications to the standard EMDR procedural steps; 6) learn at least two interventions to help clients who experience problems during EMDR processing with, such as dissociation, numbness, sleepiness, lack of channel activation and integration, and memory chaining; 7) learn at least two suggestions for working with client transference; 8) learn at least five techniques for working with blocked processing and abreactions; 9) learn how to use a selection of imaginal and cognitive interweaves; and 10) learn at least three techniques for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Abreaction Abuse Adults Blocked Processing Closing Incomplete Session Cogntive Interweave Ego Strengthening Imaginal Interweave Target Development Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
206. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic
target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of
thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques
for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Blocked Processing Bridging Children Incomplete Sessions Resource Installation Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
207. Parnell, L. (1999). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book offers practical information about the use of EMDR in a typical clinical setting and presents innovations that build upon the information in Shapiro's 1995 book. It not only teaches many practical techniques that help the therapist when a therapeutic impasse is reached but also provides a selection of treatment choices. Case material is used throughout the book to illustrate the techniques described and to provide the therapist with a deeper, more grounded understanding of different kinds of abuse cases. Included are suggestions I have used with my clients and collected from other sources over the last 8 years. [Text, pp. x-xi] [Pilots]
Keywords: Adults Survivors Child Abuse Incest Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Rape
Accuracy Verified: Yes
208. van Rood,Y., & de Roos, C. (2010, June). EMDR in the treatment of body dysmorphic disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) is defined in the Diagnostic
and Statistical Manual IV-TR (DSM-IV-TR) as a disorder characterised by a preoccupation with an imagined defect
in one's appearance (American Psychiatric Association (APA),
1994). BDD can be treated effectively with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRls) or cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)
(Williams et al.. 2006). CBT interventions which are most often
described in the literature are exposure and response prevention
(ERP) and cognitive techniques. These interventions successfully
weaken the catastrophic expectations of the patients.
However, they do not affect the negative valence of patients'
appearance. This negative meaning is not inborn but acquired
during life through association with distressful or even traumatic
events. Patients with BDD often report stressful events as the
starting point of their complaints (Buhlmann et al., 2007) as
well as PTSS like symptoms. i.e. intrusions (Osman et al.. 2004).
Processing of these unprocessed memories might free the way
to the development of a more positive meaning of their appearance.
Indeed, case series have been described in which EMDR
has been successfully applied in the treatment of BDD (Brown
et al , 1997). In the first part of this workshop background information
will be presented which might help identifying BDD
patients who might profit from EMDR and planning subsequent
EMDR treatment. In the second part of the workshop we share
our experiences treating BDD patients with EMDR. Clinical issues
will be analysed using videotaped cases of patients for illustration.
The goal of this workshop is to increase knowledge and
understanding of the use of EMDR in the treatment for BDD.
American Psychiatric Association (APA) (1994). Diagnostic and
statistical manual of mental disorders. (4th ed.) Washington
DC. American Psychiatric Association.
Brown, K. W., McGoldrick, T., & Buchanan, R. (1997). Body
dysmorphic disorder: Seven cases treated with eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing. Behavioural and Cognitive
Psychotherapy. 25(2), 203-207
Buhlmann, U., Cook, L. M., Fama, 1. M., & Wilhelm, 5. (2007).
Perceived teasing experiences in body dysmorphic disorder.
Body Image. 4, 381-385.
Osman. S., Cooper, M., Hackmann, A,, & Veale, D. (2004).
Spontaneously occurring images and early memories in people
with body dysmorphic disorder Memory, 12, 428-436.
Williams, J., Hadjistavropoulos, T., & Sharpe, D. (2006). A meta-
analysis of psychological and pharmacological treatments for
Body Dysmorphic Disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy.
44, 99-111.
Keywords: Body Dysmorphic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
209. Grant, M. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of pain. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(2), 8-9, 15, 26-27.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Since it inception as a treatment for trauma there have been various reports including conference presentations and case-studies of EMDR being effective in the treatment of various kinds of pain (Grant, 1999; Hekmat, Groth & Roger, 1994; McCann, 1992; Wilson, Becker Tinker, 1997). EMDR presents itself as worthy of consideration in the treatment of pain because of the similarities between pain and trauma. Firstly, pain is a kind of trauma since it represents an unpleasant, unavoidable and fearful event for most sufferers. Secondly, building on the research of can der Kolk, recent findings regarding the neurological underpinnings of pain suggest that many of the same parts of the brain that are involved in trauma are also involved in pain (e.g., Lenz, Gracely, Zirh, Romaniski, Staat, & Dougherty, 1997).
Keywords: Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
210. Tinker, R., & Wilson, S. (2005, September). EMDR master series - II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The effectiveness of EMDR with children can be enhanced with the use of a number of theoretical conceptualizations, protocol modifications, and specific techniques. In this master class, we will cover: understanding how attachment
theory informs the use of EMDR with attachment-disordered children; how EMDR can be used on a group basis across cultures, with children scarred by war as well as natural disasters; how attunement is more important than relationship
in EMDR; how resource development can be used within the EMDR protocol, instead of beforehand; how dissociation is manifested and treated with children; how additional techniques can be used to jump-start stalled processing with
children; how trauma-based diagnosis relates to DSM-lV nomenclature; how heart math solutions can be combined with Safe Place; and how one- and two-year-old childrcn can benefit from EMDR. Also, participants will be encouraged to share their own experiences, techniques, and conceptualizations with EMDR and children.
Keywords: Attachment Disorder Attachment Theory Children Master Series Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
211. Purandare, M., Bhagwagar, H., & Tank, P. (2010, July). EMDR on children affected by the earthquake. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Efficacy of EMDR on Children Affected by Earthquake: The aim of the study was to investigate the efficacy of EMDR as an
intervention technique for trauma victims. A sample of 50 students, studying in 10th grade, age ranging from 14 to 16 years
were selected. The Impact of Event Scale (IES) was administered to measure the intensity of trauma experienced. A pre-post
test research design was used in the study. The results were in the predicted direction. EMDR was found to be effective in
reducing avoidance, intrusion and hyper arousal as well as overall impact of trauma.
“Group EMDR With Earthquake Survivors”
The current study is an attempt to understand the impact of a specific traumatic events and its expression in children i.e. the
earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, Western India in January 2001.
This study was a part of the therapy work conducted with the survivors of the earthquake by the group of 40 practitioners
from Mumbai and was over 4 months.
The paper will present the following aspects:
1. The symptoms seen among the children depicting PTSD as per DSM IV criteria. Signs of Hyper-arousal, Avoidance and
Intrusion were clearly seen especially in children
2. The process used. This was a modified version of the standard 8 phase protocol appropriate for use with group work.
Butterfly hugs were used as BLS. Stages of EMDR for this group:
3. Observations and a few unique experiences
These include blocking of trauma image, difficulty in safe place visualizing, difficulty in distancing and using creative
techniques for soothing and relaxation.
4. Impact of the EMDR intervention with this group
More than 16000 children from about 30 schools were seen. based on observations and reports by teachers during the
follow up showed reduction in anxiety, reports of life resembling pre-earthquake, improved attention and concentration,
better sleeping patterns and lowering of somatic complaints.
Impact and expression of trauma in children exposed to the earthquake: The current study is an attempt to understand
the impact of a specific traumatic event and its expression in children i.e. the earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, western
India in January 2001. The Butterfly hug technique for bilateral stimulation was used following 8 steps of EMDR. Drawings
of children were used as their expressions during different phases of EMDR. Drawings during “ Assessment phase” depicted
feelings of insecurity, a sense of vacuum and emptiness, low energy levels, a desire for contact and help, feelings of guilt, poor
body image, hypersensitivity was noticed almost universally and even during therapy. Drawings, following the processing
and installation phases indicated the facial expression changed to a smile. Tears which were present in almost all drawings
were not noted Positive cognitions were reflected in terms of the growth and freshness e.g. the newly growing grass. In spite
of the various symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder, no gross disintegration of personality had been noted.
Keywords: Children Earthquake
Accuracy Verified: Yes
212. Montes-Berges, B., Aranda, M., Castillo-Mayén, M. del R. (2011). EMDR Para el tratamiento de estrés postraumático en casos de violencia de género [EMDR for treatment of PTSD in cases of domestic violence]. Universidad de Jaén, Jaén, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Introducción: La violencia de género es uno de los problemas sociales más graves de
nuestra sociedad tanto por su prevalencia (en el pasado año 2010 fueron asesinadas 74
mujeres, y se estima que alrededor del 11.1% de las mujeres andaluzas son maltratadas),
como por las consecuencias psicológicas que conlleva en las víctimas. Objetivos: En el
Gabinete de Psicología de la Universidad de Jaén, atendemos a las mujeres (alumnas, PAS
o PDI o familiares de éstos) que han sido o aún son víctimas de violencia de género, con el
objetivo prioritario de que superen las situaciones traumáticas y que estén preparadas
emocional y cognitivamente para llevar una vida plena con el desarrollo máximo de sus
capacidades. Durante la evaluación, entre otras escalas, las usuarias contestan al
cuestionario sobre Síndrome de Estrés Postraumático (Echeburúa, Corral, Amor,
Zubizarreta y Sarasúa, 1997), pues los episodios de violencia psicológica, sexual y física
extrema que la mayoría de ellas viven, ocasionan en el 100% de los casos este síndrome de
manera crónica y acusada. Metodología: Para tratar este síndrome se acomete el
entrenamiento en técnicas de respiración y relajación y posteriormente el tratamiento con
EMDR. Esta técnica consiste en el procesamiento de los sucesos que quedaron bloqueados
por el miedo sentido en el momento en que ocurrieron, mediante la movilización de los
ojos de manera simultánea a la escucha del episodio, tratando nuevamente de revivirlo.
Aplicamos esta técnica con 5 pacientes. Resultados: En todos los casos las usuarias
superaban la situación en 4 o 5 sesiones de 5 minutos cada una, de manera que
posteriormente, informaron de que la situación ya no les producía tristeza ni dolor, y que la
habían aceptado. Discusión: Estos resultados sugieren que esta técnica es eficaz y rápida
en la intervención de sucesos traumáticos de violencia de género, por lo que resulta
altamente recomendable para estos casos.
Introduction: Gender violence is one of the most serious social problems
our society because of its prevalence (in the past year 2010 were killed 74
women, and it is estimated that about 11.1% of women are battered Andalusian),
as for the psychological consequences on the victims involved. Objectives: In the
Cabinet of Psychology, University of Jaén, we look at women (students, PAS
or PDI or their relatives) who have been or still are victims of domestic violence, with
priority objective of exceeding trauma and who are prepared
emotionally and cognitively to lead a full life with the maximum development of their
capabilities. During the assessment, including scales, users answer the
questionnaire on PTSD (Echeburúa, Corral, Love,
Zubizarreta and Sarasua, 1997), because episodes of psychological, physical and sexual
extreme than most living, result in 100% of cases this syndrome
chronically and charged. Methodology: To treat this syndrome is undertaken the
training in breathing and relaxation techniques and subsequent treatment with
EMDR. This technique consists in processing events that were blocked
sense of fear at the time they occurred, by mobilizing the
eyes simultaneously listening to the episode, trying to revive him again.
We apply this technique in 5 patients. Results: In all cases the user
exceeded the 4 or 5 position in 5-minute sessions each, so that
subsequently reported that the situation no longer produce sadness or pain, and that the
had accepted. Discussion: These results suggest that this technique is effective and fast
intervention in the traumatic events of violence, so it is
highly recommended for these cases.
Keywords: Domestic Violence Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
213. Shapiro, R. (2005). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing. New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is a manual for doing EMDR with diverse client populations. [Text, P. 3]TOPICS TREATED: The strategic developmental model for EMDR; Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice; EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states; EMDR processing with dissociative clients: adjunctive use of opioid antagonists; The phantom limb pain protocol; The two-hand interweave; DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors; Targeting positive affect to clear the pain of unrequited love, codependence, avoidance, and procrastination; The reenactment protocol for trauma and trauma-related pain; EMDR with cultural and generational introjects; Exiting the binge-diet cycle; Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups; Using EMDR in couples therapy; EMDR with clients with mental disability; Treating anxiety disorders with EMDR; Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. [Pilots]
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
214. Yordy, J. (2012, April). EMDR techniques to help children and teens tame the worry monster. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The number of children and teens struggling with symptoms of stress and anxiety disorders is increasing at an alarming rate. This workshop will discuss some causes for the increase in stress and anxiety disorders among children and teens. An introduction to the Triune Brain Theory and brief explanation of the implications of the changes on the anxious child or teenage brain will be highlighted. Next, effective exercises to calm the body and rewire the brain will be introduced. Creating new neural pathways, through the use of Positive Resource Building utilizing EMDR, will also be taught. Looking specifically at anxiety and how to target it when using EMDR, will also be explored. The workshop will conclude by introducing how to shrink the “Worry Monster” using an EMDR protocol.
Learning objectives:
1.Describe the Triune Brain Theory and how trauma rewires the brain to create heightened levels of anxiety and stress.
2.Demonstrate 5 exercises which help calm the stress response within the body.
3.List 5 “Positive Resources ”which when combined with EMDR anchor calm feelings in the brain/body and rewire the brain.
4.Discuss how to chose appropriate targets for EMDR processing with anxious kids.
5.Describe how to create a “Worry Monster” for processing anxiety with EMDR.
Keywords: Adolescents Anxiety Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
215. Zangwill, W., & Britt, V. (2006, September). The EMDR therapist as case consultant. Presentataion at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As EMDR's reputation for powerful and effective
treatment grows, EMDR clinicians are
increasingly being asked to provide services as
consulting or adjunct therapists. These
consultations can be intensely productive and
stimulating if done properly; they can also be
counterproductive if not. This workshop will
provide the consulting therapist with specific
techniques for ethical and effective treatment of
the patient and guidelines for working with the
primary therapist. It will include: 1) setting
realistic goals with both the patient and the
primary therapist; 2) exploring the eight phases
of EMDR treatment from a consulting
perspective; 3) understanding the ethical issues
concerned with this type of treatment; 4) dealing
with treatment implications such as splitting and
transference; 5) how to avoid common pitfalls
such as judging the primary clinician's
performance; and 6) the satisfaction of developing
an ongolng productive, collegial relationships.
The workshop will provide a step-by-step
framework for consultation work, clear case
examples and didactic information woven into a
lively interactive format.
Keywords: Case Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
216. Shapiro, F. (2012, February 27). EMDR therapy and Getting Past Your Past. Good Therapy. Retrieved from http://www.goodtherapy.org/blog/emdr-therapy-your-past-0227126/ on 6/26/012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The purpose of Getting Past Your Past is to help liberate readers by giving them a comprehensive understanding of why they respond to the world in ways that don’t serve them and what they can do about it. The book provides self-help procedures derived from EMDR therapy to identify the earlier memories that are the basis of the problem and other techniques to help change their reactions. Through stories, detailed descriptions, and step-by-step instructions, readers will be able to take self-exploration and healing into their own hands. Guidelines are also provided to help them decide if additional professional assistance is needed. The book is written in an easy conversational style so that it is accessible to both the general public and therapists interested in exploring a different paradigm. A wide range of luminaries in the field of psychology have highly recommended the book for both clinicians and laypeople (http://www.emdr.com/coming-soon.html). [Excerpt]
Keywords: General
Accuracy Verified: Yes
217. Sadatun, T. I. (2008, June). EMDR therapy for tsunami & armed conflicts survivors in Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Indonesian Province of Nanggroe Aceh Darusalam (NAD) is a region which is facing a unique set of problems,
among which is the protracted internal conflict, exacerbated by the tsunami on December 26, 2004. These events
have generated a widespread impact on the lives of the communities. One of the most crucial issues to be
addressed aside from legal, security, social and economic problems is the matter of health, including mental
health. In regards to mental health issues, comprehensive steps have been formulated into various mental health
care programs. One of the most needed programs is establishment of an educational system rooted in Indonesia
for the treatment of the posttraumatic stress syndrome (PTSD) of victims of crises and catastrophes through the
implementation of specific methods of treatment with a focus on the introduction of EMDR. With great support
from BMZ- TDH-Germany, HAP-Germany and Trauma Aid, capacity building on EMDR training has been
developed. Even though EMDR is highly effective as trauma healing therapy it is also a complex treatment to be
addressed in this specific population like in the province of NAD. Further than time constrain, limited numbers of
trauma therapist available and high numbers of severe cases that urgently need to be treated, complexities also
arises from cultural and religious aspects. The society in NAD is marked by decade long isolation, violent conflicts
for political self-determination and the strict interpretation of the Islam. The Sharia (doctrine of the Islam
including moral and judicial duties) was introduced as part of the laws. Due to this condition, for the time being
stabilization technique in EMDR is the most common technique that can be of widely used. In this presentation,
varieties of stabilization technique that have been used in this population will be addressed. More specifically, as
culturally adjustable method in therapy, this presentation will also introduce several culturally acceptable
stabilization techniques such as combining religious rituals (chanting, reciting) as personal resource with
stabilization technique. These techniques might be useful for other population with similar culture and religion.
Keywords: Armed Conflicts Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia Poster Survivors Tsunami
Accuracy Verified: Yes
218. Withers, D. (2000, Spring). EMDR therapy in the group setting. EMDR Group Therapy for kids with ADHD, The Children's Group Association Newsletter, 21(1), 4.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
For kids with ADHD, movement is medicine. They often are asked to sit still and pay attention when their natural impulse is to move. What if they were validated and encouraged to trust this instinct and to use it creatively? [Author]
Keywords: ADHD Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
219. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
220. McGoldrick, T. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of body dysmorphobia". Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Body Dysmorphic Disorder presents a preoccupation with imagined ugliness, typically
involving facial flaws, such as spots or wrinkles, or the shape of the face, nose, mouth or jaw.
More rarely the complain involves the appearance of the feet, hands, breasts or genitalia. It is
frequently chronic and may lead to marked disruption of the patients social, marital and
occupational life (Phillips, 1991).
The disorder is fairly unremitting with few symptom-free periods, although the body part
focused upon may change over time. It is generally regarded as a condition that is difficult to
treat (Phillips, 1991). A variety of cognitive and behavioural techniques have been described
to have some effect but all tend to be lengthy. To the author's knowledge here are no reports
on the use of Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) in its treatment.
Here we describe our use of EMDR in fourteen consecutive patients with body dysmorphic
disorder. Outcome data is presented.
The treatment time is much less than the combination of treatment and homework used in
imaginal exposure (Vaughan et al, 1994). Such homework was not given to our patients.
Furthermore, as EMD leads to involuntary changing images throughout a session, the
exposure element is further reduced. In contrast to exposure, EMDR does not involve
exacerbating or increasing the patients level of anxiety and, whilst patients experience a rapid
positive shift in cognitions during EMDR, this has not been found in treatments with
exposure only (Kilpatrick, Veronen & Resnick, 1982).
Keywords: Body Dysmorphic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
221. Holmshaw, M. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of sexual dysfunction. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The prevalence of sexual dysfunction in women within primary care settings is often
estimated to be as high as 42% with vaginismus, pain with intercourse, anorgasmia and lack
of sexual desire being most commonly reported. Additionally, major clinical complaints
among women often centre on their dissatisfaction with such non-genital behaviours as
affection, communication, and non-genital touching, as well as issues of attraction and
passion. Despite this high prevalence of sexual disorders, and the use of psychotherapy and
sexual therapy in treatment the problems women experience,this is a frequently neglected
area of both research and development of new treatment tdchniques. In fact, referring to
vaginismus, some authors conclude the basic strategies and methods for assessing and
treating vaginismus were proposed by the early 20th Century and have not essentially
changed.
This paper discusses an alternative approach to treatment vaginismus and "sexual phobia" in
women. By way of case study material, the use of EMDR in combination with sensate focus
techniques with partner involvement, is discussed. In a significant number of cases, past
trauma and severe body image disturbances were detected. EMDR was successful not only in
resolving such trauma, but also in correcting distorted body image and enabling imaginary
exposure to appropriate sexual behaviour.
Keywords: Sexual Dysfunction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
222. Farrell, D. (2013, June). EMDR treatment plan and survivors of child sexual abuse by clergy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The issue of sexual abuse by clergy is not a new phenomenon of concern. Sipe (1995, pg 10) states that in spite of all the good done by clergy for both children and adults there is an ancient awareness of the danger of and potential for their corruption. This workshop will consider some of the essential aspects of survivor’s experiences of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy or religious from a psycho-traumatology perspective. It will explore the implications for using EMDR with this client group. The primary focus of the workshop will be upon the EMDR phases of: History taking (Case Conceptualisation), Preparation Phase, Implications for desensitisation and reprocessing and the wider implications for EMDR clinical practice.
Learning Objectives:
Consider the diagnostic and case conceptual frameworks relating to this specific client group informed by the Adaptive Information Processing model;
Outline key aspects relating to phase 2 preparation and resource building; and
Explore some of the implications for desensitization and reprocessing in relation to working with survivors of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy.
Keywords: Children Clergy Abuse Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
223. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Treatment Tactics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
224. Woller, W. & Hofmann, A. (2006). EMDR und andere traumakonfrontative techniken, Schonende formen der traumabearbeitung [EMDR trauma method and other techniques, gentle forms of trauma processing]. In W. Woller, Trauma und personlichkeitsstorungen: Psychodynamisch-integrative therapie (pp 395-402). Stuttgart: Schattaeur.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Accuracy Verified: Yes
225. Jacobs, S., Rackowitz, M., Strack, M., & de Jongh, A. (2009). EMDR und biofeedback in der behandlung der posttraumatischen belastungsstorung - Erweiterung der evaluation des neuropsychotherapeutischen behandlungsprogramms [EMDR and biofeedback in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder - extension of the evaluation of the neuropsychological treatment program]. In S. Jacobs, (Hrsg.), Neurowissenschaften und Traumatherapie. Grundlagen und Behandlungskonzepte [Neurosciences and Trauma Therapy, Bases and treatment approaches] (pp. 51-81). Göttingen: Universitätsverlag.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Abstract: In the year (2007) the manual of the neuropsychotherapeutic intervention program EMDR and biofeedback in the therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder by Jacobs and de Jong was published. The therapeutic concept based on new neuroscienctific findings, which declare a dissociation of implicit and explicit traumamemory as one reason for emergence a PTSD. On this background the treatment program integrates selective modules. The allocation of information carried out by an educational movie for patients, specific cognitive-behavioural intervention techniques, which are supplemented by biofeedback-supported Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR). During the treatment the skin conductance (electrodermal activity), which is a stress parameter, is mesured. This program was already evaluated in the pilot-study. The patient pool could be enlarged, so that 28 patients were available for the evaluation. Additionally the educational movie was examined on efficiency. The total feedback was positive. After therapy-end the PTSD-symptomatology decreased consistently (demp=2.48), as well as the psychological stress in another problem areas (demp=1.30). Moreover the EMDR-method achieved objective a significant decrease of the autonomic arousal (demp=.79) and subjective an explicit reduction of the felt stress (demp=2.40), while growth of the coherence of a worked out positive cognition (demp=2.52). Three- and 12-month follow-up analysis could demonstrate the stability and sustainability of the changes. The intervention program EMDR and biofeedback was also proved to be efficient ( 19 sessions) and effective (demp=1.39) in the enlarged sample, with high
Keywords: Biofeedback Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
226. Jacobs, A. & de-Jongh, S. (2007). EMDR und biofeedback in der behandlung von posttraumatischen belastungsstörungen: Ein neuropsychotherapeutisches behandlungsprogramm [EMDR and biofeedback in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorders]. Göttingen, Germany: Hogrefe. ISBN: 9783801720391.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
Das Manual stellt ein neu entwickeltes, multimodales neuropsychotherapeutisches Therapieprogramm zur Behandlung der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTB) vor. Ausgehend von neueren Befunden aus den Neurowissenschaften, die darauf hinweisen, dass eine Dissoziation zwischen implizitem und explizitem Traumagedächtnis die wesentliche Grundlage der PTB darstellt, wurden verschiedene Module in das Behandlungsprogramm integriert. Dazu gehören spezielle kognitiv-behaviorale Interventionstechniken, Biofeedback-gestütztes Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) sowie die gezielte Bereitstellung von Informationen über die Störungszusammenhänge für den Patienten. Mittels Biofeedback wird die elektrodermale Aktivität der Patienten während der EMDR-Sitzungen als Indikator für die autonome Erregung aufgezeichnet. Die bei der Traumaexposition implizit ablaufenden Prozesse werden somit an Therapeut und Patient zurückgemeldet. Dadurch ist es möglich, zu kontrollieren, ob das Ausmaß der autonomen Erregung soweit gesenkt werden konnte, dass eine erfolgreiche Verarbeitung und Abspeicherung der traumatischen Erinnerungen im expliziten Gedächtnissystem möglich wird. Studien belegen die Wirksamkeit des Programms. So zeigen Ergebnisse eine deutliche Reduktion der PTB Symptomatik sowie eine starke Abnahme der autonomen Erregung und der subjektiven Belastung.
The manual presents a newly developed multi-modal neuropsychotherapeutisches therapy program for treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD before). Based on recent findings from the neurosciences that suggest that a dissociation between implicit and explicit memory of trauma is the main basis of the PTB, different modules were integrated into the treatment program. These include specific cognitive-behavioral intervention techniques, biofeedback-assisted Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and the targeted provision of information about the disorder correlations for the patient. Biofeedback is recorded, the electrodermal activity of patients during the EMDR sessions as an indicator of autonomic arousal. The case of trauma exposure implicit processes involved are therefore reported to the therapist and patient. This makes it possible to check whether the degree of autonomic arousal could be lowered so far that a successful processing and storage of traumatic memories is possible in the explicit memory system. Studies show the effectiveness of the program. Results nevertheless show a significant reduction of symptoms and PTB a strong decrease of the autonomous arousal and subjective burden.
Keywords: Biofeedback Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
227. Jacobs, S., & Strack, M. (2007, Mai). EMDR und biofeedback in der therapie posttraumatischer belastungsstörungen. Evaluation eines neuropsychotherapeutischen [EMDR and biofeedback therapy in post-traumatic stress disorder. Evaluation of a neuropsychology treatment program]. Symposium at the (R. Keller, Chair) Workshoptagung der European Society für traumatische Stress Studies (EWOTS), Hamburg, Deutschland.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Evaluiert wurde ein neu entwickeltes multimodales, neuropsychotherapeutisches
Programm zur Behandlung der
posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTB). Ausgehend
von neueren Befunden aus den Neurowissenschaften, die
darauf hinweisen, dass eine Dissoziation zwischen implizitem
und explizitem Traumagedächtnis die wesentliche
Grundlage der PTB darstellt, wurden verschiedene Module
in das Behandlungsprogramm integriert. Dazu gehören
neben
der gezielten Bereitstellung von Informationen über
die Störungszusammenhänge, ein Patientenedukationsfilm,
spezielle kognitiv-behaviorale Interventionstechniken
sowie Biofeedback gestütztes Eye Movement Desentization
and Reprocessing (EMDR). Ziel der Anwendung des
Biofeedback im Rahmen der EMDR-Sitzungen ist es zum
einen, den PatientInnen implizite Prozesse während der
Traumaexposition zurückzumelden, zum anderen wird
anhand der Biofeedback-Aufzeichnung das Ausmaß der
Übereinstimmung zwischen subjektivem Belastungsgrad
durch die traumatische Erinnerung (SUD-Rating) und
physiologisch messbarer Erregung überprüft. Als physiologischer
Parameter wurde die elektrodermale Aktivität
(Hautleitwert, EDA) erhoben.
Was evaluated a newly developed multi-modal, neuro psychotherapeutic
Program for the treatment of
post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Starting
by recent findings from neuroscience, the
point out that a dissociation between implicit
Trauma and explicit memory the essential
PTB is based on, were different modules
integrated into the treatment program. These include
next
targeted provision of information on
the disorder correlations, a Patientenedukationsfilm,
specific cognitive-behavioral intervention techniques
and biofeedback-assisted Eye Movement Desentization
and Reprocessing (EMDR). The aim of the application of
Biofeedback in the EMDR sessions is to
one, the patients implicit processes during the
Trauma exposure report back, on the other hand
on the basis of biofeedback recording the extent of
Agreement between subjective stress level
by the traumatic memory (SUD rating) and
measurable physiological arousal reviewed. As a physiological
Parameters, the electrodermal activity
(skin conductance, EDA) raised.
Keywords: Biofeedback Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
228. Jacobs, S., de Jong, A., & Strack, M. (2007). EMDR und biofeedback in der therapie posttraumatischer belastungsstörungen: Evaluation eines neuropsychotherapeutischen behandlungsprogramms [EMDR and biofeedback in the therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder: Evaluation of a neuropsychotherapeutic intervention]. Verhaltenstherapie & Psychosoziale Praxis: VPP, 39(4), 855-876.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eine neu entwickelte multimodale, neuropsychotherapeutic Programm für die Behandlung der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTBS) wurde ausgewertet. Ausgehend von neueren Erkenntnissen in der Forschung neuroscienctific, so dass eine Dissoziation zwischen impliziter und expliziter Trauma-Speicher die wichtigste Grundlage der PTBS ist, verschiedene Module wurden im Rahmen der Behandlung integriert anzuzeigen. Die vereinigten Komponenten sind: spezifische Hintergrundinformationen über die Unordnung und typische PTSD-Symptome, eine pädagogische Film für Patienten, spezifische kognitive Verhaltenstherapie und Biofeedback-Techniken unterstützte Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Das Ziel der Biofeedback-Sitzungen während EMDR ist es, den Patienten eine direkte Rückmeldung über die implizite Prozesse während der Trauma-Exposition. Darüber hinaus Erfassung der physiologischen Daten über Biofeedback ermöglicht das Testen, ob es eine Korrelation zwischen dem Grad der subjektiven Belastung durch traumatische Erinnerungen ausgelöst (quantifiziert mit der SUD-Skala), und messbare physiologische Erregung. Elektrodermale Aktivität (EDA; Hautleitfähigkeit) wurde als eine physiologische Parameter gemessen. Die Ergebnisse einer durchgeführten Pilot-Studie (16 Patienten auf der Grundlage, mit einem wartenden Gruppe als Kontrollgruppe) zeigen verschiedene EDA-Muster während EMDR-desensitivation (fad und assoziative Wiederaufbereitung). Ein offensichtlich Reduktion der PTBS-Symptome gefunden (d = 2,27) sein, die stärker ist als in anderen Behandlungen. Die traumatischen Erinnerungen mit EMDR behandelt wurde weniger Anstrengung, die ebenfalls reflektiert in der Physiologie (verminderte autonome Erregung) und in der subjektiven Belastung fühlte sich durch die Patienten. Die Kürzungen der Erregung (d = 1,01) und subjektive Belastung (d = 2,55) zeigen, dass eine effektive Hemmung der Aktivierung der Amygdala-und damit der Angstreaktion selbst-aufgrund der Intervention geschaffen. Mit EMDR reduziert die Amygdala physiologische Erregung. Wir vermuten, dass aus diesem Grund den medialen präfrontalen Kortex und im Hippocampus kann eine kortikale Inhibition, die erfolgreich reduziert die Angst-Reaktion (Grawe, 2004) zu etablieren. Die berichteten Ergebnisse wurden durch einen dreimonatigen Follow-up-Bewertung bestätigt. Mit einer durchschnittlichen Dauer von 16 Sitzungen und einer nicht vorhandenen Drop-out-Rate (0%), die Intervention erwiesen sich ebenfalls als sehr effizient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, alle Rechte vorbehalten)
A newly developed multimodal, neuropsychotherapeutic program for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) was evaluated. Starting from recent findings in the neuroscienctific research, which indicate that a dissociation between implicit and explicit trauma-memory is the main basis of PTSD, different modules were integrated within the treatment. The combined components are: specific background information regarding the disorder and typical PTSD-symptoms, an educational movie for patients, specific cognitive behavioral intervention techniques and biofeedback-supported Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The aim of using biofeedback during EMDR sessions is to give patients a direct feedback about the implicit processes during trauma-exposition. In addition, recording the physiological data via biofeedback allows testing if there is a correlation between the level of subjective strain, triggered by traumatic memories (quantified with the SUD-scale), and measurable physiological arousal. Electrodermal activity (EDA; skin conductance) was measured as a physiological parameter. The results of a conducted pilot-study (based on 16 patients, with a waiting group as a control group) show different EDA-patterns during EMDR-desensitivation (bland and associative reprocessing). An evident reduction of the PTSD-symptoms could be found (d = 2.27), which is stronger than in other treatments. The traumatic memories treated with EMDR became less straining, which reflects likewise in physiology (decreased autonomous arousal) and in the subjective strain felt by the patients. The reductions of arousal (d = 1.01) and subjective strain (d = 2.55) indicate that an effective inhibition of the amygdala activation—and thereby of the anxiety reaction itself—is created due to the intervention. Using EMDR reduces the amygdala induced physiological arousal. We suppose that for this reason the medial prefrontal cortex and the hippocampus can establish a cortical inhibition, which successfully reduces the anxiety reaction (Grawe, 2004). The reported results were confirmed by a three month follow-up evaluation. With an average duration of 16 sessions and a non-existing drop-out rate (0%), the intervention also proved to be very efficient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Biofeedback PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
229. ter Heide, F. J. J. (2011). EMDR versus stabilisaite: Resulten van een pilot studie [Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) versus stabilisation in the outpatient treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: A randomised controlled trial]. Refereer Centrum '45, Oegstgeest, the Nederlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Publication
Abstract:
Despite the scientific evidence concerning the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD, in clinical practice many clinicians are reluctant to apply EMDR to traumatised asylum seekers and refugees. Because they regard the traumatisation of this population as too complex, and for fear of psychological decompensation, they tend to avoid confrontation with traumatic memories and stick to stabilisation techniques. This research project focuses on the efficacy of EMDR versus stabilisation in traumatised asylum seekers and refugees. The aim is to improve the treatment of this target group. (Doctoral research project of Jackie June ter Heijde, clinical psychologist, with the cooperation of Dr Trudy Mooren, Dr Jeroen Knipscheer and Prof. Dr Rolf Kleber)
Keywords: Asylum Seekers Randomized Control Trial Outpatient Treatment RCT Refugees
Accuracy Verified: Yes
230. ter Heide, J. J. (2008, June). EMDR versus stabilisation in the treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: Preliminary results of a pilot RCT. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Conference, London, England UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Despite the high prevalence of PTSD in refugee populations, it is as yet unclear how to treat traumatised refugees
and asylum seekers most effectively. Whilst EMDR is a treatment of choice for PTSD, it is considered good clinical
practice to use a phased model of intervention with these patients. In this model, a stabilisation phase precedes
EMDR. Many clinicians are reluctant to try EMDR with this population for fear of psychological decompensation.
They tend to stick to stabilisation techniques. Centrum ’45 in the Netherlands is a national centre for mental
health care, specialising in the treatment of victims of war and organised violence. In order to optimise the
mental health care offered, the centre is conducting a pilot RCT to see which is more effective in the treatment of
traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: eight sessions of EMDR or eight sessions of stabilisation. The study
population consists of 20 adult patients who applied for treatment and who met the DSM-IV criteria of PTSD,
excluding those who are suicidal, psychotic, (hypo) manic or who suffer from substance abuse or eating
disorders. Patients are screened for participation using the SCID module PTSD and part of the MINI. Symptoms of
PTSD, depression and anxiety, and quality of life are assessed at pre- and post-treatment and follow-up, using the
HTQ, HSCL-25 and the WHOQOL-BREF. The pilot study is due to finish in October 2008. In this poster
presentation, we present preliminary findings, including data from the pre- and post-treatment assessments.
Keywords: Asylum Seekers Poster Refugees
Accuracy Verified: Yes
231. [Kondo Chikako]. (2009, May). EMDR with a violent child at school: Collaborative treatment for an abused child who witnessed her mother's suicide. EMDR研究1（1）、34から43 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 34-43].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The junior high school girl in this case witnessed her mother's suicide at the age of four. She
has been acting violently since she entered elementary school. One yearbefore the author met
her, a consultation office for children intervened due to physical abuse by her father. Flashbacks
and dissociation caused wrist cutting and panic. After a few EMDR sessions, wrist cutting, panic
and PTSD symptoms disappeared. As she gained affect regulation skills, she gradually improved
her interpersonal relationship and began to trust others. The consultation aclivities by a school
counselor, namely the offering of psycho-educational information to the school, supporting teachers
and improving teacher's psychological understandings about her, was also important in addition to
individual treatment. The author discussed about the treatment of school children survivors who
rarely visit mental or medical institutions.
Keywords: Child Abuse Collaboration at School Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
232. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
233. Morris-Smith, J. (2001, May). EMDR with children exposed to chronic abuse and domestic violence. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper aims to discuss some of the issues of working using EMDR, as a part of the
integrated treatment process of children, who have been exposed to chronic abuse and
domestic violence. These children are all in the care system and are living with foster parents
who know very little about their previous lives. Often the professionals caring for them also
have little of the child's history and many details of what they have been exposed to are not
known. The children are frequently detached, dissociated and shut down from their past
experiences, though their traumatised behaviours continue to blight and dominate their entire
lives and present major difficulties in their daily management and future planning. Their
emotional and social development appears to be arrested by their chronic multiple
traumatisation. They are also kept in transitional placements for long periods of time, whilst
their long-term needs are assessed. There is a struggle to identify appropriate long-term
placements for such damaged children as their severe multiple traumatisation prevents them
from being able to trust or begin to form new attachments or even to develop a sense of
safety. There is a nee for early intervention to treat their severely traumatised symptoms and
memories, to help rid them of their overwhelming terror and fears of the adult world and to
free them to begin to form healthier more appropriate behaviours and attachments. How
using EMDR to enable these children to develop and progress emotionally and socially
towards a more positive future is described.
Keywords: Children Chronic Abuse, Domestic Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
234. Lovett, J. M. (1995, June). EMDR with Children: Eleven months to eleven years. Presentatioj at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There are special considerations when treating children for critical incidents, anxiety, or other "EMDR amenable" conditions.
Especially challenging for EMDR practitioners, young children may not be able to verbalize their thoughts, feelings, or beliefs
children old enough to understand treatment options may choose to keep their symptoms rather than experience temporarily
increased anxiety during treatment. Even cooperative children may not be able to identify a positive cognition because their life
experience and/or cognitive development have not yet permitted resources for self-soothing or making sense of life changing events.
Furthermore, children are dependent on an adult or family for their physical safety and emotional wellbeing. Although the child may
be the "identified patient," the parents' own post-traumatic beliefs may be triggering the child's symptoms, and a successful outcome
for the child may depend on the parents' reprocessing of traumatic material.
Case studies will be presented to illustrate how the EMDR practitioner workmg with children can integrate EMDR techniques with
play therapy, use "EMDR enhanced" games, choose an appropriate positive cognition for a young child, introduce creative
interweaves to reach trauma resolution, and work with parents to separate their PTSD triggers from their child's behavior.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
235. Schubbe, O. (2008, September). EMDR with children: EMDR in work with children. Presentation at Pre-congress on EMDR at the European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: T
he workshop will give a brief systematic overview over the EMDR techniques specifically used in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. Age appropriate forms of bilateral stimulation and of the actualization of ressources and unresolved memories will be explained. Small group exercises are intended to give participants a practical learning experience. Applicants for the EMDR seminars with Oliver Schubbe at Linz or Graz can use this workshop as a taster course. Participants should be willing to play the role of a child or adolescent client within a small group.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
236. Anton, A. (1995). EMDR with couples. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(3), 5-6.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
It is generally held that EMDR is not
to be used with couples, and I agree
that it is not appropriate to do so when
the primary items being dealt with are
such issues as power, intimacy, trust,
communication, conflict, or control of
impulses and emotions. However, I
discovered recently that EMDR can be
used successfully and effectively with
couples in at least one particular type
of circumstance. The circumstance I
have in mind is that in which a couple
faces an external threat or severe loss
that creates a crisis atmosphere to
which each member of the couple is
reaching considerable anxiety and
extreme distress. However, rather
than allowing their relationship to
degenerate into mutual blaming and
fault-finding, the members of the
couplemaintain their bonding to each
other, continue to support each other,
and constitute a unified front in regard
to the threat or loss.
Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
237. Paulsen, S. (2010, October). EMDR with dissociative clients: 17 secrets. Presentation at the 27th Annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Unmodified EMDR can harm dissociative clients if it prematurely breaches dissociative barriers overwhelming
the client’s capacity and resources. Practitioners must
screen for dissociation and use special procedures to safely
use EMDR with these clients. The workshop will cover critical guidelines and techniques to pace and troubleshoot
EMDR with dissociative clients within the phased
treatment model, for clients ranging from DDNOS to DID.
Assessment and stabilization are key to preparing clients
for trauma work. The workshop offers methods to increase
affect tolerance, establish a two-step containment habit, and
orient personalities to person place and time. Other topics
include: increasing tolerance of body sensation and affect,
and enhancing compassion for self and others, directly
working with introjects or other “monstrous” shame-laden
parts, essential to reducing internal conflict and resistance
to therapy. The workshop instructs in specific ego state
strategies and imagery to provide sufficient resources,
maintain an observing ego. Rooted in the hypnotic tradition,
stabilization methods to pace and fractionate the work
within EMDR while interspersing trauma work with sessions
that consolidate gains. The workshop also describes the
conference room method and means to trouble-shoot
stuck processing. Finally, the workshop describes the final
phases of therapy, skills building, integration and fusion.
Participants will be able to :
♦♦ explain why and when to assess every client for degree
of dissociation and choose an appropriate protocol.
♦♦ list six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing
EMDR for dissociative clients, to increase rapport,
contain affect, orient to present circumstances,
reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources.
♦♦ structure EMDR sessions using imagery
and ego state interventions for pacing,
fractionating and trouble-shooting the work.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
238. Wilcox, J. (1994). EMDR with panic disorder: Patients who inhibit anxiety reactions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 9-10.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Introducing EMDR to panic disorder
patients who have been educated in
that reduce anxiety responses can pose some interesting
challenges. Several patients who had
been in therapy with me for a year or
more had learned quite well the skills
of using deep breathing, relaxation,
and cognitive pattern interruption
techniques to inhibit their anxiety
reactions. I discovered how well they
internalized these strategies as we
began the EMDR in
our attempts
to clear the root causes of their
panic disorder.
Keywords: Panic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
239. Bisping, V. (2011, June). EMDR with patients with dentophobia. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
An appointment at the dentist’s is not what most people look forward to. For some people, however, even the mere thought of having to undergo dental treatment causes them to feel extreme fear and panic. Between 5 and 15% of the world population suffer from such a pathological form of dental fear, called dental phobia. Dentally anxious individuals commonly avoid necessary dental procedures for many years despite deteriorating oral health, agonizing pain and severe psychosocial problems. The majority of individuals with dental phobia recall a traumatic event as cause for the onset of their fear. Interestingly, nearly 50% of them even suffer from posttraumatic stress symptoms, such as intrusive memories, nightmares, hyperarousal and avoidance behavior. EMDR can be a very useful instrument to help dentally anxious people to cope with past traumatic experiences and to prepare them for future confrontations with phobic stimuli.
The 90-minute workshop will give background information to the problem of pathological dental fear and present evidence from research showing that EMDR is an effective treatment method for dentophobia. The main focus will be on the practical procedure, which will be illustrated using video sequences of patient sessions.
Learning objectives:
This workshop will provide you with the following information:
•a short review of current research and literature
•the use of the EMDR protocol in its specific application to dentally anxious patients, with special emphasis on preparing the patient for future confrontations
by working with flashforwards, future template and video check
•ways of combining EMDR with other cognitive, behavioral and imagery techniques in the treatment of dental phobia.
Keywords: Dentophobia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
240. Mosconi, A., Pezzolo, M., & Trotta, B. (2012, June). EMDR y terapia sistemica - Puntos de conexión, relectura e integración en el proceso terapéutico [EMDR and systemic psychotherapy - Connection points, new interpretations and integrations in the therapeutic process]. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain .
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
En el aproche sistémico-relacional del Milán Model, el primer paso para la introducción de un cambio sea al interno de un contexto de terapia individual sea de pareja y/o familiar, es la construcción junto al paciente/sistema familiar de una Hipótesis Sistémica relativo al problema llevado. Tal proceso proporziona
la exploración en profundidad sea sincrónica sea
diacrónica de los contextos relacionales generadores del problema.
La hipótesis con respecto al sistema Relacional coconstruida
en el proceso terapéutico, toca temas
específicos a través de el uso de precisas técnicas locuaces.
Los pilastros de la hipótesis cumplen las dimensiones descritas en el cuadrilátero sistémico en el cual el problema del paciente está conectado en un proceso recursivo a los aspectos interpersonales del contexto de pertenencia.
In the systemic-relational approach of Milan Model, the first step to the introduction of a change both within the context of individual therapy and couple/family one
consists of outlining a Systemic Hypothesis on the given problem together with the patient/family system. This
process involves both synchronic and diachronic indepth exploration of the relational contexts representing the problem generators.
The hypothesis referred to the relational system, outlined together during the therapeutic process, touches specific subjects through the use of specific conversational techniques.
The pillars of the hypothesis comply with the dimensions highlighted in the Systemic Quadrilateral where the problem of the patient is connected to a process related to the interpersonal aspects of his environment.
Keywords: Poster Systemic Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
241. Moura, J. G. D. (2012, Novembro). EMDR – Construção de diagnóstico comum ou acertando o alvo [EMDR - Construction of common diagnosis or hitting the target]. In temas diversos. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A estabilização é o momento do processo onde recebemos o paciente construímos rapport, entendimento comum do que esta se passando, damos informações psicopedagógicas sobre o trauma e o que é EMDR e o preparamos para as próximas fases. Esta apresentação pretende focar esta primeira etapa, que seria a construção do que convencionamos chamar de setting terapêutico dentro da perspectiva do EMDR. Este é um momento fundamental para o sucesso do tratamento. Quando nos posicionamos de forma correta frente a ele construindo um entendimento comum, que também podemos chamar de diagnostico comum, emparelhamos, damos sentido e fluidez ao processo. Reproduzimos e ativamos dentro do jogo psicoterapêutico capacidade inata de nós seres humanos de mimetização e sincronização com o outro na intenção de realizar algo, aprender e melhorar nossas chances de sobreviver. Lançamos mão constantemente como terapeutas desta aptidão para resolução das equações trazidas por nossos pacientes e não raramente nos beneficiamos aprendendo mais sobre nós e o mundo. Este processo pressupõe um exercício de entrar na plástica do outro, estranhá-la e refletir
para e com ele sobre o que o aflige e suas potencialidades. Como se dá este processo? Como podemos transformar impressões em narrativa? Como construímos um diagnostico comum?
The stabilization process is the time where we get the patient build rapport, common understanding of what is going on, we psychopedagogical information about trauma and what is EMDR and prepare for the next phases. This presentation aims to address this first phase, the construction of what would conventionally call the therapeutic setting within the perspective of EMDR. This is a critical time for successful treatment. When positioned correctly in front of him building a common understanding, which we can also call common diagnosis, emparelhamos, give direction and fluidity to the process. Reproduced within the game and activate innate ability psychotherapeutic us humans to mimic and synchronize with each other in an attempt to accomplish something, learn and improve our chances of survival. We used this constantly as therapists ability to solve the equations brought by our patients and not infrequently we benefit by learning more about ourselves and the world. This process involves an exercise of plastic entering the other, her strange and reflect
and to him about what ails you and your capabilities. How is this process? How can we turn impressions into narrative? How to build a common diagnosis?
Keywords: Body Language Building Common Diagnosis Phases 1 Phase 2 Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
242. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Paulsen-Inobe, S. L. (2000, September). EMDR – Integrated coaching for effective leadership and innovative strategic visioning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand and be able to describe the theoretical foundation for applying a trauma methodology to issues of optimal performance; 2) observe and practice effective techniques for positive resource installation for peak performance; and 3) be able to identify specific targets and negative and positive cognitions for enhancing leadership and increasing productivity using EMDR - integrating coaching.
Keywords: Coaching Performance Enhancement Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
243. 杨善真 [Yang Zhen]. (2006). EMDR（眼动身心重建法）的研究探讨 [EMDR (Eye Movement mental and physical reconstruction of Law), a detailed study]. 嘉义大学辅导咨商学系研究所 [National Chiayi University, Counseling Institute, Chiayi, Taiwan].
Language: Chinese
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
EMDR（眼動身心重建法）的研究探討
眼物质重建法（眼动脱敏和再加工）在过去10年来，作为一个新兴的心理治疗方法，并正成为越来越受欢迎，并确保特别是对创伤后应激综合征的治疗，是新兴的治疗方法，根据Greewald回想起来，一个文献研究指出，“它已被用于治疗许多人的选择”（由约翰库萨克和斯帕茨，1999年报价），因为传统的治疗心理咨询技术的使用往往需要耗费时间，对于一些不长的治疗或治疗病人的具有时间限制并不适用，而且还描述伤痛的经历，以repeat简单动作usually只会使病情恶化，最后连药物也无效，所以今天非常受欢迎并EMDR可应用于其他精神疾病，如：恐惧，疼痛疾病，性虐待的创伤，手术后感情伤害，而且由于其方法和结果仍在广泛讨论，因此对EMDR in treatment和谐促进more 。
Eye physical reconstruction method (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) for the last 10 years, emerging as a psychological treatment method, and are becoming increasingly popular, and sure, especially for the treatment of post-traumatic stress syndrome is emerging treatment techniques, according to Greewald In retrospect, a study of the literature pointed out that "it has been used as treatment for many people a choice" (a quote from Cusack & Spates, 1999), because the use of traditional healing counseling psychology techniques often require time-consuming, for some not long for treatment or for treatment of patients has its time limits do not apply, but also describing the traumatic experience to repeat simple movements usually only make the patient's condition worsened and finally even the drugs are also ineffective, so very popular today and be EMDR be applied to other mental diseases, such as: fear, pain diseases, sexual abuse trauma, post-operative emotional harm, and because of its methods and results are still being widely discussed, so the promotion of EMDR in treatment more harmony.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
244. O'Brien, J. M., & Abel, N. J. (2011). EMDR, addictions, and the stages of change: A road map for intervention. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(3), 121-130. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.3.121.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A growing body of literature indicates that eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be useful in the treatment of addictions. When combined with traditional addictions treatment approaches, EMDR can enhance client stability, prevent relapse, and promote recovery. Clinical decision making about when and how to use EMDR techniques with clients who present with addictions is complicated. The purpose of this article is to explore the use of EMDR interventions with clients presenting various levels of awareness of their addiction as well as varied levels of motivation to change. The authors explore the Stages of Change and suggest appropriate pre-EMDR EMDR interventions at each stage.
Keywords: Addiction Stages of Change Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
245. Couto, M., Farate, C., Ramos, S., & Fleming, M. (2012, June). EMDR, setting and therapeutic relationship: A comparative study with CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: The therapeutic efficacy of EMDR is increasingly documented in process and outcome studies. However there is an ongoing debate on whether this effectiveness is mainly due to EMDR therapeutic techniques or to other variables. Since EMDR technical procedures are also related to the way the therapist manages both the space and the therapeutic relationship with the patient there is a growing trend towards the study of the influence of contextual and therapist variables on treatment outcome. This study aims to compare the management of both setting and therapeutic relationship among experienced EMDR, CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. The data and sample correspond to a preliminary phase of a broader research project whose aim is the construction of a psychometric instrument of trans-theoretical nature (Management of the Setting Scale-MSS) aimed at the assessment of setting on therapeutic outcome.
Keywords: CBT Cogntive Behavior Therapy, Poster Psychoanalysis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
246. Rougemont-Bucking, A., & Zimmermann, E. N. (2012). EMDR-based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Schweizer Archiv Für Neurologie Und Psychiatrie, 163(3), 107-115.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The co-occurrence of PTSD and of substance use disorder (SD) is known to
be very high. However the question of whether and how to treat such
patients remains largely unanswered in the EMDR community. We report on
two cases of EMDR-based treatment of heavily affected SD patients in whom
psychotraumatic antecedents were identified. EMDR sessions focused on
trauma-related material and not on the expression of cue-induced drug
craving. The treatment appeared to be a difficult and challenging endeavour.
However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug consumption
could be observed. A long stabilisation phase was mandatory and the
standard EMDR protocol needed to be conducted with much flexibility.
Interestingly, there was no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or
of relapse. Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions
and dissociation could be absorbed with specific well-known techniques
without permanently increasing drug craving. These observations are discussed
in relation to previously published concepts of using EMDR in the
field of trauma and substance abuse.
Keywords: Addiction Comorbidity Dissociation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Substance Use Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
247. Vojtova, H. (2005, June). EMDR-therapy with a patient traumatized during her three marriages – A case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The case study presents EMDR-psychotherapy on a female patient,
physically and emotionolly abused by her partners during the course of
three marriages. EMDR-therapy was the second part of the therapeutic
process; the first part successfully treated PTSD (the patient was violently
raped by a stranger) using imaginative stabilisation techniques a half a year
ago. Complex PTSD symptoms in the patient (constant tension, sleep
disorder, anxiety, anhedonia] surfaced during a new relationship. Therapy
took 6 sessions in 8 weeks, in 3 of which the EMDR-technique was used. At
the end of therapy all symptoms decreased and feelings of inferiority were
transformed into increased self-worth, self-confidence, inner satisfaction and
new autonomy.
The participants will obtain encouraging information about successful shortterm
EMDR therapy of chronic PTS
Accuracy Verified: Yes
248. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives:
1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing
2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7)
3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols.
4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods
5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
249. Lazarus, C. N., & Lazarus, A. A. (2002). EMDR: An elegantly concentrated multimodal procedure?. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 209-224). Washington: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The active ingredients of many therapeutic processes remain open to conjecture. Regardless of what actually underlies the putative benefits of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), its degree of overlap with many of the multimodal therapy (MMT) features and components is noteworthy. In essence, EMDR is a highly systematized, elegant therapeutic package using many of the same modalities that comprise MMT. Be that as it may, MMT methods are broader and more comprehensive than the EMDR methodology. EMDR is thought of as an accelerated and facilitated information-processing therapy, whereas MMT is considered a theory of personality as well as a system for implementing comprehensive biopsychosocial therapy. MMT therapists can probably enhance their treatment outcomes by knowing when and how to apply EMDR, and EMDR therapists would be well advised to become proficient with the MMT framework and its many applications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adults Multimodal Therapy Multimodal Treatment Approach Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
250. Spector, J. (2001, Aprile). EMDR: Sviluppi attuali e aggiornare recensione [EMDR: Current developments and review update]. Psicoterapia Cognitiva e Comportamentale, 7(1), 25.
Language: Italian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Il presente lavoro esamina le evidenze empiriche a sostegno e contrarie all'EMDR inteso come metodologia terapeutica efficace per il trattamento del Disturbo Da Stress Post Traumatico. Vengono in particolar modo enfatizzati i seguenti aspetti: a) l'EMDR è stato spesso oggetto di forti critiche formulate con un linguaggio eccessivamente emotivo; b) l'EMDR comprende principi terapeutici efficaci e ben conosciuti come l'esposizione, la ristrutturazione cognitiva e le tecniche di auto-controllo; c) non ci sono sufficienti dati empirici per rifiutare o sostenere le basi teoriche dell'EMDR (compreso il ruolo dei movimenti oculari); d) l'EMDR è molto di più che una procedura di esposizione; f) l'EMDR è un trattamento efficace per il Disturbo da Stress Post Traumatico. Ciascuno di questi aspetti viene considerato in dettaglio e le tre ricerche più recenti sull'EMDR vengono attentamente analizzate e commentate.
This paper examines the empirical evidence in support and against all'EMDR understood as effective therapeutic approach for treating post-traumatic stress disorder. Are particularly emphasized the following aspects: a) EMDR has often been the subject of strong criticism in language too emotional, b) EMDR treatment principles include effective and well known as exposure, cognitive restructuring and techniques of self-control, c) there is insufficient empirical data to support or reject the theoretical EMDR (including the role of eye movements) d) EMDR is much more than a process of exposure, f) EMDR is an effective treatment for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Each of these aspects is considered in detail and the three most recent research on EMDR are carefully analyzed and commented.
Keywords: Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
251. Staff (2012, December). EMDR: Técnica ajuda a superar traumas,Tratamento dura em média 15 sessões e ajuda as pessoas traumatizadas a transmutarem o pensamento negativo [EMDR: Technique helps overcome trauma, Treatment lasts an average of 15 sessions and helps traumatized people ransmute negative thinking]. Folha de Londrina Website. Retrieved from http://www.folhaweb.com.br/?id_folha=2-1--3403-20121231 12/31/2012.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Other
Abstract:
Traumas psicológicos trazem consequências emocionais e físicas. Quem passou por um trauma geralmente lembra da situação com certa frequência e o sofrimento vivido vem à tona fazendo com que a pessoa reviva o momento. Angústia profunda, sensação de estar preso, fobia, isolamento, raiva, agressividade, depressão, dificuldade nos relacionamentos interpessoais são algumas consequências de um trauma.
A questão é que a pessoa também pode apresentar sintomas físicos como enxaqueca, fibromialgia, síndrome do intestino irritável, amnésia psicogênica, tontura, sudorese, distúrbio do sono e outros. ''O trauma é um estresse crônico porque a pessoa que passa por uma situação assim fica reincidindo, lembrando da ocasião, e acaba ficando o tempo todo em estado de alerta, por isso desenvolve uma porção de sintomas que caracteriza o estresse pós-traumático'', conta a psicóloga Dorotéia Murcia Souza.
As terapias com psicólogos são eficazes na superação de traumas, mas a psicologia convencional costuma ser um tratamento de longo prazo. Uma das técnicas usadas nesta área é uma abordagem psicoterápica chamada EMDR, ou Movimento Ocular, Dessensibilização e Reprocessamento (sigla em inglês). A técnica consiste em acessar as memórias traumáticas do paciente, dessensibilizá-lo para a ocasião e reprocessar o entendimento dele referente àquelas memórias. Este tipo de tratamento dura em média 15 sessões.
Psychological traumas bring emotional and physical consequences. Who went through the trauma. Usually remember the situation with some frequency and experienced Suffering comes up Causing the person to relive the moment. Deep distress, feeling of being trapped, phobia, isolation, anger, aggression, depression, difficulty in interpersonal relationships are some Consequences of the trauma. The point Is that the person may have physical Also Symptoms such as migraines, fibromyalgia, irritable bowel syndrome, psychogenic amnesia, dizziness, sweating, sleep disturbance, and others. '' The trauma is a chronic stress because the person who goes through a situation like this is reincidindo, remembering the occasion and end up all the time on the alert, so a lot of Develops Symptoms That characterize the post-traumatic stress '' says psychologist Dorothy Souza Murcia. therapies with psychologists are effective in overcoming trauma, but conventional psychology is Often the long-term treatment. One of the techniques used in this area is a psychotherapeutic approach called EMDR, or Eye Movement, Desensitization and Reprocessing. The technique Consists in Accessing the patient's traumatic memories, it desensitize and reprocess the occasion is his understanding Regarding Those memories. This type of treatment lasts an average of 15 sessions.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
252. Martinez, R. (1992, December). EMDR: Innovative uses. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 9.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
First of all, let me open up by offering
my apologies to Carrie Greenberg,
LCSW, of Santa Rosa. In the last
"Innovative Uses" column, Carrie was
the person who sent in the article on
using the combination of EMDR and
hypnosis while working with a Vietnam
vet. The effects were quite powerful
and Carrie deserves full marks
for combining these two modalities.
Unfortunately, due to the omission of
a paragraph, it appeared that this
was a technique that I (Ron Martinez)
had developed and used and I want to
take this opportunity right off the bat
to thank Carrie for her contribution
and her patience during the time in
which she was not given proper credit.
Keywords: Innovative Uses: Biogentic Techniques Hypnosis Smoking Cessation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
253. Hofmann, A., Fischer, G., Galley, N., & Shapiro, F. (1998). EMDR: Memory reprocessing and accelerated emotional learning. European Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 4, 206-213.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A number of recent controlled studies has shown that EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) can reprocess disturbing memories and bring them to therapeutic resolution whether or not patients fulfil the DSM (or ICD)- criteria of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The method can be integrated into treatment plans of different therapeutic approaches and integrates aspects of a number of the major treatment orientations. Clinical experience and EEG research show that the reprocessing in EMDR is not a trance-related phenomenon (Nicosia, 1995). However, EMDR blends well with hypnotic techniques in specific cases, especially with severe complex traumatised and dissociative patients. In addition, EMDR seems to help stabilise and generalise positive self-referencing beliefs as well as positive images, such as "a safe place", and accelerates future projectionsof new orientations and behaviours. In this sense, EMDR can be viewed not only as a method for the treatment of traumatic memories, but as a method of accelerated emotional learning.
Keywords: Accelerated Emotional Learning Therapeutic Integation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
254. Moskovitz, R. A. (2001, March). EMDR: A paradigm for continuity of experience in the real world. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(1), 6.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool for
treating the trauma that so frequently
characterizes the personal histories of
patients with Borderline Personality Disorder
(BPD). This patient population presents
extraordinary risks in the face of treatment
techniques that evoke powerful emotions.
When applied judiciously, however, EMDR can
bring extraordinary benefits to these same
patients.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
255. Carnes, J. (1994). EMDR: A part of the whole. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(2), 5-7.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Since I took the first EMDR training
in September, 1993, I have been exploring
the outcome of EMDR as compared
to more traditional therapy, as
well as how EMDR works in conjunction
with more traditional techniques.
The following two cases include one in
which EMDR was all that was needed
at that time and one in which EMDR
was (and is) but apart of a longer and
more complicated process.
Keywords: Outcome
Accuracy Verified: Yes
256. Jones, K. R. (2006, June). EMDR: Warning on safe use. Therapy Today, 17(5), 23.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
For EMDR to be used safely, I strongly agree with the position emphasised during training with the EMDR Institute, that this is an adjunct technique which should only be integrated into existing and appropriate professional practice. Furthermore, practitioners should be qualified to carry out an effective mental health assessment, to screen potential clients for contraindicative effects (eg dissociation or psychosis) prior to treatment, as well as being competent to deal with adverse effects such as strong abreactions. Given the potential for harm with techniques such as EMDR, I believe that it is essential for practitioners to have a 'practising certificate' before offering this approach to clients, rather than simply undertaking 'some training' as noted by the author.
Keywords: Letter
Accuracy Verified: Yes
257. Bower, B. (1995, October 21). EMDR: Promise and dissent. Science News, 148(17), 270-271.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Scientists rarely sound as apologetic as Charles R. Figley did after discussing his latest investigation at the American Psychological Association's annual meeting in New York City this August. "I'm taking a major risk in presenting such odd and unusual techniques to you," Figley told the assembled clinicians. "But these are potentially revolutionary treatments for traumatic stress reactions."
Keywords: Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
258. Beaulieu, P. D. (2005, October). EMI et EMDR: Ressemblances et différences. Bulletin APQ, 1(1), 14-15.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Dans le champ de la psychothérapie, les
intervenants peuvent avoir recours à
différentes techniques: l’hypnose, la
PNL, la désensibilisation systématique, la
thérapie d’Impact, etc. À l’heure actuelle,
deux d’entre elles se démarquent plus
particulièrement: l’EMI (Eye Movement Integration
Therapy) et l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing). Comme chacun le sait, ces techniques sont
utilisées pour traiter les états de stress post-traumatiques
et les souvenirs récurrents et négatifs. Comme elles
présentent certaines ressemblances – dont la plus
évidente est qu’elles font toutes deux appel à des
mouvements oculaires –, il arrive souvent qu’elles soient
confondues. Le présent article ayant comme principal
objectif de les distinguer, nous aborderons divers aspects
permettant de circonscrire leurs particularités propres:
nous verrons donc les origines de chacune de ces
techniques, le type de segments effectués, les mouvements
oculaires impliqués et, enfin, la manière dont ces
techniques s’appliquent lors des traitements.
Keywords: Eye Movement Integration Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
259. U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for PTSD. (2001). Empirical evidence regarding behavioral treatments for PTSD, Factsheet. Washington, DC.
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract:
EMDR involves having the patient bring to mind images of the trauma while engaging in back-and-forth eye movements (or while alternating oneâs attention back and forth using taps or sounds). It also addresses trauma-related negative beliefs. It has been shown to be more effective than psychodynamic, relaxation, supportive, or placebo wait list therapies (where patients are put on a waiting list to receive treatment but don't actually receive it by the time they are tested). Research comparing EMDR to the more generally accepted cognitive-behavioral techniques shows significantly better results with CBT than with EMDR, particularly at three-month follow-up. CBT results also show greater sustainability. Research looking at the different components of EMDR shows that the eye
movement component adds no additional treatment effect to the imagery exposure and the process of dealing with negative beliefs.
Keywords: Behavioral Treatments Fact Sheet Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
260. Ogden, P. (2004, September). Empowering the body: Somatic awareness and physical action in the treatment of trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The repetitive traumatic patterns our clients come to us to change are not only psychological but somatic, clearly reflected in posture, energy level, movement, regulation of arousal and other physical attributes. Changing these patterns cannot be accomplished by insight alone. The procedural memory that keeps such behaviors and dissociative patterns in in place must be addressed. A body-oriented approach is indicated that facilitates new actions and addresses dissociative symptoms, including somaticcomponents of traumatic memories (e.g., pain, analgesia, and motor inhibitions) and avoidance-related symptoms such as bodily anesthesia. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy emphasizes practicing new actions and building other somatic resouces to mitigate symptoms and develop a somatic sense of self. In this workshop, somatic interventions that can be integrated into existing clinical skills will be taught and illustrated through excerpts of videotaped therapy sessions and brief experiential exercises.
Keywords: Dissociation Somatism Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
261. Peterson, G. (2003, September). Energy healing methods to supplement EMDR in the treatment of DID. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR) is a powerful method for the treatment of PTSD. Therapists may uncover a
covert dissociative disorder in the course of applying EMDR. The presentation will compare the major components of EMDR and energy psychotherapy techniques. Both of these treatment methods have in common 1) focusing on (attuning to) a disturbing problem, issue, or event; 2) applying a prescribed set of procedures to resolve the disturbance or imbalance. Participants will grasp the indications/risks/contraindications of use of EMDR and energy methods with DID. They will understand how energy healing methods can support EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Energy Psychology Energy Therapies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
262. Hartung, J., & Galvin, M. (2003). Energy psychology & EMDR: Combining forces to optimize treatment (1st ed). New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
As clinical and consulting psychologists, we have continually searched for ever better ways to help people. At this point after almost 60 years of combined practice, we have come to rely on energy psychology (EP) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as our preferred methods. In this book we present the clinical findings that have led us to believe that these methods excel -- especially in combination -- in helping clients achieve profound change and growth, usually quickly and with stable results.We hope to persuade energy therapists to look at the richness that EMDR has to offer, keeping in mind that the interests of some clients sometimes might be better served by treatment with EMDR than EP. We also hope to convince EMDR clinicians to consider using energy techniques as additional resources for those times when EMDR stalls. For readers yet untrained in either, we offer an overview of the two brief therapies that have transformed our professional lives. [Adapted from Preface]
Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
263. Hartung, J. G. (2002, September). Energy psychology in the service of EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(3), 3-5.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
For some years EMDR has been linked with other more traditional therapies such as “psychodynamic, behavioral, Gestalt, and Adlerian
Life style Analysis” (EMDR Institute, 2002). More recently, the use of EMDR along with energy psychology (EP) techniques has also
been explored. Listed on the agenda of the 2002 EMDRIA annual Conference, for example, were two presentations explicitly referring to
combined uses of EMDR with energy psychology (Phillips, 2002; Yoder, 2002). EP can refer to as many as eight different energy systems (Eden
& Feinstein, 1998). Along with most energy practitioners in the US, I use the term primarily as a synonym for the meridian-based psychotherapies
(Gallo, 1999, 2000; Lambrou & Pratt, 2000), and secondarily as including the chakra system (Fleming, 2001).
Keywords: Energy Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
264. Feinstein, D. (2008). Energy psychology: A review of the preliminary evidence. Psychotherapy, 45(2), 199-213. doi:10.1037/0033-3204.45.2.199.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Energy psychology utilizes imaginal and narrative-generated exposure, paired with interventions
that reduce hyperarousal through acupressure and related techniques. According to practitioners,
this leads to treatment outcomes that are more rapid, powerful, and precise than the strategies
used in other exposure-based treatments such as relaxation or diaphragmatic breathing. The
method has been exceedingly controversial. It relies on unfamiliar procedures adapted from non-
Western cultures, posits unverified mechanisms of action, and early claims of unusual speed and
therapeutic power ran far ahead of initial empirical support. This paper reviews a hierarchy of
evidence regarding the efficacy of energy psychology, from anecdotal reports to randomized
clinical trials. Although the evidence is still preliminary, energy psychology has reached the
minimum threshold for being designated as an evidence-based treatment, with one form having
met the APA Division 12 criteria as a “probably efficacious treatment” for specific phobias;
another for maintaining weight loss. The limited scientific evidence, combined with extensive
clinical reports, suggests that energy psychology holds promise as a rapid and potent treatment
for a range of psychological conditions.
Keywords: Energy psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
265. deGraffenreid, D., & Page, R. (2009, April 18). The enhanced safe place: A practitioners guide to using multi sensory imaging to strengthen the safe place. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Enhanced Safe Place (ESP) builds comfort and trust early in treatment. EP is especially effective in community MH settings. ESP contains preparatory information, multi sensory imaging, progressive relaxation and simple hypnotherapy techniques. Participants will practice the three stages (preparation, beginning, debriefing) and 10 specific techniques to help create highly effective body-oriented ESP experiences.
Keywords: Enhanced Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
266. deGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). The enhanced safe place: A practitioner's guide to using multi sensory imaging to strengthen and augment the safe place. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Multi sensory imaging techniques can dramatically strengthen the client’s Safe Place images resulting in a higher degree of client satisfaction, stronger development of the Safe Place and more effective affect management. This presentation will use a PowerPoint presentation to review 10 techniques, provide examples for their effective application and demonstrate with them via a client video tape.
Keywords: Enhanced Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
267. Moses, M. D. (2004, September). Enhancing couples therapy with EMDR: A protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The model proposed in their workshop is an integration, elaboration and system for applying EMDR as an experiential technique within a conjoint (both partners present) couples therapy, focused an uncovering and processing triggers from previous traumatic events. The protocol is intended as a useful roo1 for applying EMDR lo lessen the intensity of interactional triggers. Done conjointly, there is n compassionate witnessing by each partner respectively. This mutual sharing around the traumas holds powerful potential far building mutual understanding, compassion and empathy in the relationship.
Keywords: Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
268. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us
as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the
participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients.
There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with
EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference)
20
to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging
science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR
Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three
modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and
possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had
self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using:
positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for
envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time
constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an
interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to:
1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols,
2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources,
3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts,
5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography
Keywords: Postive Psychology Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
269. Keller, M. (2010, July). Enhancing EMDR with mindfulness skills. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
“Enhancing EMDR with Mindfulness Skills”
1. Introduction and overview of the evolution of mindfulness practice.
2. Current uses of mindfulness in clinical practice.
3. Summary of research.
4. Similarities between mindfulness and EMDR:
a. Just noticing,
b. “Go with that”,
c. Becoming less reactive to mental content,
d. Living in the present.
5. Enhancing EMDR:
a. Increasing awareness of images, thoughts, emotions, and body sensations,
b. Increasing trust to allow the mind to spontaneously process memory networks,
c. Improving reprocessing between sessions,
d. Reducing reactivity to current and future distress,
e. Improve attunement of the therapist.
6. Brief mindfulness practice and conclusion.
Keywords: Mindfulness Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
270. Ginger, S. (2008, July). Enriching gestalt therapy though EMDR. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 12(2), 13-20.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
I shall briefly introduce EMDR techniques and share some theoretical hypotheses, with metaphors, about what's going on within the brain during Gestalt and EMDR sessions. I'll underline the integrative aspects of EMDR (parallelism with other more traditional approaches). Finally I'll present some typical cases of rapid and unexpected improvement... and also some cases of failure! And I'll try to clarify the best indications for each of these two modalities and of their combination.[Psych Info]
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy Metaphors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
271. Reamer, F. G. (2004, September). Ethical issues in EMDR: Risk-management implications. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide participants with a comprehensive overview of ethical, malpractice, and risk-management issues encountered in EMDR. Using extensive case material, participants will learn how to handle complex practice-based ethical dilemmas, prevent professional malpractice, and avoid liablity. Emphasis will be on practical strategies designed to protect clients, professionals, and employers. Key topics will include the limits to clients' rights to confidentiality and self-determination, privileged communications, informed consent procedures, the use of high-risk treatment techniques, boundary issues and dual relationships, conflicts of interest, defamation of character, consultation and referral, supervision, termination of services, documentation, and the problem of impaired colleagues. Participants will be provided with a typology of compelling ethical dilemmas and "high risk" areas, and acquainted with practical decision-making strategies.
Keywords: Ethics Risk Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
272. Wolff, R. P. (2004). Evaluation of effectiveness of individual therapy sessions over 60 minutes. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA. AAT 3158599.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Research has produced few studies that support the 50-minute therapy session as the most effective session length for achieving optimal therapeutic results. This descriptive study attempted to determine differences in therapists' perceptions of how session length might impact therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, treatment of specific psychological disorders, and if session length preference was based on theoretical orientation or procedures/techniques. A total of 65 practicing therapists drawn from the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, EMDR International Association, Trauma Incident Reduction Practitioners, San Francisco Society of Lacanian Study, and California Psychological Network completed questionnaires regarding their perceptions about psychotherapy for individuals employing longer session lengths versus the standard 50-minute session.Overall frequencies of questionnaire responses and between groups comparisons were analyzed using Chi-Square. The sample endorsed the use of longer sessions at statistically significant frequencies on the following questionnaire items: three therapeutic outcome items: Increases client's satisfaction, Shortens overall duration of therapy, and Facilitates corrective emotional experience; and nine therapeutic process items: Access to client's emotional material, Integration of experience before leaving session, Deepens development of transference, Working through defenses, Access to traumatic experiences, Integrate traumatic experience within session, Working through traumatic experience, and Improving likelihood of breakthrough experiences. The sample also agreed on the use of longer sessions as potentially contributing to positive outcome for treatment of the following disorders: Substance Abuse, Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Specific Phobia, Social Phobia, PTSD, GAD, and Eating Disorders. The findings of this study suggest that longer session lengths may have a positive impact on therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, and certain disorders. Specific implications for the field of psychology and suggestions for research are discussed. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(12-B), 2005, pp. 6680.
Keywords: Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Individual Psychotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study Treatment Duration Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
273. Oswalt, R., Anderson, M., Hagstrom, K., & Berkowitz, B. (1993, August). Evaluation of the one-session eye-movement desensitization reprocessing procedure for eliminating traumatic memories. Psychological Reports, 73(1), 99-104. doi:10.2466/pr0.1993.73.1.99 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye-movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new therapy technique originally reported to eliminate traumatic memories (rape, catastrophes) in one session. Early published research has tended to support the technique. However, there is controversy and at least one unpublished recent study by Rothbaum who reported only about one-half of her cases had successful outcomes. The present study was conducted as a preliminary evaluation in 1990. Our results were judged to be unsuccessful in five of eight cases and successful in three cases. Further, the cases with the most pathology improved the least. The techniques, cases, and outcomes are presented to provide additional data on this new and controversial therapeutic technique. [Author Summary]
Keywords: Americans College Students Empirical Study Intrusive Thoughts Psychiatric Inpatients Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
274. ter Heide, J. J., Mooren, T., & Kleber, R. (2009, November). Evidence-based vs. good practice: The treatment of traumatized refugees with EMDR. In M. Olff, J. J. Ter Heide, M. J. Nijdam, & S. Guay (Chairs), Advances in evidence-based treatment for PTSD. Symposium conducted at the 25th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Despite the scientific evidence concerning the efficacy of EMDR
in the treatment of PTSD, in clinical practice many clinicians
are reluctant to apply EMDR to traumatized asylum seekers
and refugees. Because they regard the traumatization of
this population as too complex, and for fear of psychological
decompensation, they tend to avoid confrontation with traumatic
memories and stick to stabilization techniques. In a pilot study
with 20 traumatized asylum seekers and refugees, we tested
the hypothesis that, in accordance with treatment guidelines,
EMDR would be more effective than stabilization in asylum
seekers and refugees. Adult asylum seekers and refugees who
applied for treatment at Centrum ’45, a Dutch national centre for
psychological treatment of victims of war and organized violence,
were randomly allocated to either 11 sessions of EMDR or 11
sessions of stabilization. PTSD and comorbid symptomatology
and quality of life were assessed at pre- and post-treatment and
three-month follow-up. In this presentation, the results of this
pilot RCT will be discussed. Significant differences favouring
EMDR over stabilization were found. Despite several drawbacks including a high drop-out and limited clinical improvement,
study design seems feasible with this population.
Keywords: Evidence-Based Good Practice Refugees Symposium Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
275. Griffith, H. (2009, July). Evoking the embodied image with EMDR: Jung in the age of the brain. Presentation at the International Association for Jungian Studies Conference, Wales, Scotland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A new paradigm for understanding psychopathology is emerging out of the convergence of research in formerly disparate domains such as neurobiology, attachment theory, and the effects of trauma. At the same time, unorthodox treatment modalities such as EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) and the Energy therapies are beginning to gain favour in mainstream psychotherapy, not only because they seem to be supported by findings in fields such as neurobiology, but because they are so effective. As Jungians, I believe that our challenge is to revisit our work in the light of these latest scientific discoveries.
In this paper, I first outline what brain imaging techniques are revealing about the importance of the dance between mother and infant in the actual hard-wiring of the babys developing brain. I then focus on trauma research, which shows how the release of stress induced hormones can result in the disorganization of the brain and the consequent shut down of integrative neuronal pathways. If we bring these two streams of research together we can see how early trauma within the parent infant bond, in which there is no adequate container to prevent the baby from falling into unbearable anxiety and terror, can initiate the hard-wiring of dysfunctional attitudes and behaviours that become reinforced throughout the childs development.
I then briefly describe the EMDR protocol, which is proving to be a very effective technique in helping adult patients work through some of these dysfunctional patterns internalized in that very early parental dyad. This protocol uses a bilateral stimulation of the brain to engage a wider network of neuronal pathways to help process the painful psychological material, or complex, with which the patient is struggling. Facilitating a successful EMDR session is a little like witnessing a spontaneous active imagination as the patient weaves together the threads of a multitude of images, sensations, emotions, and cognitions into the fabric of a fuller, more nuanced, healing story of the self.
The purpose of my paper is to demonstrate how these recent theoretical insights and treatment protocols can illuminate and enhance a Jungian approach to conducting psychotherapy. What I find remarkable is the compatibility between much of the contemporary research on the brain and many of Jungs ideas about the psyche.
In this paper, however, I focus primarily on what we can learn about the complex. Drawing on numerous examples from case histories, I illustrate the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol in evoking the affect and embodied image at the core of the complex. I also demonstrate how the bilateral stimulation of the brain not only helps facilitate change but also, through the material which is engendered, gives us a window into how the complex was constructed in the first place.
Accuracy Verified: No
276. Capps, F. (2005). The EXACT method: Resolution of substance abuse-related trauma in couples counseling utilizing eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Texas A&M University, Corpus Christi, TX. AAT 3173700.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This study utilized single session EMDR (Shapiro, 1995, 2002) and the Experiential Approach to Couples Treatment (EXACT method) to target substance abuse related trauma in non-dependent partners (NDPs) of former substance abusers. Chemical dependent partners (CDPs) received simultaneous experiential treatment. Treatment effects and maintenance of treatment between experimental and wait-list control groups were examined for trauma reduction, commitment to sobriety, and emotional intimacy. Correlations among intimacy, emotional quality, between and commitment to sobriety were examined. Meta-analyses informed the literature review and described the gold standards (Foa & Meadows, 1997) which were used to rate controlled research. The Emogram (Priesmeyer, Knickerbocker, Comstock, & Mudge, 2001) was used for pre-posttest comparisons. This study met the gold standards at a rating of seven (RGS = 7.0). The sample consisted of 12 couples (N = 24) drawn from adult volunteers who met screening criteria. Data was analyzed using within subjects multivariate analyses of variance with repeated measures, and Pearson product-moment correlations. Trauma-related symptoms were significantly reduced for NDPs. Commitment to sobriety was measured by anxiety and depression symptoms which were significantly reduced for chemical dependent partners (CDPs). Trauma, anxiety, and depression reductions were maintained for all participants at follow-up. Maintenance of gains in commitment to sobriety and in emotional intimacy for CDPs failed to reject the null hypotheses. Measures of Self Disclosure, Love and Affection, and Personal Validation were significantly correlated, but were not significantly correlated to Trust or to Emotional Quality. No significant relationship was found between Emotional Quality and Commitment to Sobriety or between Emotional Quality and Emotional Intimacy for CDPs. Conclusions include that a single session of the treatment was efficacious for trauma, anxiety, and depression reduction and for increased commitment to sobriety and intimacy. Treatment gains for trauma, anxiety, and depression reduction were maintained. Commitment to sobriety and emotional intimacy gains tended to be maintained but were not significant. Intimacy measures tended to be related to each other, but relationships among other measures were not significant. Recommendations include larger sample sizes, additional variables of study, and lengthening follow-ups. Comparative treatment methods are recommended. Future research should include families. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 66(4-A), 2005, pp. 1282.
Keywords: Counseling Couples Drug Abuse Emotional Trauma Empirical Study Quantitative Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
277. Bergmann, U. (2001, December). Experiences of EMDR treatment of World Trade Center survivors of September 11. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(4), 33-34.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
My experience in treating the
survivors of the World Trade Center
(WTC) disaster of September 11
has, to date, been comprised of three groups:
those who witnessed the event from the
adjacent streets of the Wall Street financial
district; those who were in the World Trade
Center, on the lower floors of the North Tower
(first tower hit) and were able to escape rather
quickly from the building; and those who were
on the upper floors (75th to 50th), taking a
lengthy time to get down the stairs and then
witnessing the most horrific of events inside
the WTC plaza and in the street, as the towers
collapsed. To date, I have treated 21 survivors.
Keywords: 9/11 World Trade Center WTC
Accuracy Verified: Yes
278. Schottenbauer, M. A. (2006). Expert therapists and practicing clinicians: Reported prototypical treatments of trauma. The Catholic University of America. AAT 3239353.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
PTSD is a frequent psychiatric response to a variety of extreme psychological stressors. While several effective treatments for PTSD such as cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) have been included on lists of empirically supported treatments, nonresponse rates to these treatments can be high. According to patient report, psychodynamic interventions are more common than CBT for PTSD in the community, yet only one randomized controlled trial has included a psychodynamic treatment for PTSD. This dissertation reviews the treatment dropout and non-response rates in studies of empirically supported treatments for PTSD. Next, a case for the value of psychodynamic treatment of PTSD is made, utilizing empirical research on links between the psychopathology of PTSD and psychodynamic concepts such as defenses and relationship patterns. Then, an empirical study was conducted to find out how psychodynamic and CBT therapists treat patients with PTSD, to discover commonalities and defining characteristics of treatment within each group of respondents, and to delineate the unique contributions of psychodynamic psychotherapy to the treatment of such patients.Therapists who identified themselves primarily with psychodynamic/psychoanalytic or cognitive-behavioral theoretical orientations were recruited online through professional organization listservs. They were randomly presented one of four case studies, describing variations on trauma. Participants then completed a Psychotherapy Process Q-Sort to describe quantitatively their ideal treatment of the given patient. Results indicated many similarities among clinicians of widely different perspectives. Among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was psychodynamic, three prototypical treatments were discovered, and among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was cognitive-behavioral, four prototypical treatments were found. Overall, the prototypes in the current study were correlated with, but not identical to, prototypes of PD, CBT, or interpersonal therapy (IPT) developed in previous studies based on experts' ratings. While the literature has suggested that clinicians who treat patients who have PTSD may make alterations in their techniques to address issues that are specific to PTSD, the current study provides some evidence that therapists are not aware of how their treatment for trauma is different from the theoretical approaches they endorse. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 67(10-B), 2007, pp. 6077.
Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Mental Health Personnel Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
279. Brown, P. (2011, March). An exploration of the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) techniques within a solution focused brief therapy (SFBT) framework with children experiencing personal and school related problems. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study was set in a mainstream primary school in Scotland where a group of children
had been identified by their class teachers and parents as presenting as quiet, shy, withdrawn and/or
anxious. The researcher was an educational psychologist in the local authority where the study took
place. 5 primary aged children at stages P5, P6 and P7 (aged 9 to 11 years) of the Scottish Primary
education system were involved in a group process which took place in their school, consisting of
6 sessions over the course of 2 months. The intervention combined elements from Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Solution Focused Brief Therapy (SFBT). This was a
strength based approach which aimed to focus on positive strengths and increase resilience.
The individual nature of the therapy required a flexible model. A qualitative research methodology
was used. The general aim of this research was to investigate this combined therapeutic process
within an applied psychology perspective. The research set out to study the experiences of a group
of children during and after they participated in the process. A further aim of the research was to
explore the process from my own perspective as the therapist and facilitator.
Data was collected during and after each session and post intervention data was collected from
children, parents and teachers. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) was used to analyse
the data. Findings indicated that the children found the intervention helpful and they were able to
identify particular aspects of SFBT and EMDR which they had found useful.
Keywords: Children School-Related Problems SFBT Solution Focused Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
280. Follette, V., & and Smith, A. (2004). Exposure Therapy. In A. Freeman, S. H. Felgoise, A. M. Nezu, C. M. Nezu, & M. A. Reinke (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Cognitive Behavior Therapy (pp. 185-188). Springer.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Exposure therapy has increasingly been used in conjunction with other cognitive—behavioral therapies in a variety of formats and techniques, particularly in the treatment of anxiety disorders. Reasons for the addition of cognitive enhancements to exposure therapy include concerns for client well-being and/or an interest in increasing client willingness to engage the treatment. Other newer therapies such as CPT, ACT, and EMDR, while based in differing theoretical paradigms, incorporate cognitive and behavioral strategies that are consistent with exposure and cognitive change.
Several empirical studies support combinations of exposure and other cognitive—behavioral therapies. However, studies evaluating a possible augmenting effect of other CBT components have generally shown equally promising effects with exposure alone and exposure combined conditions. Further research is needed to more fully understand which components of other cognitive—behavioral therapies are most helpful in addressing concerns of using exposure therapy alone, and the manner in which exposure therapy can be most effectively integrated.
Keywords: Exposure Cognitive Processing Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Inoculation Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
281. Schlosser, F. J. (1993, Fall/Winter). Exposure/EMDR: Diagnostic use of feedback. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(2), 7-10.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
One of the tasks of psychotherapists
is to attempt to reduce anxiety in their
patients. They determine the level of
this anxiety through patient reports,
observations of body language, intuition,
or results of projective and objective
tests. They then gauge therapeutic
effectiveness by the amount of
anxiety reduction as indicated by these
relatively subjective measures. Even
behaviorists, who make much use of
numbers in their evaluations, are not
measuring anxiety but its effect on
the client's behavior. It is my contention
that subjective measures of
anxiety are not appropriate scientific
tools and, if we are to progress in the
development of more effective techniques
for removing or reducing anxiety,
we must devise more objective
and accurate techniques for measuring
this state which we describe ourselves
as "treating."
Accuracy Verified: Yes
282. Hollander, H. E. (2009, March 10). Eye closure, eye movements: ECEM for the treatment of panic and depersonalization disorders. Presentation at the 51st American Society of Clinical Hypnosis Annual Scientific Meeting, Boston, MA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
ECEM, a novel technique that integrates the eye movement component of EMDR
within hypnosis, will be presented, with specific application to panic disorder and to
depersonalization disorder, conceptualized as a subtype of panic disorder. The workshop
will (1) provide a research review of neurophysiology and behavioral measures that support
conceptualization of depersonalization disorder as a subtype of panic disorder; (2) discuss
the use of ECEM (eye movements within hypnosis) to treat panic and depersonalization
disorder; (3) describe specifi c procedures using ECEM to interrupt attacks of panic and
depersonalization disorder; (4) describe how ECEM is used to reverse (up-regulate) feeling
of unfamiliar self, sensory numbness, cognitive freezing, de-realization - core symptoms
of depersonalization disorder; and (5) describe how ECEM is used to manage anticipatory
anxiety associated with panic or depersonalization disorder, recognizing overlap and
differences in hypnotic techniques and utilization of eye movements within hypnosis for
each disorder. Participants should be familiar with, or planning to take courses in EMDR.
The experiential component will include practice in managing dysfunctional breathing
patterns, practice in utilization of self-generated eye movements within hypnosis to treat
anticipatory anxiety-fear of panic or depersonalization episodes, and demonstration of
hypnotic techniques to up-regulate core symptoms of depersonalization disorder.
Upon completing this workshop, the participant should be able to:
1. Define three key characteristics of panic disorder and depersonalization;
2. Discuss ECEM and describe how ECEM is varied to treat one key similarity and
one key diff erence that is required in the management of an episode of
depersonalization disorder as distinct from panic disorder; and
3. Apply ECEM (hypnotic techniques and eye movements within hypnosis) to
modify anticipatory anxiety that is a feature of both panic and depersonalization
disorder.
Keywords: Depersonalization Disorders ECEM Eye CLosure Eye Movements Panic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
283. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Combat Veterans Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
284. Klingler, O. J. (2010). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in der behandlung der posttraumatischen belastungsstörung (PTSD): Seine irksamkeit im vergleich zu alternativen verfahren [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD): Its effectiveness compared to alternative methods]. Grin, 34.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
Hintergrund: Untersuchungen zur Wirksamkeit des EMDR in der Behandlung der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung liefern uneinheitliche Ergebnisse und keine ausreichende Grundlagen für Behandlungsentscheidungen. Fragestellung: Welche Entscheidungsgrundlagen liefert ein „entscheidungsorientiertes Modell der besten Vergleiche“, nach dem nur jene direkten Vergleiche mit anderen aktiven Behandlungsverfahren berücksichtigt werden, die besonderen methodischen Kriterien entsprechen? Methoden: Zusammenfassende Auswertung von randomisierten Vergleichen des EMDR mit alternativen Behandlungsverfahren bezüglich der Zielvariablen Remissionen, Schweregrad der Symptomatik, allgemeines Wohlbefinden und Completer. Ergebnisse: EMDR führt zu günstigeren Ergebnissen im Vergleich zu Placebo und ver-haltenstherapeutischer Exposition und zu keinen ungünstigeren Ergebnissen als Fluoxetine, Entspannungsverfahren und „unvollständiges“ EMDR ohne Augenbewegungen. Schlussfolgerungen: Bei Anwendung des entscheidungs-orientierten Modells der besten Vergleiche legen die vorliegenden Ergebnisse nahe, bei der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung EMDR vorläufig als die Behandlungsmethode der Wahl anzusehen.
[Background: Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder deliver inconsistent results and insufficient basis for treatment decisions. Question: What are the bases for decision provides a "decision-oriented model of the best comparisons" are taken into account according to which only those direct comparisons with other active treatments that meet specific methodological criteria? Methods: Summary analysis of randomized comparisons of EMDR with alternative treatment methods in relation to the target variable remission, severity of symptoms, general well-being and Completer. Results: EMDR leads to better results compared to placebo and behavioral therapeutic exposure and no less favorable results than fluoxetine, relaxation techniques and "incomplete" EMDR without eye movements. Conclusions: Application of decision-oriented model of the best comparisons suggest the results presented at the post-traumatic stress disorder EMDR provisionally be regarded as the treatment of choice.]
Background: Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder deliver inconsistent results and insufficient basis for treatment decisions. Question: What are the bases for decision provides a "decision-oriented model of the best comparisons" are taken into account according to which only those direct comparisons with other active treatments that meet specific methodological criteria? Methods: Summary analysis of randomized comparisons of EMDR with alternative treatment methods in relation to the target variable remission, severity of symptoms, general well-being and Completer. Results: EMDR leads to better results compared to placebo and behavioral therapeutic exposure and no less favorable results than fluoxetine, relaxation techniques and "incomplete" EMDR without eye movements. Conclusions: Application of decision-oriented model of the best comparisons suggest the results presented at the post-traumatic stress disorder EMDR provisionally be regarded as the treatment of choice.
[Background: Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder deliver inconsistent results and insufficient basis for treatment decisions. Question: What are the bases for decision provides a "decision-oriented model of the best comparisons" are taken into account according to Which only those direct comparisons with other active treatments that meet specific methodological criteria? Methods: Summary analysis of randomized comparisons of EMDR with alternative treatment methods in relation to the target variable remission, severity of symptoms, general well-being and Completer. Results: EMDR leads to better results compared to placebo and behavioral therapeutic exposure and no less Favorable results than fluoxetine, relaxation techniques and "incomplete" EMDR without eye movements. Conclusions: Application of decision-oriented model of the best comparisons suggest the results presented at the post-traumatic stress disorder EMDR provisionally be regarded as the treatment of choice].
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
285. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (Ed.). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as a one-stop resource where therapists can access a wide range of protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.
Keywords: Scripted Protocols
Accuracy Verified: Yes
286. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as an authoritative, one-stop resource where therapists can access the full protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.
Keywords: Scripted Protocols
Accuracy Verified: Yes
287. Davidson, P. R., & Parker, K. C. H. (2001, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69(2), 305-316. doi:101037//0022-006x.69.2.305.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a controversial treatment suggested for PTSD and other conditions, was evaluated in a meta-analysis of 34 studies that examined EMDR with a variety of populations and measures. Process and outcome measures were examined separately, and EMDR showed an effect on both when compared with no treatment and with therapies not using exposure to anxiety-provoking stimuli and in pre-post EMDR comparisons. However, no significant effect was found when EMDR was compared with other exposure techniques. No incremental effect of eye movements was noted when EMDR was compared with the same procedure without them. R. J. DeRubeis and P. Crits-Christoph noted that EMDR is a potentially effective treatment for noncombat PTSD, but studies that examined such patient groups did not give clear support to this. In sum, EMDR appears to be no more effective than other exposure techniques, and evidence suggests that the eye movements integral to the treatment, and to its name, are unnecessary. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Behavior Therapy Exposure Therapy Meta Analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
288. Bae, H., Kim, D., & Park, Y. C. (2008). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing for adolescent depression. Psychiatry Investigation, 5(1), 60-65.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
While cognitive behavior therapy is considered to be the first-line therapy for adolescent depression, there are limited data on whether other psychotherapeutic techniques are also effective in treating adolescents with depression. This report suggests the potential application of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for treatment of depressive disorder related, not to trauma, but to stressful life events. At present, EMDR has only been empirically validated for only trauma-related disorders such as posttraumatic stress disorder. Two teenagers with major depressive disorder (MDD) underwent three and seven sessions of EMDR aimed at memories of stressful life events. After treatment, their depressive symptoms decreased to the level of full remission, and the therapeutic gains were maintained after two and three months of follow up. The effectiveness of EMDR for depression is explained by the model of adaptive information processing. Given the powerful effects observed within a brief period of time, the authors suggest that further investigation of EMDR for depressive disorders is warranted.
Keywords: Adolescent Case Report Depression Major Depressive Disorder Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
289. Gosselin, P. W. (1994). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of test anxiety: A study of the effects of eye movement and expectancy on the procedure's results. University of Massachusetts Amherst. AAT 9420630.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, abbreviated EMDR, is a recently discovered technique acclaimed as a major breakthrough for the reduction of anxiety. Numerous anecdotal studies have been presented showing the efficacy of EMDR. There are currently no published studies investigating use of EMDR specifically for test anxiety.
The purpose of this study was to use the EMDR technique to study its efficacy for test anxiety. This study also examined whether or not high and low expectancy conditions significantly affected scores on post-session anxiety ratings. In addition, the procedure was used with and without eye movement to see whether or not eye movement was a critical factor in eliciting positive change in anxiety ratings.
A single session of approximately one hour was conducted individually with 41 subjects, college students reporting test anxiety. The subjects were randomly assigned to one of four conditions reflecting varying combinations of eye movement and expectancy conditions. A 2 x 2 analysis of variance was conducted for expectancy and eye movement factors on two dependent measures. These measures were Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale (SUDs) and the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI).
Results of the study show a significantly greater amount of reduction in the SUDs using the eye movement supporting the hypothesis that eye movement is critical to the efficacy of EMDR. No other statistically significant main effects or interactions were found with measuring the SUDs or TAI. However, it should be noted that all groups showed substantial reductions in post-treatment TAI scores. The expectancy conditions presented to subjects also had no measureably significant effects. There was anecdotal support of the power of the eye movement but no significant behavioral changes other than the reduction in SUDs.
It was concluded that EMDR is worthy of further study with larger samples of the test anxious population. Further study may want to use EMDR in conjunction with other techniques and for more than one session.
Keywords: Test Anxiety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
290. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2002, July/August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing psychotherapy: A model for integrative medicine. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 8(4), 100-103.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Provides information on eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), one of the most widely studied treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Reliance of the procedure on effective ingredients from well-established psychotherapies; Forms of stimulation used; Integrative approach to the patient-therapist relationship.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Techniques PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
291. Puffer, M. K. (1995, May). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with children and adolescents experiencing traumatic memories. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9608112.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This research project evaluated the effectiveness of using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) techniques on children and adolescents (N = 20) between the ages of 7 to 18, who were experiencing anxiety due to traumatic memories. EMDR therapeutic techniques were administered in one 90-minute therapy session to subjects in an experimental group (N = 10) and after a 30-day waiting period, EMDR was administered to subjects in a delayed treatment group (N = 10) to help substantiate the effectiveness of using EMDR with this population. The results of the study indicated a highly significant reduction in anxiety related to traumatic memories in both an experimental group and a delayed treatment group, as measured by the Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS), the Impact of Events (IES) scale, and in the delayed treatment group using the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS) after treatment. There was a lack of significance in the reduction of anxiety in the experimental group, as measured by the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS). The results showed a significant difference in cognition, changing from negative to positive thinking, as measured by the Validity of Cognition (VoC) scale. The findings demonstrate that EMDR may help to measure, treat, and enhance the lives of children and adolescents experiencing anxiety from traumatic memories. It is recommended that future research focus on using standardized psychological tests to support the efficacy of using EMDR with children and adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6421.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Empirical Study Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
292. Fensterheim, H. (1996, March). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with complex personality pathology: An integrative therapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 6(1), 27-38.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Among the explorations of psychotherapy integration, attempts to integrate the cognitive behavioral and psychodynamic approaches are receiving much attention. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is one newly developed method that appears to have successfully achieved such integration. The author presents cases of 2 patients with complex personality problems to illustrate how EMDR does achieve this integration. The cases demonstrate the formulation of dynamic hypotheses based first on a thoughtful clinical understanding of the patient and then reformulated as new information emerges from the free associations elicited by this method. Treatment based on these formulations is through the cognitive and behavioral aspects of the EMDR procedures. Unlike many other integrative methods that have been proposed, the different aspects of this method are not applied separately but form a cohesive whole. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Empirical Study Multimodal Treatment Approach Nonclinical Case Study Personality Disorders Psychotherapeutic Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
293. Erwin, T. M. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A critical analysis. Columbus, OH: Ohio University.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Since Shapiro's introduction of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in 1989, it has been a highly controversial therapeutic technique. Critical reviews of Shapiro's initial study have highlighted many methodological shortcomings in her work. And early empirical research that followed Shapiro's original study has been criticized for using small samples, using limited or nonrepresentative samples, or issues of treatment integrity. Research on EMDR has dramatically increased in both quantity and methodological rigor since the mid-1990s. Moreover, since its first appearance in the literature, EMDR has undergone a number of modifications. This article reviews key research conducted on EMDR since 1995 (using university students and war veterans), highlights issues of concern raised by researchers, and discusses the implications of these findings for the clinical counselor.
Keywords: Counseling Techniques Counseling Theories Criticism Evaluation Methods Eye Movements Research Problems Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
294. Friedberg, F. (2004, November). Eye movement desensitization in fibromyalgia: A pilot study. Complementary Therapies in Nursing and Midwifery, 10(4), 245-249. doi:10.1016/j.ctnm.2004.06.006.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization (EMD) for the relief of pain, fatigue and anxiety and depression in fibromyalgia patients. Six Caucasian female patients (mean age=43.2 yr) participated in two treatment sessions. Outcome assessments included the Fibromyalgia Impact Questionnaire, Fatigue Scale, Beck Anxiety Inventory, and Beck Depression Inventory. In-session process measures included thermal biofeedback monitoring and subjective units of discomfort ratings of pain, stress, and fatigue. Four out of six subjects were considered treatment responders. Thermal biofeedback monitoring revealed an average increase in hand temperature of 5.4 degrees indicating a relaxation effect. At treatment termination, average scores decreased on the measures of anxiety (28.6%), depression (29.9%), fibromyalgia impact (12.6%), and fatigue (11.5%). At the 3-month follow-up assessment, total reductions in average scores from pre-treatment baseline reflected further improvements on measures of anxiety (45.8%), depression (31.6%), fibromyalgia impact (19.2%), and fatigue (26.7%). Because EMD produced a somewhat automatic relaxation response with minimal patient participation, it may be especially useful when standard relaxation techniques fail.
Keywords: Fibromyalgia Pilot Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
295. Wesselman, D. (2010, September/October). Facilitating the journey from fear to love: Using EMDR to treat insecure and disordered attachments in children and adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn to identify the anxious core beliefs of adults and children and the unspoken bonding contract developed in early childhood. Participants will discover new tools for creating more secure attachments, including resource development exercises to strengthen adults’ capacity to nurture self and others, resource development for strengthening attachments between children and parents, and parenting techniques to help facilitate attachment in children. Participants will learn to adapt EMDR to help children with Reactive Attachment Disorder effectively resolve attachment traumas and remove obstacles to love. The presenter will share research data illustrating the impact of EMDR on attachment issues.
Keywords: Adults Attachment Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
296. Shusta-Hochberg, S. (2011, November). Fairy tales and singing bowls: Creatively augmenting adult trauma treatment. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma work requires intense and often protracted effort for therapists and patients alike. While talk therapy to address trauma, empower patients and reduce maladaptive behaviors is a cornerstone of trauma therapy, sometimes it is insufficient. If a patient becomes destabilized during a session, we will need to employ containment or grounding techniques. When the work hits an impasse, we may spark new energy and momentum by introducing an adjunctive technique. Hypnosis and EMDR can be used in various effective ways, and there are many other interventions worth considering. Some adult trauma survivors find that symbolic play with toys or games enables them to work better in session. Several of my patients have found comfort from interventions such as sharing and discussing classic fairy tales and other readings or ringing a Tibetan singing bowl in session. While some interventions are stabilizing, others are perturbing or instigating, bringing up new material to explore. This paper will discuss varying interventions the therapist can utilize that can calm, energize, contain or provoke insights, or provide access to deeper material needed for therapeutic healing. Judicious use of adjunctive alternative referrals such as craniosacral or chiropractic treatment, music and art therapy will be discussed as well.
Learning Objectives:
1) Participants will be able to assess skills and/or materials they have now that could be utilized in this supplemental way: art skills, musical skills or aids such as Tibetan singing bowls, aromatherapy aids such as candles, essential oils or incense; or consider techniques they might like to employ in therapy.
2)Participants will be able to determine which of their current trauma patients might benefit from the addition of supplemental techniques in treatment or from referrals to outside professionals for adjunctive treatment such as art or music therapy, or for bodywork such as craniosacral treatment.
3) Participants will be able to identify opportunities to utilize new interventions in a treatment such as impasses, stalemates, prolonged repeat of narratives without progress, and helping an unstable patient contain affect, achieve relief from agitation or move from a highly dysphoric state.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
297. Greenwald, R. (1994). Family interventions to enhance child EMDR treatment. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(2), 7-8.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Extensive clinical data suggest that
EMDR can be quite rapid and effective
with children under certain conditions
(Greenwald, in press-a, in
press-b). Desirable therapist qualities
include familiarity with an adequate
repertoire of child-oriented
EMDR techniques, as well as the ability
to develop rapport and enlist the
child's coop eration and perseverance.
Child qualities conducive to successful,
brief treatment include a relatively
limited trauma history, as well
as parental support for healing. This
paper will describe two simple family
interventions which can help to mobilize
parental support for the child's
healing.
Keywords: Children Family Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
298. Kaslow, F. W. (2007). Family systems theories and therapeutic applications: A contextual overview. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 35-75). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The purpose of this chapter is to provide a kaleidoscopic overview of the field of family therapy/psychology within which the ensuing chapters can be better understood. To accomplish this massive task within the space limits set, the same format has been followed in the summarization of each of the main theoretical schools. Common key dimensions found in almost all theories are highlighted. The dimensions covered are a synopsis of the theory's basic structure and goals, the techniques and process of each school of therapy, its perceived treatment applicability, and process and/or outcome research on the methodology. Wherever possible, chapters in the book are alluded to in which the author selectively integrates a particular theoretical perspective and treatment approach with his or her Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) clinical work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Family Systems Theory Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
299. Taylor, R. J. (2003, September). Family unifications with reactive attachment disorder: Children – A brief treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will discuss the symptomology of reactive attachment disorder in children and the effects on the family. In addition, the presentation will focus on the treatment mileau of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and how it may be used in the treatment of reactive attachment disorder in children. The discussion also will include a case study of a family with a child age 8 with reactive attachment disorder and the subsequent individual and family therapy. Treatment of choice was EMDR for the child and supportive therapy for the parents. Qualitative evaluation of the process demonstrated that the parents observed an instant changing in the child's attitude. The child reported that she felt better about herself, family, school, and truthfulness. Her statement about the therapy: "It opened a windown for me." In relation to outcomes, a 12 and 24-month evaulation demonstrated continued positive effects. The importance of working with the family in understanding the dynamics of reactive attachement disorder and how improvement occurs will be discussed. Objectives of the session will be to give clinical information to practitioners about children with reactive attachment disorder, how this disorder affects the family, and possible therapeutic intervention techniques to open a diaglogue that will lead to understanding children who are in treatment.
Keywords: Attachment Disorders Educational Counseling Family Therapy Family Unification Individual Psychotherapy Parent Child Relations RAD Reactive Attachment Disorder Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
300. Davis, B. (2008, March 17). Finding help. Wyoming-Tribune-Eagle.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
She uses some special techniques to help officers “air their dirty laundry,” so to speak.
She uses a technique called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, or EMDR, to help the officers recall memories more clearly and be better able to deal with them rationally.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
301. Cahill, S., Foa, E., Rothbaum, B., & Resnick, P. (2004, November). First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after prolonged exposure. In A. Maercker & G. Berthold (Chairs), Beyond RCT research: Evaluating cmmon and new treatment components. Symposium conducted at the 20th International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies Conference, New Orleans, LA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During the past years, PTSD treatment competencies raised tremendously
due to the development and evaluation in randomized controlled trials.
Exposure and cognitive restructuring techniques are basics of a variety of
effective psychotherapies. Our symposium discusses challenges, possible
shortcomings, implications, and new applications of efficacious techniques
(e.g., using the internet).
First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after
prolonged exposure: Despite a substantial body of research accumulated over the 15 years indicating
that exposure therapy programs are highly effective in reducing
PTSD symptom severity and associated anxiety and depression across a
wide range of trauma populations, few therapists utilize this treatment. One
reason offered by therapists for not providing this treatment is their concern
that exposure therapy may result in symptom worsening among individuals
with PTSD (Becker et al., 2003). The purpose of this study was to
investigate the frequency of symptoms worsening and symptom improvement
following Prolonged Exposure (PE), one particular exposure therapy
protocol developed for use in the treatment of PTSD, across five separate
treatment studies (Foa et al., 1991, 1999, in preparation; Resick et al., 2002;
Rothbaum et al., in preparation) and to compare it with other forms of cognitive
behavior therapy (stress inoculation training, cognitive processing
therapy, EMDR) and waitlist controls. Preliminary results based on two of
the five studies (Foa et al., 1999; in preparation) found worsening of PTSD
symptom in less than 1% of participants completing active treatment (N =
162) and 8% of participants completing waitlist (N = 39). PTSD symptom
improvement was found in 90% of participants completing cognitive behavior
therapy (N = 149) compared to 36% participants completing waitlist.
Keywords: Prolonged Exposure Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
302. Zangwill, W. (2005). Float back technique. Author.
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract:
Transcript of the floatback technique.
Keywords: Float Backward Technique Assessment Forms Target Assessment Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
303. Browning, C. (1999,September). Floatback and float forward: Techniques for linking past, present and future. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(3), 12, 34.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The standard EMDR protocol calls for targeting the past origins of a disturbance, present day triggers and creating templates for appropriate behavior in the future (Shapiro, 1995). Some clients, however, may have difficulty connecting their current problems to past events. Similarly, other clients may have difficulty creating positive future templates, especially if the client is anxious about trying new behavior. For these problems the Floatback and Float-forward Techniques, developed by the EMDR Institute Trainer, William Zangwill, Ph.D., are effective methods for linking past, present and future in a clinical setting and providing the therapist with tools for competently addressing both of these issues.
Keywords: Floatback Float Forward
Accuracy Verified: Yes
304. Browning, C. (1999). Flotar hacia atrás y flotar hacia delante: Técnicas para ligar el pasado, Presente y futuro [Floatback and Float Forward: Techniques for the Tie Past, Present and Future]. Presentation at EMDRIA Latinoamericana.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El protocolo estándar de EMDR requiere enfocar los orígenes de la perturbación, los gatillos del presente y crear un patrón de conductas adecuadas para el futuro (Shapiro). Algunos pacientes, sin embargo pueden tener dificultades para conectar su problema actual con acontecimientos del pasado. Así también, otros pacientes pueden tener dificultades para crear patrones positivos para el futuro, especialmente si ensayar conductas nuevas los pone ansiosos. Para estos problemas las técnicas de "Flotar hacia atrás" y "Flotar hacia delante" desarrolladas por William Zangwill Ph. D., entrenador del Instituto EMDR, son métodos efectivos para ligar el pasado, presente y futuro en un ámbito terapéutico y proveen al terapeuta de instrumentos para abordar eficientemente ambos temas.
LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA ATRÁS
Abordar recuerdos tempranos asociados con el material perturbador es fundamental para EMDR. Shapiro dice que ayudar al paciente a encontrar un recuerdo temprano "debe ser una de las primeras opciones que debe considerar al terapeuta..." (Shapiro, 1995). La Técnica de Flotar hacia atrás es un camino eficiente y poderoso para llegar a esta meta, permitiendo al terapeuta asistir al paciente a llevar a cabo sus propias asociaciones con acontecimientos del pasado. Su uso es muy apropiado cuando el terapeuta sospecha que una perturbación que el paciente experimenta en el presente, tiene sus raíces en experiencias del pasado; especialmente cuando preguntas como "Cuál es su recuerdo más temprano en relación a lo que se siente ahora? no ha tenido éxito en ayudar al paciente a conectar con eventos del pasado. También cuando un paciente presenta un tema o experiencia recurrente, la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es ideal para ayudar al paciente a identificar un target para el reprocesamiento. Muchos pacientes se ponen en contacto con los problemas actuales con relativa facilidad. Por ejemplo, una paciente que se queja que se siente abandonada cuando su marido se va de viaje de negocios, probablemente pueda recordar sus problemas actuales con facilidad. Entonces el terapeuta puede aplicar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás para ayudarle a la paciente a recordar un acontecimiento del pasado con rapidez y eficiencia.
Para usar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, arme el protocolo con el problema actual, utilizando los pasos que figuran en el Manual de Entrenamiento del Nivel I y del Nivel II (Shapiro, 1994) incluyendo la imagen, la cognición negativa (CN), la cognición positiva (CP), la validación de la cognición (VoC), emociones, Unidad Subjetiva de Perturbación (SUD) y sensación corporal. Sin embargo, no incide todavía el procesamiento (es decir, movimientos oculares u otra estimulación). En vez de eso, diga a su paciente: "Fíjese en la imagen de... y esas palabras (repita la imagen perturbadora del paciente y su cognición negativa), fíjese que emociones le vienen y donde las siente en el cuerpo. Ahora cierre los ojos y deje que su mente flote hacia atrás a un período anterior en su vida, no busque, simplemente deje que su mente flote a una época donde usted pensaba cosas similares... (repita las emociones que dijo el paciente) en ...(repita los lugares del cuerpo donde el paciente sintió las sensaciones). Cuando esté listo abra los ojos y dígame lo primero que le viene a la mente".
Utilice esta experiencia más temprana como target, completando todos los items del protocolo: imagen, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD y ubicación de las sensaciones corporales y comience a procesar con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Una vez que se ha procesado este material, vuelva al target original del material actual. Muy a menudo se generaliza el trabajo realizado sobre el material más temprano y ya no hace falta procesar el material actual.
Es importante usar términos generales cuando se le dan al paciente las instrucciones de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, es decir, pedir un recuerdo temprano y no el más temprano. Hay varias razones que avalan esto. Primero, muchas veces es el peor recuerdo y no el primero que funciona como el mejor target para el reprocesamiento,. Además, usar términos generales es una ayuda para los pacientes más compulsivos y perfeccionistas que de otra manera estarían demasiado preocupados en no equivocarse y encontrar exactamente la primera asociación. Finalmente, la flexibilidad que permite la utilización de términos generales más que términos específicos aumenta la posibilidad de éxito del paciente de conectarse con el pasado que es la meta de esta técnica.
El rasgo esencial de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es usar las preguntas del protocolo para conectar los problemas del presente con eventos del pasado. Pasar las preguntas como fueron desarrolladas por Shapiro es un potente método para ayudar a los pacientes a sintonizar con todos los aspectos de su experiencia del problema. El material perturbador se vuelve más vívido y actual para el paciente y posibilita recordar experiencias similares. Se supone, como hipótesis, que al haber desarrollado el protocolo con todas las preguntas sobre el problema actual, estimula la red neuronal de asociaciones y posibilita casi sin esfuerzo el "flotar hacia atrás" a asociaciones tempranas.
Además, el vínculo paciente-terapeuta es realzado porque el terapeuta valida la experiencia del paciente (la perturbación actual) al empezar el trabajo desde el punto en el que se encuentra el paciente. Las asociaciones son del paciente, eliminando el tema de la resistencia a cualquier idea o interpretación introducida por el terapeuta. El paciente se da cuenta vivencialmente de la conexión del presente con el pasado usando la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, pudiendo esquivar la evitación y otras defensas.
LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA DELANTE
Mientras que la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás posibilita muy a menudo que los pacientes vean y sientan la conexión entre el problema actual y los eventos pasados, la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante permite que el paciente identifique y reprocese la ansiedad anticipatoria y desarrolle patrones positivos para el futuro. Es un método que puede ser utilizado en cualquier momento del proceso terapéutico para solucionar bloqueos, renuencias y en algunos casos, resistencias o temas de beneficios secundarios o pérdidas. Es especialmente útil para trabajar con el miedo del paciente a hacer EMDR.
Para ponerlo en práctica, primero pida al paciente que imagine lo peor que le puede pasar si hace "X" (por ej. probar una nueva conducta, testear una nueva habilidad, empezar una experiencia nueva). ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si hace EMDR? Que es lo peor que le puede pasar si soluciona este problema? ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si le pone límites a su jefe respecto a la cantidad de trabajo que espera que usted haga? El paciente puede necesitar ayuda para identificar la peor escena. Algunas sugerencias incluyen el miedo a perder el control de sus emociones, el miedo a perder el control de sus funciones corporales como el control de esfínteres, miedo a tener un ataque de pánico, y no poder manejar su vida emocional entre las sesiones.
Una vez que el paciente ha identificado el incidente, pregunte por la peor parte de esa escena y utilícelo como el target de EMDR, armando el protocolo con las preguntas estándar, pero con una leve modificación: pregunte por la imagen que representa la peor parte del peor incidente, por ej. "Cuando usted ve una imagen de si mismo/a haciendo......, que es lo peor que puede pasar?"
Después siga con el resto de las preguntas estándar, es decir, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD, y ubicación de la sensación corporal. Estimule el procesamiento del paciente con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral.
Si el desarrollo de la peor escena del paciente le provoca un miedo racional, puede que se tengan que tomar medidas prácticas para solucionar estas preocupaciones. Por ejemplo, usando la técnica de flotar hacia delante con un chico de 13 años que estaba en un hogar adoptivo transitorio, la peor escena evocada por él fue: "Me van a devolver al Hogar si esta adopción no resulta". Durante el procesamiento, el SUD se redujo de 8 a 3 con bastante rapidez pero de ahí no bajaba. El paciente comentó que no bajaba porque esta "peor escena" podría sucederle realmente y le había sucedido en el pasado. Paramos los movimientos oculares, charlamos un rato y elaboramos un plan para: a) una sesión con sus padres adoptivos para hablar sobre la permanencia de la adopción y b) una llamada en conferencia a su asesor legal para clarificar sus derechos y opciones. Volviendo al target después de esto, le fue posible reducir el SUD a 1 con unos pocos sets de movimientos oculares.
Al utilizar la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante para reprocesar la peor escena, el paciente tiene una oportunidad para resolver la ansiedad anticipatoria. Durante la instalación de la cognición positiva, el paciente está creando patrones positivos para acciones en el futuro. Una mujer cuyo hermano fue verbalmente abusivo con ella en la infancia y en la actualidad la intimidaba, armó una "peor escena" con: "Va a ser igualmente abusivo cuando lo vea la próxima vez". La paciente había hecho mucho EMDR, reprocesando incidentes de la infancia relacionados con el abuso verbal del hermano. Sin embargo, sin un referente positivo vivencial, seguía ansiosa cada vez que interactuaba con él. Pidiéndole que "flote hacia delante" y usando EMDR sobre una de las peores escenas, alivió su ansiedad respecto a una fiesta familiar que tenía pendiente. Instalando una CP de "Ahora estoy más fuerte" le permitió crear una imagen de si misma manejando a su hermano con humor y sintiéndose segura.
A aplicar las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante y ocuparse así del pasado, presente y futuro, el terapeuta de EMDR puede sanar mejor a su paciente. Es más, las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante están basadas en EMDR. Las dos incorporan las preguntas del protocolo standard y le dan al terapeuta y al paciente la oportunidad de manejarse más fluidamente con dicho protocolo.
EMDR standard protocol requires a focus of the origins of the disturbance, the triggers of this and create a pattern of behaviors appropriate to the future (Shapiro). Some patients, however, may have difficulty connecting the current problem with past events. Also, other patients may have difficulty creating positive patterns for the future, especially if you try new behaviors makes them anxious. For these problems the techniques of "float back" and "Float forward" developed by William Zangwill Ph.D., EMDR Institute trainer, are effective methods to link the past, present and future in a therapeutic area and provide the therapist tools to effectively address both issues.
THE ART OF FLOATING BACK
Addressing early memories associated with foreign material is essential to EMDR. Shapiro said that helping the patient to find early memory "must be one of the first options to consider when therapist ..." (Shapiro, 1995). Floating Technique back is a powerful and efficient way to reach this goal, allowing the therapist to assist the patient to carry out their own associations with past events. Its use is most appropriate when the clinician suspects that a disturbance that the patient is experiencing at present, is rooted in past experiences, especially when questions like "What is your earliest memory in relation to what you feel now? Not been successful in helping patients to connect with past events. Also when a patient has a recurrent theme or experience, the Backward Floating Technique is ideal for helping the patient to identify a target for reprocessing. Many patients come into contact with the current problems with relative ease. For example, a patient who complains that she feels abandoned when her husband goes on a business trip, you can probably recall their current problems with ease. Then the therapist can apply the technique Float Backwards to help the patient to remember a past event quickly and efficiently.
To use the technique to back float, arm the protocol to the current problem, using the steps listed in the Training Manual Level I and Level II (Shapiro, 1994) including the image, negative cognition (NC) positive cognition (PC), validation of cognition (VoC), emotions, Subjective Unit of Disturbance (SUD) and bodily sensation. However, it still affects the processing (ie, eye movements or other stimulation). Instead, tell your patient: "Look at the picture ... and those words (repetition of the disturbing image of the patient and negative cognition), note that emotions come from and where you sit on the body. Now close eyes and let your mind float back to an earlier period in your life, look no further, just let your mind float to a time when you thought things like ... (repeat the emotions that said the patient) .. . (repeat parts of the body where the patient felt the sensation). When you are ready open your eyes and tell me the first thing that comes to mind. "
Use this early experience as a target, completing all protocol items: image, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD and location of bodily sensations and begin processing with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. Once this material has been processed, return to the original target of the current material. Very often we generalize the work done on the earlier material and no longer have to render the current material.
It is important to use general terms when the patient is given instructions Technique Float Backwards, ie a memory request early and not earlier. There are several reasons that support this. First, it is often the worst memory and not the first that works as the best target for reprocessing. In addition, using general terms is an aid for compulsive and perfectionistic patients who otherwise would be too concerned with avoiding failure and find exactly the first association. Finally, the flexibility that allows the use of general rather than specific terms increases the likelihood of success of the patient to connect with the past that is the goal of this technique.
The essential feature of the technique is to use Float Backwards questions of protocol to connect the problems of the present with past events. Skip the questions and were developed by Shapiro is a powerful method to help patients to tune into all aspects of their experience of the problem. The foreign material becomes more vivid and present to the patient and possible recall similar experiences. It is assumed, arguendo, that having developed the protocol with all the questions about the current problem, the neural network encourages and facilitates partnerships almost effortlessly "float back" early associations.
In addition, the patient-therapist relationship is enhanced because the therapist validates the patient's experience (current disruption) to start work from the point where the patient is. Partnerships are the patient, eliminating the issue of resistance to any idea or interpretation introduced by the therapist. The patient realizes experientially connecting the present with the past by using the technique Float Backwards, can avoid the avoidance and other defenses.
THE ART OF FLOATING FORWARD
While technology enables Float Backwards often patients to see and feel the connection between the current problem and past events, the forward float technique allows the patient to identify and reprocess anticipatory anxiety and develop positive patterns the future. It is a method that can be used at any time of the therapeutic process to troubleshoot crashes, reluctance and in some cases, resistance or topics of ancillary benefits or losses. It is especially useful for working with the patient's fear to do EMDR.
To put this into practice, first ask the patient to imagine the worst that can happen if you "X" (eg. Try a new behavior, test a new skill, start a new experience.) What's the worst that can happen if you EMDR? That's the worst that can happen if you solve this problem? What's the worst that can happen if you put your head limits on the amount of work expected to do? The patient may need help to identify the worst scene. Some suggestions include fear of losing control of his emotions, fear of losing control of their bodily functions such as bowel and bladder control, fear of having a panic attack and can not manage their emotional life between sessions.
Once the patient has identified the incident, ask for the worst part of that scene and use it as the target of EMDR, setting up the protocol with the standard questions, but with a slight modification: ask for the image that represents the worst of worst incident, eg. "When you see a picture of him / herself by ......, it's the worst that can happen?"
Then follow with the rest of the standard questions, ie, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD, and location of bodily sensation. Stimulate the processing of patients with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation.
If the development of the patient's worst scene provokes a rational fear, you may have to take practical steps to address these concerns. For example, using the technique of floating forward with a boy of 13 who was in a temporary foster home, the worst scene evoked for him was: "I will return home if this adoption is not." During processing, the LDS was reduced from 8 to 3 fairly quickly but it does not down. The patient said he did not go down because the "worst scene" could really happen and had happened in the past. Eye movements stopped, we chatted a while and developed a plan for: a) a meeting with her adoptive parents to discuss the permanence of the adoption and b) a conference call to his legal adviser to clarify your rights and options. Returning to the target after that, it was possible to reduce the LDS-1 with a few sets of eye movements.
Using Floating Technique forward to reprocess the worst scenario, the patient has an opportunity to resolve the anticipatory anxiety. During the installation of the positive cognition, the patient is creating positive patterns for future action. A woman whose brother was verbally abusive to her children and now intimidated, put together a "worst stage" with: "It will be equally unfair when I see him next time." The patient had done much EMDR reprocessing childhood incidents related to verbal abuse of his brother. However, without a positive reference experiential, still anxious every time I interacted with him. Asking him to "float forward" and using EMDR on one of the worst scenes, relieved her anxiety about a family party that was pending. Installing a CP of "I'm stronger now allowed him to create an image of herself driving her brother with humor and feeling safe.
To apply the techniques to float back and forth and deal well past, present and future, the EMDR therapist can heal your patient better. Moreover, techniques to float back and forth are based on EMDR. Both incorporate the standard protocol questions and give the therapist and the patient the opportunity to be managed more smoothly with this protocol.
Keywords: Floatback Technique Float Foward Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
305. Fay, D., Corrigan, F. Fisher, J., Galloway, J., & Mcafee, F. (2010, April). An fMRI study of the integration of “Becoming safely embodied” and EMDR techniques for the de-activation of fear motor neurocircuitry. Symposium presented at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
An fMRI Study of the Integration of “Becoming Safely Embodied” and EMDR Techniques for the De-Activation of Fear Motor Neurocircuitry Frank Corrigan, Consulting Psychiatist, Argyll & Bute Hospital, Lochgilphead, Argyll This panel discussion explores brain imaging results using BSE skills activating left anterior insula intensified with alternating bilateral stimulation (ABS) from Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (Shapiro 1992). It suggests positive feelings associated with brain activations deactivate areas involved in motor responses to threat.
Keywords: Fear Motor Neurocircuitry fMRI Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
306. McGuire-Bouwman, K. (1998). Focusing and the "power" therapies. Presentation at the 10th International Focusing Conference, Spring Valley, New York .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While research is needed to prove what look to be dramatic effects, the attention of medical and psychological science is being captured by approaches which work with the "body,"such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy, and Emotional Freedom Techniques™. Focusing has always been a "body-based" therapy and has always, in the experience of we who practice focusing-oriented therapy, produced results much more dramatic than "just talking" therapy. What is the relationship between focusing, EMDR, TFT, and EFT? How are they similar/different? How can knowledge of focusing therapy integrate with and enhance the application of these new "power" therapies? Without claiming to be an expert in the new techniques, Dr. McGuire will demonstrate Focusing Therapy, EMDR, and EFT with audience volunteers and lead a discussion on inter-relationships. Other focusing-oriented therapists who are specialized in one of the power therapies would be welcome to participate. If others have submitted similar proposals, we could combine into a three-hour panel with demonstrations. 1.5 hrs. Kathy McGuire-Bouwman, PhD.
Keywords: EFT Focusing Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
307. Schofield, T. (1998, October). Francine Shapiro. The Family Journal, 6(4), 337-345. doi:10.1177/1066480798064016 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) provides an eight-phase emotionally corrective experience described as a "learning catalyst" for reprocessing traumatic events. The originator of EMDR discusses the experiences that influenced her innovative approach. EMDR is discussed as a learning catalyst, and many misconceptions about the approach are addressed. (EMK) Note:The following two links are not-applicable for text-based browsers or screen-reading software.
Keywords: Counseling Techniques Counseling Theories Counselors Eye Movements Family Counseling Misconceptions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
308. Korkmazlar, U., Kurt, B., Bilgisin, G., & Atçeken, S. H. (2012, June). From child to family: Team work with EMDR [Del Niño a la Familia: Trabajo en Equipo EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on why we need team work especially when we are working with children and how do we integrate
EMDR into our clinical work. We believe that when working with children, the teamwork and the cooperation with the family system are
crucial. Most of the time parents bring their children to therapy as identified patients and want us to fix them. However, in the first session we
realize that most of the child’s difficulties stem from unhealthy family system and parents’ conflicted relationship patterns. Most problems
arise from attachment and trust/ security issues. We observe that when children have difficulty choosing home as safe place; this is a first sign
that there are problems in the family system. Therefore, how we integrate the safe place exercise with play therapy, and the use of EMDR with
storytelling method will be explained. We believe that after a couple of sessions with children, it is very effective referring parents to individual
or couples therapy to work on their own relational and attachment issues to improve children’s mental health. We also mention how to use
EMDR for unresolved trauma and deficient family resources that have been carried from previous generations. The effects of parents’ own
attitudes and problems on children and their own inter-generational attachment issues are going to be explicated in detail including EMDR
therapy to resolve those unfinished business. All these topics above will be explained with case examples.
Esta presentación se centrará en por qué necesitamos trabajar en equipo, especialmente cuando trabajamos con niños y cómo
integramos EMDR dentro de nuestro trabajo clínico. Creemos que cuando trabajamos con niños, el trabajo en equipo y la cooperación con
el sistema familiar son cruciales. La mayor parte del tiempo, los padres traen a sus hijos a terapia como pacientes identificados y quieren que
los curemos. Sin embargo, en la primera sesión, nos damos cuenta de que la mayoría de las dificultades del niño provienen de un sistema
familiar poco sano y de las pautas relacionales conflictivas de los padres. La mayor parte de los problemas surgen de problemas de apego y
confianza / seguridad. Observamos que cuando los niños tienen dificultades escogiendo su hogar como lugar seguro, es una primera señal
de que existen problemas en el sistema familiar. Por tanto, explicaremos cómo integramos el ejercicio del lugar seguro dentro de la terapia
de juego y cómo usamos EMDR con el método cuentacuentos. Creemos que después de un par de sesiones con niños, es muy efectivo el
derivar a los padres a terapia individual o de pareja para trabajar en sus propios problemas relacionales y de apego para mejorar la salud
mental de los niños. También mencionamos cómo usar EMDR para el trauma no resuelto y para recursos familiares deficientes que han sido
pasados de generaciones anteriores. Se explicarán en detalle los efectos de las actitudes y problemas de los padres sobre los niños y sus
propios problemas intergeneracionales de apego, incluyendo la terapia EMDR para resolver esos temas incompletos. Todos los temas
anteriores serán explicados con ejemplos de casos.
Keywords: Children Family Team Work
Accuracy Verified: Yes
309. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.
Keywords: Children Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
310. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). From the general to the specific—selecting the target memory. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 101-109. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.101.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book Integrating EMDR Into Your Practice (Royle & Kerr, 2010), which is a hands-on guide to facilitate the successful integration of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) training into therapists' practice while recognizing that trainees come from a range of theoretical backgrounds. This excerpt focuses on identifying the appropriate target memory and its related negative cognition (NC) in preparation for desensitization. Clients and therapists need to understand the rationale for selecting a particular target utilizing prioritization and clustering techniques. The importance of the belief system is discussed and methods of identifying the initial targets are offered, including the floatback technique. Many practitioners experience difficulty in getting the right NC, and methods for drawing this out are illustrated. Final preparations prior to desensitization are considered as well as the importance of addressing client anxieties and expectations. Throughout the excerpt, case vignettes are used to outline cautions and common pitfalls encountered by the novice EMDR therapist.
Keywords: Client Anxiety Negative Cognition Preparation Phase Target Memory Treatment Plan
Accuracy Verified: Yes
311. van der Kolk, B. A. (2009, December). Frontiers of trauma treatment. Presentation at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The study of psychological trauma has been accompanied by an explosion of knowledge about how experience shapes the
central nervous system and the formation of the self. We have learned that most experience is automatically processed on
a subcortical level, i.e. by “unconscious” interpretations that take place outside of awareness. Insight and understanding
have only a limited influence on the operation of theses subcortical processes. When addressing the problems of traumatized
people who, in a myriad of ways, continue to react to current experience as a replay of the past, there is a need for therapeutic
methods that do not depend exclusively on understanding and cognition. This workshop surveys current research on how
people’s brains, minds and bodies respond to traumatic experiences, and will specifically address the use of affect modulation
techniques, EMDR, yoga, theater, and neurofeedback in overcoming various aspects of the destabilization and disintegration
caused by trauma.
Educational Objectives
1) To describe three new approaches in the treatment of trauma.
2) To describe the differences between how ordinary memories are stored contrasted with the memory
processing of traumatic experiences.
Keywords: Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
312. Pagani, M. (2013, June). Functional and structural neuroimaging and EEG monitoring related to EMDR and CBT treatments for PTSD. Presentation at the 13th annual conference for the European Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ESTSS), Bologna, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the recent past several neuroimaging studies aimed at evaluating the neural correlates of PTSD-related psychotherapies revealing their neurobiological effects on brain function. Functional studies by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and electroencephalography (EEG) detected changes in cerebral blood flow and neuronal activation patterns, identifying the brain areas implicated in the various components of emotional processing and/or affected by the disorder. Investigations by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed PTSD-related structural changes.
The first part of the workshop will review the neuroimaging methodologies and findings in PTSD treatment-related research with an extensive review of previous literature on the neurobiological effects of the various psychotherapies. The second part will deal with the description and implementation in research and clinic of neuropsychological testing with brief comments and discussion about their use in recent studies published by our group. In the third part the EEG monitoring of a complete set of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapies in 30 patients suffering of major trauma as compared to 20 healthy controls will be presented. These findings will also be compared to the neurobiological effects of trauma-focussed Cognitive Behavioural Therapy in a second group of psychologically traumatized clients. The results are the first report ever on the neurobiological changes occurring before, during and after PTSD-related psychotherapies shedding light on the neuronal processes underlying their clinical efficacy.
The description and the discussion about the contents of the workshop will provide the audience (1) the necessary information to understand the methodological principles behind neuroimaging techniques (SPECT, EEG and MRI) and their possible applications in research and clinic; (2) the up-dated critical knowledge of the published papers in the field of PTSD-related psychotherapies functional and anatomical studies; (3) the basic research principles and examples to be motivated to start, take part and/or collaborate to functional studies in order to better understand the neural basis of psychotherapeutic techniques. The presented material will represent the state-of-the-art of the current neuroscience PTSD-related research and of the neuroimaging methodologies available at the moment.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
313. Spindler, C. (2007, June). Gentle EMDR: A precursor to standard EMDR protocol. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the last few years several EMDR clinicians have introduced new approaches which have expanded on EMDR. Two examples are Ricky Greenwald's techniques for 'running a movie' and David Grand's performance enhancement techniques using visualization. GENTLE EMDR is a similar expansion of standard protocol. GENTLE EMDR follows basic EMDR protocol with additional emphasis on the emotions and body sensations connected to the target. Visualilzation is then tuilized to release these emotions and sensations one at a time until the target shows a SUDS of 0. At this point, positive cognitions are installed. The advantage of visualization is that it buffers the emotions with associated with the target, thus reducing abreactions, dissociations and resistance to further EMDR treatment. One advantage of Gentle EMDR is that a client does not need to face the target directly because emotions and body sensations are broken down into management segments. Thus, Gentle EMDR works well with clients who are too fragile to tolerate the standard protocol. One example of the use of visualization would be if the target is "being physically attacked." Clients are first asked what they feel when they think of the attack and where they feel it in their body. Next, clients are asked to visualize a river passing them, while they sit in a protective (safe) place. Finally, clients are asked how the water would appear if it was the identified emotion (such as a particular color) and to let the water flow past until the appearance of the emotional reaction dissipates. Once this is done, clients are asked to name the next emotion that eminates when thinking about the physical attack, allowing the water to 'clear' that emotion as well. When the emotions are approached in this way, the target typically becomes neutralized. The entire process is done using bilateral stimulation. Gentile EMDR is easily taught and has been well received by clinicians at Univerities and Clinical Practices in the United States.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
314. Shapiro, F., & White, K. (2012). Getting past your past take control of your life with self-help techniques from EMDR therapy. Old Saybrook, CT: Tantor Media.
Language: English
Format: Audio
Abstract:
Francine Shapiro, the creator of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) explains how our personalities develop and why we become trapped into feeling, believing, and acting in ways that don't serve us. Through detailed examples and exercises, listeners will learn to understand themselves and why the people in their lives act the way they do....
Keywords: Francine Shapiro Interview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
315. Shapiro, F. (2012). Getting past your past: Why we are who we are and what to do about it, with self-help techniques from EMDR therapy. Emmaus, PA: Rodale Books.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Francine Shapiro, the creator of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) explains how our personalities develop and why we become trapped into feeling, believing, and acting in ways that don't serve us. Through detailed examples and exercises, listeners will learn to understand themselves and why the people in their lives act the way they do....
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Self-Help Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
316. Richards, J. B. (2010, June). Group EMDR after individual trauma treatment as assistance back into everyday life. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The learning objectives are as follows;
By the end of the workshop, participants will demonstrate:
An awareness of the potential value of group EMDR for traumatised
clients.
An understanding of the place of group EMDR as a final stage
in treatment, after individual EMDR trauma therapy.
Familiarity with a range of EMDR techniques which are useful
in this mode of treatment.
This experiential workshop will commence with a short Power-
Point presentation, including some client material.
There will then follow a brief discussion, followed by an opportunity
to try out a group experience of using EMDR techniques
The use of group EMDR as a stage of EMDR trauma treatment
arose from the expressed need of clients for a sense of shared
experience, and peer support as they returned to everyday life
as a changed person. Many have physical impairments as a re^
suit of their traumatic experiences, and feel a sense of empathic
understanding when sharing their difficulties.
A further benefit has been the improved reflective functioning displayed
by the group members, which may be related to greater
Vagus nerve relaxation, and resulting increased neocortical activity.
The workshop leader is an accredited EMDR practitioner, who
has been treating traumatised people individually and in groups
for more than thirty years, and has been using EMDR in groups
increasingly in recent times.
Keywords: Group Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
317. Schneider, C. & Gismondi, M. (1999, February). A guide to the neurodevelopmental "power therapies" and their use in the treatment of PTSD and related somatic complaints . Presentation at the Winter Brain Meeting, Plam Springs, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this four-hour workshop, we will combine hands-on technique demonstration with psychobiological theory concerning the state-of-the-art psychotherapeutic treatment of trauma and related somatization disorders.
Learning Objectives
(1) Understand the significance and evolution of the Power Therapies, i.e., those new or little known trauma psychotherapy techniques that offer significant improvements over traditional methods in terms of the speed, depth and permanence of trauma symptom
reduction while minimizing client retraumatization or destabilization. The original "Power Therapies" categorization was developed by traumatologist Dr. Charles Figley and involves four "cutting edge" trauma psychotherapy techniques, Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy (an accupressure-based desensitization tool) , Traumatic Incident Reduction and Neurolingusitic Programming's Visual-Kinesthetic Dissociation. Protocols for all four methods will be reviewed.
(2) Achieve introductory-level working knowledge of both the techniques, their underlying theoretical rationale and suspected neurophysiological mechanisms of action.
(3) Learn Power Therapy integration strategies and explore their clinical utility.
(4) Become familiar with the concept of the Neurodevelopmental Power Therapy integration strategies, it's roots in the work of Allen Schore, Bruce Perry and Bessel Van der Kolk and it's implications for Neurotherapy and the Neurosciences as a whole.
(5) Review the field experiments of Dr. Schneider combining EMDR with the "crossover point" in alpha-theta training and the possible therapeutic/ scientific synergies between EEG Brainmapping and neurotherapy on the one hand and the neurodevelopmental power therapies on the other.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Neurodevelopment Power Therapies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
318. Shapiro, F., Kaslow, F. W., & Maxfield, L. (2007). Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc. xxxiii, 470 pp.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Starting with the Foreword by Daniel Siegel, MD, the Handbook demonstrates in superb detail how you can combine EMDR’s information processing approach with family systems perspectives and therapy techniques. An impressive and needed piece of work, Handbook of EMDR and Family Therapy Processes provides a clear and comprehensive bridge between individual and family therapies.
Keywords: Family Therapy Processes Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
319. Vogelmann-Sine, S. (1998). Healing hidden pain: resolving the effects of childhood abuse and neglect. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications (1st ed.) (pp. 167-190). New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: W
hen EMDR is incorporated into a treatment plan, the treatment outcome is primarily determined by the clients' willingness and ability to trust their therapists and face the painful feelings that are limiting their functioning. Each treatment plan has to be carefully designed in order to assist individuals to overcome behavior adaptations based on trauma and assist them to function more adequately in the present. I have found it most effective to educate clients about their trauma history and the adaptations they have to make and enlist them as active participants in the healing process. A collaborative relationship is necessary in order to determine whether clients are willing and able to take the risks necessary to face painful emotions and experiences in order to overcome barriers in their lives. The therapeutic journey discussed in this chapter is inspiring because it illustrates the complexity of such a healing process. "Susan's" story demonstrates that EMDR is a tool that can help clients go back in time and develop those parts of their personalities that could not emerge because of an invalidating environment. [Text, p. 169]
Keywords: Adults Americans Case Report Child Abuse Females Life Experiences Neglect Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
320. Forgash, C. A., & Copeley, M. (2008). Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
"This book pioneers the integration of EMDR with ego state techniques and opens new and exciting vistas for the practitioners of each." --From the foreword by John G. Watkins, PhD, founder of ego state therapy
"This is a book about polypsychism and trauma. It offers a number of creative syntheses of EMDR with several models of polypsychism. It also surveys and includes many other models of contemporary trauma theory and treatment techniques. The reader will appreciate its enrichment with case examples and very generous bibliographic material. If you are a therapist who works with patients who have been traumatized, you will want this book in your library." --Claire Frederick, MD, Distinguished Consulting Faculty, Saybrook Graduate School and Research Center
"Training in EMDR seems to have spread rapidly among therapists in recent years. In the process, awareness is growing that basic EMDR training may not be adequate to prepare clinicians to effectively treat the many cases of complex trauma and dissociation that are likely to be encountered in general practice. By integrating it with ego state therapy, this book may just serve as a crucial turning point in the development of EMDR by providing a model for productively applying it to the treatment of this important and sizeable clinical population." --Steven N. Gold, PhD, President Elect, APA Division of Trauma
The powerful benefits of EMDR in treating PTSD have been solidly validated. In this groundbreaking new work nine master clinicians show how complex PTSD involving dissociation and other challenging diagnoses can be treated safely and effectively. They stress the careful preparation of clients for EMDR and the inclusion of ego state therapy to target the dissociated ego states that arise in response to severe and prolonged trauma. [Springer]
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
321. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.
Keywords: Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
322. Herbert, C. (2004, February). Healing the inner child - EMDR imagery re-scripting technique with complex trauma clients. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neuropsychological findings indicate that affect regulation is learned through secure attachment during the first year of an infant's life (Siegel, 1999; Schore, 1994, 1996). Poor affect regulation is one of the main indicators of clients diagnosed with Personality Disorders and those having experienced early life trauma, e.g. CSA or other abuse. Hence, one of the aims of a successful treatment outcome is healthy affect control. Yet, few therapeutic approaches for Personality Disorder or Complex Trauma currently focus ont the quality and re-building of such clients' early attachment relationships. Herbert (2002, 2003) describes a therapeutic framework, utilizing both EMDR and CBT (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) technqiues for working with complex client problems, that incorporates an assessment of the quality of early attachment relationships and, based on this, various therapeutic methods, such as imaginal re-nurtuing, which aid clients to re-script and repair ruptures in clients' experiences of their early attachment relationships. Clinical practice indicates that through the use of these techniques, clients with previously poor affect control and functionally disrupted lives, can learn to build a more secure and functionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. a) The learning objectives for this presentation are to introduce participatns to 1. the concept of attachment and its role ind determining affect control, 2. a therapeutic framework for working with clients with complex problems, and 3, clinicial technqiues that hep repair deficits in early attachment relationships to allow cients build healthy mechanisms of affect control.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Personality Disorders Re-Scripting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
323. Brokaw, N. S. (2006, March 20). Healing the pain: Counselor, minister helps people help themselves. Bloomington, IL: Pantagraph, Main, Money C1.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Over that time, Mather has explored new counseling techniques, particularly as insurance companies and other financial constraints continue to demand faster results. Whether Mather is using hypnosis, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), thought field therapy (TFT), biofeedback, self-psychology, good old talk therapy or something else, his goal is the same - to help patients lead better lives.
Keywords: Overview General Bloomington, IL
Accuracy Verified: Yes
324. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and
behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching
sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment
during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual
functioning concerns.
EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded
issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken
to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex
therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This
can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills,
and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique.
There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative
messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can
be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse.
EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular
objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions.
Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual
response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving
sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the
techniques.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Sexual Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
325. Herbert, C. (2003, May). Healing the “inner child” – EMDR imagery rescripting techniques with complex trauma clients. In Attachment and complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR-based imagery re-scripting techniques with a modified concept of Cognitive Schema Modes (Young, 1999). Based on clinical case examples, the use of imagery techniques, which draw on all sensory modalities (involving cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) during the auditory application of EMDR will be described, to help complex trauma clients firstly approach and recognize and subsequently attach to and nurture the image of their own “inner child”. Rather than establishing a sense of unrealistic dependency on the therapist by integrating him or her as the sole nurturer, clients are encouraged to develop an image of their own ‘healthy adult’, who can learn to take on the role of internal re-nurturing, protection and healing of the ‘inner child’. Techniques for overcoming blockages between a client’s ‘healthy adult’ and their ‘inner child’ representations are described. It is proposed that differentiating between ‘child’ and ‘adult’ modes and tuning into these through deep-level EMDR processing, allows clients to re-connect to feelings associated with their earlier experiences of helplessness and dependency during childhood, which can now be re-experienced within a safe and nurturing context. It is suggested that this will allow higher order brain systems, such as the hippocampus, to remain active and therefore enable cognitive and structural re-organization of the stored material in the brain and body cells. Once a positive attachment bond between a client’s internalised ‘inner child’ and ‘healthy adult’ modes has been achieved this can then be utilized further during direct trauma processing work. It is argued that healing of the ‘inner child’ enables healing of the adult client so that a more positive and secure sense of self can be achieved.
Keywords: Attachment Theory Complex PTSD Imagery Inner Child Rescripting Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
326. Treadway, D. C. (2008, September). The heart of loving: A new model of couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Treadway’s new model of organizing couples therapy helps the clients design their own treatment plan. This workshop will show how couples choose whether to work on making changes in the here and now, focus on healing from the wounds of their past, or work through their trauma history from their family
FRIDAY
of origin. Once couples choose whether to focus on the present or the past, this model then has a variety of additional choices for a couple to explore. Couples might decide to work on communications or behavior changes, problem solving or sexual intimacy. And since many of the couples’ issues stem from trauma in their respective childhoods or earlier in their relationship, Dr. Treadway will demonstrate how he explores the healing possibilities of utilizing EMDR adjunctively or independently. This workshop will particularly address ways couples can learn to be intimate and sexual, despite their inevitable tensions and trauma history. Participants will learn practical techniques and exercises for helping couples talk honestly about their sexual preferences and differences, be more playful with each other, and design their own solutions to sexual impasses. Dr. Treadway will also explore how couples can rekindle romance and bring spirituality into their erotic life together.
Keywords: Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
327. Waldon, A. P. (2006). Hello Strength & Bravery: A Resource Workbook for Children. (Online) LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client to create a notebook of drawings of the child`s own strengths and resources. Each page offers a "pick list" of examples related to the positive thought in the headline for that page. On each page the child is instructed to create a drawing or sculpture, or to tell or write a story related to that positive thought or resource.
This workbook is helpful to the EMDR therapist in several situations - for installation of resources in the Preparation phase of EMDR Therapy, for positive hands-on activities at the end of child therapy sessions, for selected parents to use at home to reinforce installation of positive resources, and for strength building if the child`s home life is too unstable for trauma processing. This workbook serves as a good companion to Goodbye Yucky Thoughts and Feelings. The workbook is also designed for use by non-EMDR therapists to help build confidence and a sense of mastery.[EMDRResources Abstract]
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
328. Yordy, J. (2010, April/May). Helping children shrink the worry monster utilizing EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
An increasing number of children are suffering from anxieties, stress and even obsessive and compulsive behaviors. Different EMDR approaches are helpful for children in facilitating the release of anxieties and altering primitive brain patterns. This workshop will briefly describe some of the causes of children’s anxieties, the brain/body connection to anxiety and some simple calming techniques for releasing stress. In addition, an in-depth introduction to three EMDR child-friendly techniques for working with anxiety and trauma will be described. Case examples for each technique will be utilized to enhance the understanding of the three therapy techniques.
Keywords: Children Worry Monster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
329. McKay, L. (2006). Helping the helpers: Understanding, assessing, and treating humanitarian workers experiencing acute stress reactions. Pasadena, CA: Headington Institute.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Where there is crisis or hardship, there are usually humanitarian workers. Hundreds of
thousands strong, they are usually employed by one of the many non-governmental
organizations (NGOs) currently operating worldwide. The diversity of roles that a
humanitarian worker can undertake is staggering. Some work specifically in aid and
disaster response. This can include famine relief, refugee aid, emergency relief after
natural disasters, or the provision of primary health care services. Other humanitarian
workers focus more generally on civil society and peace-building, human rights,
education, advocacy, economics, governmental and election monitoring, arms-control
and refugee, gender and/or children’s issues. All of these diverse roles and aims are
linked by a common end – service in the face of crisis and suffering worldwide.
Keywords: Acute Stress Reactions Helpers Humanitarian Workers Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
330. Shapiro, F. (2012, August 29). Helping you and your children make it through divorce. Huffington Post. Retrieved from on http://www.huffingtonpost.com/francine-shapiro-phd/helping-you-and-your-chil_2_b_1837948.html?utm_hp_ref=divorce-advice 9/5/2012..
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The need to regulate your own responses cannot be overstated. Your anger, depression or anxiety can cause lifelong problems for your children. Remember, just because negative reactions emerge does not make them true or useful. Self-help techniques can help you stay in control. You can find some in my book, Getting Past Your Past: Take Control of Your Life with Self-Help Techniques from EMDR Therapy. For instance, one adult client kept rehashing a fight. Another child client kept seeing his father angrily walk out the door for the last time. You can help yourself and your children get rid of distressing mental pictures by imagining it on top of paint in a can. Then, just stir it up. That disrupts "working memory" and makes it go away. You can also use other techniques to immediately change negative emotions or thoughts. This will empower both you and your children. It will also allow you to be present with your children and show enough happiness so they don't feel like they have to take care of you. No child deserves that burden. [Exceprt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
331. Ichii, M., Amano, T., & Yoshikawa, H. (2012, June). Hemodynamic responses during EMDR treatment of traumatic memory [Respuestas hemodinámicas durante el tratamiento de memorias traumáticas con EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In order to investigate brain activity during EMDR, 52-channel
NIRS（near –infrared spectroscopy) and heart rate were measured in treating a
traumatic memory of non-clinical twenty five year old woman. A target memory
was sexually molestation by a stranger when she was ten years old, and forced to
touch penis of perpetrator. And IES-R score was as low as 11. A well-experienced
EMDR therapist (=M.I.) applied estandarized EMDR protocol. Negative cognition
was “I am shameful person”, and positive cognition was ”I deserve to live.” The
body location is both arms and hands. By thirty-seven sets of EM, 7.5 level of SUDs
decreased to 0, and VOC went up from 3.5 to 7. The [oxy-Hb] change in right
orbitofrontal cortex increased as the negative emotion went up, and decreased
rapidly after processing. The [oxy-Hb] change in left orbitofrontal cortex
decreased just after cognitive interweave of responsibility was done. The [oxy-Hb]
variation in right temporal lobe increased rapidly, and the [oxy-Hb] change in left
temporal lobe decreased when direction of EM was changed from horizontal to
diagonal movement when negative imagery disappeared. Heart rate data show
gradual decreasing tendency throughout the session. Within each set, heart rate
also decreased by EM. By monitoring NIRS, various techniques or pivotal
processes in EMDR may be supposed to influence brain. In order to confirm the
relationship, we should collect data from more subjects.
Para
poder
investigar
la
actividad
cerebral
durante
EMDR,
se
midieron
la
NIRS
(espectroscopia
cercana
al
infrarrojo)
de
52
canales
y
el
ritmo
cardíaco
para
tratar
los
recuerdos
traumático
de
una
mujer
no
clínica
de
veinticinco
años.
Un
recuerdo
diana
fue
un
abuso
sexual
de
un
extraño
cuando
tenía
10
años
y
el
agresor
la
obligó
a
tocarle
el
pene.
La
puntuación
del
IES-‐R
fue
de
11.
Un
terapeuta
EMDR
con
experiencia
(=M.I.)
aplicó
el
protocolo
estándar
de
EMDR.
La
cognición
negativa
fue
“Soy
una
persona
vergonzosa”,
y
la
cognición
positiva
fue
”Merezco
vivir.”
La
localización
corporal
fue
en
ambos
brazos
y
manos.
Después
de
37
sets
de
movimientos
oculares,
el
SUD
de
7,5
bajó
a
0,
y
el
VOC
subió
de
un
3,5
a
un
7.
El
cambio
[oxy-‐Hb]
en
el
córtex
órbitofrontal
derecho
aumentó
a
medida
que
aumentaba
la
emoción
negativa,
y
disminuyó
rápidamente
después
del
procesamiento.
El
cambio
[oxy-‐Hb]
en
el
córtex
órbitofrontal
izquierdo
disminuyó
justo
después
de
hacerse
un
entrelazado
cognitivo
de
responsabilidad.
La
variación
[oxy-‐Hb]
en
el
lóbulo
temporal
derecho
aumentó
rápidamente,
y
el
cambio
[oxy-‐Hb]
en
el
lóbulo
temporal
izquierdo
disminuyó
al
cambiar
la
dirección
de
los
movimientos
oculares
de
horizontal
a
diagonal
cuando
desapareció
la
imagen
negativa.
Los
datos
del
ritmo
cardíaco
muestran
una
tendencia
decreciente
gradual
a
lo
largo
de
la
sesión.
En
cada
una
de
las
tandas,
el
ritmo
cardíaco
también
disminuyó
por
los
movimientos
oculares.
A
través
de
monitorear
el
NIRS,
se
supone
que
diversas
técnicas
o
procesos
centrales
en
EMDR
influyen
en
el
cerebro.
Para
poder
confirmar
esta
relación,
deberíamos
recolectar
datos
de
más
sujetos.
Keywords: Hemodynamic Responses
Accuracy Verified: Yes
332. Bergmann, U. (2008). Hidden selves: Treating dissociation in the spectrum of personality disorders. In C. Forgash & M. Copeley (Eds.), Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (pp. 227-265). New York: Springer Publishing Co. xxi, 361 pp.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter will examine the applications of the ego state concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR process in order to facilitate the treatment relationship--especially with the lonely, vulnerable ego states--as well as identify and strengthen the more developed self-aspects. Treatment is usually long-term EMDR, interweaving the activation of fear-based, aggressive, infantile ego states necessary to facilitate, deepen, and accelerate desensitization and reprocessing. Case examples will be offered of the treatment of passive-aggressive and narcissistic personality disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Dissociation Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
333. Grey, E. (2009, August). Holistically stressed: A qualitative investigation of EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
To the researcher’s knowledge, there is no phenomenological knowledge of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with a sub-clinical stressed population. The vast majority of EMDR research has focused on traumatized and clinical populations, leaving a significant gap in what the non-traumatized or sub-clinically stressed participants’ experience. Sub-clinical stress includes any level of stress that does not meet the DSM-IV-TR’s criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) or acute stress disorder (ASD). Additionally, a gap in the literature exists in giving a voice to the participants’ experience of EMDR treatment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the lived experiences of body sensations, emotions, beliefs, and imagery during EMDR treatment of participants with sub-clinical stress. Participants fit into either a young adult (18-35), adult (36-49), or older adult (50-60) maturity category and did not meet the criteria for PTSD or ASD. The sample consisted of 12 participants, from a large metropolitan area in the Northeastern United States. The participants chief complaints included economic stress, relationship stressor, and critical self-talk. The researcher employed a qualitative phenomenological design to gather data in order to answer the research question: what are the lived experiences of sub-clinically stressed participants’ body sensations, beliefs, emotions, and memory imagery during EMDR treatment? The data was collected using the EMDRIA approved research treatment protocol. The researcher included the floatback technique in every reprocessing session to complying with the tenet of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. After installing a safe-place and five reprocessing sessions, the researcher administered a final interview asking questions about what the participants’ experienced in their body, thoughts, emotions, and memory images. All reprocessing session were completed when the participant indicated a SUDs of ‘0’ and a VOC of ‘7’. The data collected during every reprocessing session and the final interviews were analyzed using constant comparative techniques and open coding; verified with member check techniques. The results identify five thematic holistic experiences common in all participants. The themes of responsibility, safety, choices, power, and value emerged from the data. The findings indicate a participants’ lived experience may expand the cognitive themes described in the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The themes of responsibility, safety, power, and value were targeted and reprocessed as disturbing memories. The participants experienced these themes as feeling overly responsible, unsafe, valueless, and/or powerless. The holistic manifestation of the themes of choices emerged as the outcome towards a more adaptive perspective of the disturbing targeted memories. The results of this study further indicate that it may be beneficial to address all four maladaptive themes in mind and body for effective sub-clinical stress resolution. The findings inform scholarly and clinical understanding of the Adaptive Information Processing Model concepts of responsibility, safety, and choices. The findings of this study preliminarily expand the previously unknown holistic manifestation of these themes in sub-clinical participants’ lived sensory experiences. These themes are now in need of additional research to verify and validate the findings of this study.
Keywords: Poster Sub-Clinical Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
334. May, R. (2005). How do we know what works?. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 19(3), 69-73. doi:10.1300/J035v19n03_07.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This commentary raises questions about how we assess therapeutic techniques. In particular, it critiques a recent paper promoting EMDR for use with college students.
Keywords: Brief Therapy College Students Comment Evaluation Letter Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Techniques PTSD Outcomes Research Reply Theory Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
335. Shapiro, F. (2012, June 13). How to take back your power after a divorce. Huffinton Post. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.com/francine-shapiro-phd/how-to-take-back-your-pow_b_1582534.html on 6/13/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Self-help techniques can often do the trick and may make it possible to deal with negative emotions, images and thoughts that arise. For instance, here's one from my book, Getting Past Your Past: Take Control of Your Life with Self-Help Techniques from EMDR Therapy: Whenever you find yourself bothered by negative self-talk (you know, that voice that tells you how defective you are), notice how your body feels. Then think of a cartoon character with a funny voice like Elmer Fudd, Popeye or Daffy Duck and make your critical inner voice sound like that character. For most people, the disturbing feelings will go away. {Excerpt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
336. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during
rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of
video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.
Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research
on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during
trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies.
Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s
Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a
global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s
emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and
psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough
knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity
and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's
wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception.
To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider
and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical
performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the
typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and
specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to
different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.
In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency
scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection
Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local
Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances.
Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team.
During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems
occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the
medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and
strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological
wellbeing of both victims and rescuers.
The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency
scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here
and the ones we will describe during our intervention.
He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field,
and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing
strategies, that can be used by himself as well.
Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as
the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency
activity.
When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with
resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed.
When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or
coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional,
behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to
manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term.
This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s
performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in
different stages after the event.
From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this
with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to
manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable
both to the individual and to the group.
This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from
past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our
research of tools of efficacy.
During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress
Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow
the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management
skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD.
In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for
the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is
important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to
be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and
learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies.
In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological
and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us
to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance
and internal experience of stress.
We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical
events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such
acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the
simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators,
who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong
experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation
of their own stress management skills.
The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers
led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more
accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a
mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through
“seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics
that took place in the scenario.
Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings,
disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT).
The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence
that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the
neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself
acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen
thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex.
Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and
versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic
manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation,
with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and
behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team
work dynamics.
Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual
perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the
movement is really happening.
More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other
operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we
mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the
videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes
recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of
rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting
two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an
emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye
Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and
protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages
too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's
coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic
aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.
Keywords: Emergency Workers Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation Rescue-Working Activity Risk Prevention and Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
337. Lallerstedt, C. (2010). Hypnos som komplement till EMDR i behandling av posttraumatiskt stressyndrom [Hypnosis as an adjunct to EMDR in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder]. Orebro, Sweden: Mementum Nr 50, Rapportserie från Psykiatriskt forskningscentrum.
Language: Swedish
Format: Book
Abstract:
Posttraumatiskt stressyndrom (PTSD) innebär en ångestproblematik och en svårighet att
hantera affekter och stress på ett funktionellt sätt. Traumatiska minnen väcker starka känsloreaktioner
som kan vara översvallande och upplevas som förgörande för individen. Vissa
individer kan ha svårighet att hantera affekter pga. irrationella tankar och föreställningar
som stör förmågan att hantera stress, eller så har patienten aldrig utvecklat förmågan att
hantera intensiva affekter och som hindrar en bearbetning. I den här studien vill jag visa hur
hypnos och EMDR i kombination skulle kunna hjälpa klienter att hantera dessa reaktioner
där hypnos kan ha en stabiliserande effekt och EMDR en mer bearbetande effekt. Studien har
en kvalitativ undersökningsdesign och är upplagd som en fallstudie av tre patienter som
genomgick en psykoterapeutisk traumaterapi. Datainsamlingen gjordes genom deltagande
observation och efter varje avslutad session gjordes minnesanteckningar som sedan systematiserades
och analyserades. Behandlingsutfallet utvärderades med hjälp av Impact Event
Scale som visade en påtaglig minskning av traumasymtom. En slutsats av denna studie är att
det finns många fördelar med att använda hypnotiska tekniker för att skapa stabilitet i det
terapeutiska rummet vid behandling av posttraumatisk stress med EMDR.
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is an anxiety problems, and difficulty
manage emotions and stress in a functional way. Traumatic memories arouses strong emotions
which can be exuberant and experienced as devastating to the individual. Some
individuals may have difficulty dealing with emotions due. irrational thoughts and beliefs
that interferes with the ability to handle stress, or so the patient has never developed the ability to
manage intense emotions that prevent a machine. In this study, I show how
hypnosis and EMDR in combination could help clients to manage these reactions
where hypnosis can have a stabilizing effect and EMDR more processing power. The study has
a qualitative research design is conceived as a case study of three patients
underwent a psychotherapeutic trauma therapy. The data was collected by participating
observation and after completion of each session were made notes which are then systematized
and analyzed. Treatment outcome was evaluated using the Impact Event
Scale showed a significant reduction in trauma symptoms. One conclusion of this study is to
there are many advantages to using hypnotic techniques to create stability in the
therapeutic consideration in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder with EMDR.
Keywords: Hypnosis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
338. Lallerstedt, C. (2010). Hypnos som komplement till EMDR i behandling av posttraumatiskt stressyndrom: En deskriptiv studie, del 1 [Hypnosis as an adjunct to EMDR in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder: A descriptive study, part 1] . HypnosNytt, 3, 5-17.
Language: Swedish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Posttraumatiskt stressyndrom (PTSD) innebär en ångestproblematik och en svårighet att
hantera affekter och stress på ett funktionellt sätt. Traumatiska minnen väcker starka känsloreaktioner
som kan vara översvallande och upplevas som förgörande för individen. Vissa
individer kan ha svårighet att hantera affekter pga. irrationella tankar och föreställningar
som stör förmågan att hantera stress, eller så har patienten aldrig utvecklat förmågan att
hantera intensiva affekter och som hindrar en bearbetning. I den här studien vill jag visa hur
hypnos och EMDR i kombination skulle kunna hjälpa klienter att hantera dessa reaktioner
där hypnos kan ha en stabiliserande effekt och EMDR en mer bearbetande effekt. Studien har
en kvalitativ undersökningsdesign och är upplagd som en fallstudie av tre patienter som
genomgick en psykoterapeutisk traumaterapi. Datainsamlingen gjordes genom deltagande
observation och efter varje avslutad session gjordes minnesanteckningar som sedan systematiserades
och analyserades. Behandlingsutfallet utvärderades med hjälp av Impact Event
Scale som visade en påtaglig minskning av traumasymtom. En slutsats av denna studie är att
det finns många fördelar med att använda hypnotiska tekniker för att skapa stabilitet i det
terapeutiska rummet vid behandling av posttraumatisk stress med EMDR.
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is an anxiety problems, and difficulty
manage emotions and stress in a functional way. Traumatic memories arouses strong emotions
which can be exuberant and experienced as devastating to the individual. Some
individuals may have difficulty dealing with emotions due. irrational thoughts and beliefs
that interferes with the ability to handle stress, or so the patient has never developed the ability to
manage intense emotions that prevent a machine. In this study, I show how
hypnosis and EMDR in combination could help clients to manage these reactions
where hypnosis can have a stabilizing effect and EMDR more processing power. The study has
a qualitative research design is conceived as a case study of three patients
underwent a psychotherapeutic trauma therapy. The data was collected by participating
observation and after completion of each session were made notes which are then systematized
and analyzed. Treatment outcome was evaluated using the Impact Event
Scale showed a significant reduction in trauma symptoms. One conclusion of this study is to
there are many advantages to using hypnotic techniques to create stability in the
therapeutic consideration in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder with EMDR.
Keywords: Hypnosis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
339. Simone, M. (2012, June). Hypnosis and EMDR with athletes. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: My intention is to present a model of intervention in sport psychology that I have defined with the acronym O.R.A., using techniques of Gestalt therapy, EMDR protocol adapted to peak performance and Hypnosis Eriksoniana. The O.R.A model was conceived and developed from my working experience as a sport psychologist of elite athletes of various disciplines. ORA in Italian means NOW and the acronym stands for: Obiettivi (Objectives); Risorse (Resources); Autoefficacia (self-efficacy). Being myself an athlete and having had the opportunity to make an experience / internship of about 4 months at a sports center for professional athletes still continuing to follow a few, I could realize that it is important to them essentially a work of defining targets from which to identify the resources needed to achieve them through EMDR. This allows an increase of self-efficacy as one goes to work with the four sources identified by Bandura and that identify past successful experiences, the feelings connected, verbal persuasion and reference models. The work is enhanced by the use EMDR with hypnosis Eriksoniana that allows you to experience a future scenario more vividly, more multi-sensory experience where the athlete may be able to excel in his sport performance.
Keywords: Athletes, Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
340. Baddeley, M. (1996, March). Hypnotherapy, gestalt, EMDR and the treatment of post traumatic stress. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 17(1), 41-47.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The paper consists of clinical observations on the use of Gestalt and EMDR under hypnosis for the treatment of post-traumatic stress. The observations are made in the context of 2 cases:(1) an individual who had been bound during an armed hold-up in her home. (2) an emergency services worker suffering from accumulated stress resulting in burn-out. The paper concludes by drawing out a number of principles that give structure to working with the above techniques. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy Hypnotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
341. Cook, A. (1994). Ideas for using EMDR with dissociative states. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(3), 5.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
I have been using EMDR with many
of my clients a number of whom had
been sexually assaulted as children
and have suffered other childhood
trauma. While it is very helpful for
most clients, I have found that some,
who had suffered repeated and early
abuse, are overwhelmed with the material
that they uncovered using
EMDR in its original form. I have
tried a couple of techniques for altering EMDR which have been very helpful
to some clients. Interestingly,
many clients can return to the original
version once their anxiety levels
have been lowered.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
342. Occhi, S., Albiol, L. M., & Cicognani, E. (2007). Il disturbo post-traumatico da stress: Una rassegna [Post-traumatic stress disorder: A review]. Psicoterapia Cognitiva e Comportamentale, 13(3), 323-344.
Language: Italian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Questo articolo presenta una rassegna aggiornata teorico del Post-Traumatico da Stress Disorder (PTSD) concetto, un disturbo mentale che può comparire dopo essere stato esposto direttamente o indirettamente, ad un evento traumatico. L'articolo inizia con una descrizione della sintomatologia, suddivisi in: rivivere l'evento traumatico, evitamento, ottundimento reattività generale e ipervigilanza. Questo è seguito da una presentazione dei più recenti studi che indicano la presenza di disordine da stress post-traumatico nella popolazione, sia nella popolazione generale e nei soggetti direttamente coinvolti in un evento traumatico. Post-traumatico da stress sintomi del disturbo sono identificati mediante questionari specifici descritti nella sezione riferimento a strumenti di indagine. Lo studio delle basi biologiche per il PTSD è diventata particolarmente significativo negli ultimi anni, e abbiamo analizzato questo contesto in modo più approfondito per questo motivo, con particolare riferimento al ruolo dell'asse ipotalamo-ipofisi-surrene. Un impulso importante dello studio del PTSD è dovuto alla crescente importanza dato alla prevenzione, intesa come riduzione dell'impatto dei disturbi psichiatrici che concentrandosi su Eye Movement Desensibilizzazione e ritrattamento (EMDR), il trattamento psicologico, con il supporto di tecniche che riguarda la terapia cognitivo comportamentale e il trattamento farmacologico che prevede l'uso di inibitori della ricaptazione della serotonina selettiva, quali siano le forme più studiate. (PsycINFO record del database (c) 2008 APA, tutti i diritti riservati)
This article presents an updated theoretical review of the Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) concept, a mental disorder that can appear after being exposed directly or indirectly to a traumatic event. The article begins with a description of the symptomatology, divided in: re-living the traumatic event, avoidance, dulling general reactivity and hyperarousal. This is followed by a presentation of the most recent studies which indicate the presence of post-traumatic stress disorder in the population, both in the general population and in subjects directly involved in a traumatic event. Post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms are identified by using specific questionnaires described in the section referring to investigation instruments. The study of the biological bases for PTSD has become particularly significant in recent years, and we analysed this context in greater detail for this reason, with particular reference to the role of the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenocortical axis. An important boost of the study of PTSD is due to the increasing importance placed on prevention, understood as a reduction of the impact of psychiatric disorders which focusing on Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR), on psychological treatment, with the support of techniques that concerns cognitive behavioral therapy and pharmacological treatment that involves the use of serotonin selective reuptake inhibitors, which are the forms studied most. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Review
Accuracy Verified: No
343. Daigger, M. (2007). Imaginative techniken in der psychotraumatherapie unter besonderer berücksichtigung des motivs "Die innerern helfer" [Imaginative techniques in the psychotrauma-therapy in special view of the motif "The inner helpers"]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie, Psychotherapiewissenschaft, Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 5(2), 39-51.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In psychotraumatherapy den therapeutischen Prozess (Stabilisierung, Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, Trauma-Exposition) ist oft durch mehrere Probleme behindert. Dann das Motiv "Die Inneren Helfer" als eine phantasievolle Ressource im Zusammenhang mit der suggestiven Beeinflussung durch den Therapeuten kann gute Dienste leisten. Die Inneren Helfer symbolisieren unbewussten Teile des Selbst, die losgelöst haben und verdrängten durch das Mittel der Projektion im Sinne von Fähigkeiten, die der Patient hat (noch) keinen Zugang. Die Inneren Helfer nehmen eine repräsentative Funktion für den Patienten, bis er in der Lage, diese Teile des Selbst nach Gebrauch mit integrierten ihnen. Die Aktivierung dieser Ressourcen phantasievolle ermöglicht nicht nur ein Erfolg versprechende Stabilisierung und Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, sondern auch eine sanfte und wenig Anstrengung Trauma Exposition für Patient und therapist.In diesem Artikel möchte ich zunächst das Motiv einführen "Die Inneren Helfer" . Ich weiterhin durch den Nachweis wichtige Techniken der Psychotraumatologie, indem sie Beispiele für mögliche Anwendungen der das Motiv des Inneren Helfer in schwierigen Situationen des therapeutischen Prozesses. Alle Techniken ergänzen einander und können miteinander kombiniert werden. [Autor Zusammenfassung]
In psychotraumatherapy the therapeutic process (stabilization, therapy with the Inner Child, trauma exposure) is often hindered by multiple difficulties. Then the motif "The Inner Helpers" as an imaginative resource in connection with suggestive influencing by the therapist can serve well. The Inner Helpers symbolize unconscious parts of the self that have been dissociated and repressed by the means of projection in the sense of abilities to which the patient has (yet) no access. The Inner Helpers take a representative function for the patient until he is able to use these parts of the self after having integrated them. The activation of these imaginative resources not only makes possible a success promising stabilization and therapy with the Inner Child, but also a gentle and little straining trauma exposure for patient and therapist.In this article I first want to introduce the motif "The Inner Helpers". I continue by demonstrating important techniques of psychotraumatology by giving examples of possible applications of the motif of the Inner Helpers in difficult situations of the therapeutic process. All techniques complete each other and can be combined. [Author Summary]
Keywords: Psychotrauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
344. Flemke, K., & Protinsky, H. (2001, December). Imago dialogues: Treatment enhancement with EMDR. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 12(4), 1-14. doi:10.1300/J085v12n04_01.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The goal of Imago Relationship Therapy (IRT) is to have a healing connection form within the couple relationship. Some tools for achieving such connection include the Couples-Dialogue and the Parent-Child Dialogue. Despite the effectiveness of these interventions, it seems that some past childhood hurts and traumas remain unprocessed within the brain of certain individuals, thus inhibiting intimacy. By implementing Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) in tandem with IRT, clients who are stuck within these communication enhancement exercises are often able to establish a healing connection, thus further repairing past childhood wounds. Case studies have been included to illustrate the effectiveness of such integration.
Keywords: Childhood Childhood Development Conversation Couples-Dialogue Couples Relationships Couples Therapy Emotional Trauma Healing connection Imago Relationship Therapy Interventions Intimacy Marital Relations Parent Child Communication Parent-Child Dialogue Psychotherapeutic Techniques Relationship Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
345. Flemke, K., & Protinsky, H. (2003). Imago dialogues: Treatment enhancement with EMDR. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 14(2), 31-45. doi:10.1300/J085v14n02_03 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The goal of Imago Relationship Therapy (IRT) is to have a healing connection form within the couple relationship. Some tools for achieving such connection include the Couples-dialogue and the Parent-Child dialogue. Despite the effectiveness of these interventions, it seems that some past childhood hurts and traumas remain unprocessed within the brain of certain individuals, thus inhibiting intimacy. By implementing Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) in tandem with IRT, clients who are stuck within these communication enhancement exercises are often able to establish a healing connection, thus further repairing past childhood wounds. Case studies have been included to illustrate the effectiveness of such integration.
Keywords: Child Dialogue Childhood Childhood Development Conversation Couples-Dialogue Couple Relationships Couples Therapy Emotional Trauma Healing Connection Imago Relationship Therapy Intimacy Marital Relations Parent Child Communication Parent-Child Interventions Psychotherapeutic Techniques Relationship Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
346. Forgash, C. (2012, October). The impact of complex PTSD and attachment issues on personal health: An EMDR treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR treatment will be presented as a successful model for dealing with the attachment deficits and health problems of trauma survivors. The development of an EMDR Treatment Plan to treat both health and attachment problems with a focus on a Health History and specific target selection is highlighted. Specialized techniques will be utilized in phases 1-3 to help the patient experience self soothing, develop emotional regulation, and to avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting. Phases 4-7 will emphasize specific work on past attachment ruptures as well as specific health issues. Skills development such as rehearsal will also be presented.
Keywords: Attachment Issues Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PSTD Personal Health
Accuracy Verified: Yes
347. Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., & Pagani, M. (2008, 26-28 Settembre). Impatto dell'EMDR sulle fuzioni e sulla neurobiologia cerebrali [Impact on EMDR and neurobiological brain functions]. In T. Farma (Chair), Simposio, Il modello psicotraumatologico: Un ponte tra indicatori neurobiologici e Psicoterapia. VII Congresso SPR Italia, Modena.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Introduzione:negli ultimi anni il numero di studi condotti nell’ambito dei disturbi causati da eventi traumatici ha subito una forte accelerazione rilevando l’esistenza di alterazioni fisiologiche e morfologiche in specifiche aree cerebrali associate sia alla risposta emotiva al trauma che alla insorgenza dei sintomi della sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD).
L’impiego delle tecniche di neuroimmagine ha consentito di fare luce sui correlati neurali della psicoterapia, rivelando i suoi effetti neurobiologici sulla funzione cerebrale. Nell’ambito dei diversi approcci psicoterapeutici, l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapy) è emerso come promettente risorsa per il trattamento del trauma e di altri disturbi d’ansia, sebbene ancora non sia stata completamente chiarita la sua modalità di azione sui circuiti neurali. Molte ricerche sono state effettuate per valutare l’efficacia dell’EMDR, ma solo un numero esiguo di esse ha indagato il substrato neurobiologico di questa psicoterapia.
Le metodiche di neuroimmagini utilizzate finora per studi sull’EMDR sono la Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) e la Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). La prima raccoglie dati sull’attivita’ cellulare cerebrale mentre la seconda riporta dati anatomici strutturali.
Gli studi funzionali condotti con SPECT consentono di identificare le variazioni del metabolismo e del flusso ematico cerebrale, suggerendo un ruolo specifico per ciascuna area cerebrale coinvolta nel complesso meccanismo che sottende il processamento delle emozioni; la MRI consente invece di rilevare la presenza di variazioni morfologiche e volumetriche di specifiche strutture cerebrali. Negli ultimi anni, studi SPECT e MRI, volti ad esaminare gli effetti dell’EMDR sulla fisiopatologia cerebrale in pazienti affetti da disturbi d’ansia, hanno riscontrato sostanziali variazioni del flusso ematico ed alterazioni strutturali di alcune regioni cerebrali in seguito a terapia.
L’efficacia dell’EMDR nel trattamento del PTSD è stata confermata da uno studio SPECT su sei soggetti ( Lansing et al.) (1) che ha evidenziato dopo terapia una diminuzione del flusso ematico nel lobo occipitale bilateralmente e nel lobo parietale sinistro e un aumento di flusso nel giro frontale inferiore sinistro. Sempre utilizzando la SPECT Oh e Choi (2) hanno riportato una significativa modificazione del flusso cerebrale in seguito ad EMDR, prevalentemente riscontrabile nell’area limbica e nella corteccia prefrontale. Un recente studio con utilizzo di MRI (3) ha inoltre messo in evidenza un aumento di volume dell’ippocampo in seguito a trattamento con EMDR, aumento invece non riportato in un lavoro di Lindauer et al. su 9 soggetti con PTSD, nonostante il successo clinico della psicoterapia eclettica eseguita (4).
Obiettivi: il nostro gruppo ha studiato gli effetti a breve e lungo termine dell’EMDR (5, 6) dimostrando la sua efficacia nel trattamento di soggetti traumatizzati sul lavoro, e una stabilità del miglioramento clinico ottenuto in risposta alla terapia, ancora presente a distanza di tre anni. Nell’ambito dello stesso progetto sono state anche studiate le variazioni del flusso ematico cerebrale e della volumetria di alcune strutture cerebrali in relazione alla terapia con EMDR. Un primo studio SPECT ha analizzato la variazione della distribuzione di flusso in 11 soggetti guariti clinicamente da PTSD in seguito a EMDR messi a confronto con 5 soggetti nei quali la terapia non ha avuto effetto (7). Risultati: è stato evidenziato nei soggetti con remissione sintomatologica significative differenze di flusso in 4 aree corticali, alla disfunzione delle quali sono ascrivibili alcuni sintomi presenti in corso di PTSD. Diminuzioni di flusso post-terapia sono state registrate nell’ippocampo, nella corteccia parieto-occipitale e nella corteccia visiva primaria. L’ippocampo e’ sede della memoria a breve termine; la corteccia parieto-occipitale processa il riconoscimento di volti, dei corpi e delle parole; la corteccia visiva primaria custodisce la memoria visiva degli eventi. La mancata inibizione e/o l’iperattivita’ di queste regioni nel PTSD sono responsabili della rivisitazione patologica dell’evento traumatico e della presenza di flashback ed immagini allucinatorie. Inoltre la corteccia frontale dorsolaterale ha dimostrato un aumento di flusso nei soggetti che hanno risposto positivamente alla terapia. Questa regione chiave oltre ad essere deputata ad inibire la risposta patologica a stimoli che ricordano l’evento traumatico e’ essenziale per i processi di attenzione e di autostima, diminuiti in corso di PTSD e recuperati in seguito alla remissione della malattia. In ulteriori studi che combinano indagini funzionali e strutturali utilizzando SPECT e MRI abbiamo messo in evidenza il valore predittivo delle dimensioni dell’ippocampo riguardo all’efficacia della terapia con EMDR (Pagani et al. sottomesso).
Conclusioni: gli effetti della terapia con EMDR sono risultati, unitamente ad un consistente miglioramento della sintomatologia e ad una riduzione della iperreattività a stimoli di carattere emotivo, in una normalizzazione funzionale di alcune aree specifiche e in un aumento del volume ippocampale probabilmente ascrivibile a neo-neurogenesi. Questi risultati sono in linea con la pregressa letteratura e con le attuali conoscenze sul PTSD e suggeriscono basi neurobiologiche dell’effetto terapeutico dell’EMDR confermandone l’impatto funzionale su strutture cerebrali coinvolte in patologie ansiogene.
Bibliografia:
1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci;17(4):526-532.
2. Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res;1(1):24-30.
3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476.
4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med ; 35 :1-11.
5. Hogberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych; 61(1):54-61.
6. Hogberg et al. (2008). Psych Res; doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019.
7. Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm; 28(10):757-65. [Pagani abstract]
Introduction In recent years the number of studies in disorders caused by traumatic events has been greatly accelerated by detecting the existence of morphological and physiological changes in specific brain areas associated with both the emotional response to trauma to the onset of symptoms Post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD).
The use of neuroimaging techniques has allowed to shed light on the neural correlates of psychotherapy, revealing the neurobiological effects on brain function. Under the different psychotherapeutic approaches, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy) has emerged as a promising resource for the treatment of trauma and other anxiety disorders, although still not been fully elucidated its mode of action on neural circuits. Many studies have been carried out to assess the effectiveness EMDR, but only a small number of them have investigated the neurobiological substrate of this psychotherapy.
The methods used so far for neuroimaging studies on EMDR are Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). The first collects data on 'brain cells while the second contains structural anatomical data.
The functional studies performed with SPECT to identify changes in metabolism and cerebral blood flow, suggesting a specific role for each brain area involved in the complex mechanism underlying the processing of emotions, instead of MRI allows detection of morphological changes and volume of specific brain structures. In recent years, MRI and SPECT studies, aimed to examine the effects of EMDR on brain pathophysiology in patients with anxiety disorders, have found substantial variations in blood flow and structural alterations of some brain regions after treatment.
The effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD was confirmed by a SPECT study in six subjects (Lansing et al.) (1) showed that after treatment reduced blood flow in the occipital lobe bilaterally and in left parietal lobe and a increase of flow in left inferior frontal gyrus. Always using SPECT Oh and Choi (2) reported a significant change of cerebral blood flow after EMDR, mainly found in limbic and prefrontal cortex. A recent study using MRI (3) has also highlighted an increase in volume of the hippocampus after treatment with EMDR, but no increase in reported work of Lindauer et al. on 9 subjects with PTSD, despite the clinical success of eclectic psychotherapy performed (4).
Objectives: Our group has studied the effects of short and long term EMDR (5, 6) demonstrating its effectiveness in treating traumatized individuals at work, and stability of clinical improvement obtained in response to therapy, yet this distance three years. Within the same project were also studied changes in cerebral blood flow and volume of certain brain structures in relation to treatment with EMDR. A first SPECT study analyzed the change in flow distribution in 11 subjects clinically recovered from PTSD after EMDR compared with 5 subjects in whom treatment had no effect (7). Results: It was shown in patients with symptomatic remission, significant differences in flow in 4 cortical areas, which are attributable to dysfunction of some symptoms of PTSD being present. Flow decreases post-treatment were recorded in the hippocampus, cortex parietal-occipital and primary visual cortex. The hippocampus and 'seat of short-term memory, the parietal-occipital cortex processes the recognition of faces, bodies and words, the primary visual cortex preserves the visual memory of events. The lack of inhibition and / or 'hyperactivity' of PTSD in these regions are responsible for the pathological review of the traumatic event and the presence of flashbacks and hallucinatory images. Moreover, the dorsolateral frontal cortex showed an increase in flow in subjects who responded positively to therapy. This key region in addition to being appointed to inhibit the pathological response to stimuli that recall the traumatic event and 'essential for the processes of attention and self-esteem, decreased in the course of PTSD and recovered following the remission of the disease. In further studies that combine functional and structural investigations using SPECT and MRI have shown the predictive value of the size of the hippocampus on the effectiveness of EMDR therapy (Pagani et al. Submitted).
Conclusion: the effects of EMDR therapy were coupled with a significant improvement in symptoms and a reduction of hyperreactivity to stimuli, emotional, functional in a normalization of some specific areas and an increase in hippocampal volume probably due to neo- neurogenesis. These results are consistent with previous literature and with current knowledge about PTSD and suggest a neurobiological basis of therapeutic EMDR confirming the functional impact on brain structures involved in anxiety-disorders.
Bibliography:
1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 17 (4) :526-532.
2. I DH and J. Choi (2007). J EMDR pract Res, 1 (1) :24-30.
3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 19 (4) :475-476.
4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med, 35 :1-11.
5. Högberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych, 61 (1) :54-61.
6. Högberg et al. (2008). Psych Res, doi: 10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019.
7. Pagani et al. (2007). NUC Med Comm, 28 (10) :757-65. [Pagani abstract]
Keywords: Brain Functions Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
348. Delpierre, M. (2005, June). Improving human potential in sport, business and education with EMDR. In EMDR in the extreme, chronic fatigue and peak performance. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
'Mental Fitness' has nothing to do with a killer instinct or ruthless play. Rather
it is a precise way of thinking and acting under stress. Consider top athletes:
do words like cold, callous and insensitive accurately describe their
competitive performance? Hardly. Much more accurate words are flexible,
responsive, strong and resilient. The difference in 'winning' is as much in
technical and physical ability/potential than in mental performance.
Top athletes recognize that to be at their best, they must think their best.
To perform at an optimum level under high pressure (the same for top
manager, musician, fire fighters...), they need to keep their ability to make
choice at every moment.
EMDR and other techniques can help them (others tools also presented:
Goal setting, Self-talk, Relaxation techniques, Imagery, Rituals.)
Keywords: Chronic Fatigue Syndrome CFS Peak Performance Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
349. Frustaci, A., Pozzi, G., Aurigemma, C., La Rosa, C., Lanza, G., Fernandez, I., & Ruggeri, G. (2006, Febbraio). Indicatori di cambiamento in pazienti con disturbi da eventi stressanti: Impiego della heart rate variability [Indicators of change in patients with disorders of stressful events: Use of heart rate variability]. Poster presentato al XI Congresso SOPSI (Società Italiana di Psicopatologia), Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Introduzione: i pazienti traumatizzati presentano alterazioni sintomatiche quali intrusività, evitamento ed aumentato arousal, che ostacolerebbe la possibilità di elaborazione/integrazione
delle tracce mnesiche, oltre ad esprimersi a livello periferico. Tecniche specifiche di trattamento sembrano promuovere
l’elaborazione/integrazione delle memorie traumatiche, tra cui la Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR). Nella ricerca valutativa è quindi necessario affiancare alle scale psicologiche un appropriato indicatore
biologico di attivazione neurovegetativa. La variabilità della frequenza cardiaca (Heart Rate Variability – HRV) esprime
l’integrità funzionale del sistema neurovegetativo in risposta
allo stress e può essere misurata nei domini di tempo o di frequenza. Lo studio della HRV è stato applicato in psichiatria ai disturbi
d’ansia (panico, DOC, PTSD) e dell’umore (depressione unipolare) in ricerche trasversali (confronto con controlli sani) e longitudinali di trattamento farmacologico (triciclici,
SSRIs) ma in pochi casi a trattamenti psicoterapici. Gli AA. valutano l’impiego della HRV come indicatore biologico nel trattamento psicoterapeutico di pazienti con Disturbo dell’adattamento erdurante da oltre un mese dopo l’esposizione ad eventi vitali stressanti (EVS). Metodi: sono stati reclutati 6 soggetti (M/F = 1/5, età 40,5 ± 11,0) esposti ad EVS ed avviati a ciclo di trattamento psicoterapico
breve (4-6 sedute a cadenza settimanale) di tipo
specifico (EMDR) o generico (colloqui supportivi). Costituivano criteri di esclusione: età < 18 o > 65 anni; comorbilità psichiatrica, neurologica e cardiologica; uso di farmaci interferenti. Le valutazioni psicopatologiche sono state eseguite al reclutamento
(TBASE: colloquio anamnestico, MINI, Brief
COPE), a inizio e fine ciclo di trattamento (TINI, TFINE: IES, SCL-90-R), a uno e tre mesi di follow-up (T30, T90: IES, SCL-90-R, Brief COPE). Le registrazioni Holter sono state effettuate ad ogni intervallo valutativo coprendo: 60 min. attività libera, 10 min. tilt-test, 3-5 min. ascolto dell’evento traumatico, 30-45 min. seduta psicoterapica. Sono stati impiegati test statistici non parametrici per l’analisi
delle correlazioni (Spearman) e delle differenze
(Wilcoxon). Risultati preliminari: vengono valutate le correlazioni a TINI e le variazioni T90 vs. TINI. Sono significative le seguenti correlazioni: ansia fobica SCL e SDNN (dev. standard intervalli R-R) [r = + 0,9; p = ,037]; collera-ostilità
SCL e SDNN [r = -0,95; p =.014]; depressione SCL e
r-MSSD (radice media somma quadrati diff. R-R) [r = + 0,9; p = ,037]; sint. intrusivi IES e LF (basse frequenze) [r
= -0,9; p = ,037]. Sono risultate statisticamente significative le seguenti variazioni:
IES totale [Z = -1,99; p = ,046], sintomi intrusivi IES [Z = -2,21; p = ,027], sintomi di evitamento IES [Z = -1,99; p = ,046], ideazione paranoide SCL [Z = -2,21; p = ,027]; R-R, LF e LF/HF (rapporto basse/alte frequenze) durante ascolto evento [Z = -2,02; p = ,043].
Discussione: a livello basale gli indicatori HRV di distress vegetativo correlano positivamente con collera-ostilità e sintomi intrusivi, negativamente con ansia e depressione. Anche dopo tre mesi dalla fine del trattamento gli interventi psicoterapeutici tendono a ridurre i punteggi sintomatici, e migliorano il bilancio simpato-vagale durante il riascolto dell’evento traumatico.
Introduction: trauma patients have symptomatic changes such as intrusiveness, avoidance and increased arousal, which hampers the development / integration
of memory traces, as well as speak at the peripheral level. Specific techniques of treatment seem to promote
the formulation and integration of traumatic memories, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing
(EMDR). In evaluation research is therefore necessary to combine psychological scales appropriate indicator
organic autonomic activation. The heart rate variability (Heart Rate Variability - HRV) expresses
functional integrity of the autonomic nervous system in response
stress and can be measured in time or frequency domains. The study of HRV has been applied in psychiatric disorders
anxiety (panic, DOC, PTSD) and mood (unipolar depression) in cross-disciplinary (compared with healthy controls) and longitudinal drug treatment (tricyclic
SSRIs), but in a few cases in psychotherapeutic treatment. The AA. evaluate the use of HRV as a biological indicator in the psychotherapeutic treatment of patients with adjustment disorder erdurante more than a month after exposure to stressful life events (EVS). Methods: 6 subjects were recruited (M / F = 1 / 5, age 40.5 ± 11.0) exposed to EVS and initiated treatment cycle psychotherapeutic
short (4-6 sessions weekly) type
specific (EMDR) or generic (hearing supported). Exclusion criteria were: age <18 or> 65 years, psychiatric comorbidity, neurological and cardiological, use of drugs interfering. Psychopathological assessments were performed at recruitment
(TBASE: anamnestic interview, MINI, Brief
COPE) at the beginning and end of treatment cycle (TINI, TFINE: IES, SCL-90-R) in a three-month follow-up (T30, T90: IES, SCL-90-R, Brief COPE). Holter recordings were made at each interval evaluation covering: 60 min. free activity, 10 min. tilt-test, 3-5 min. listening to the traumatic event, 30-45 minutes. psychotherapy session. Were used nonparametric statistical tests for analysis
correlations (Spearman) and differences
(Wilcoxon). Preliminary results: the correlations are evaluated and changes TINI vs. T90. TINI. Significant correlations are the following: SCL phobic anxiety and SDNN (standard dev. RR intervals) [r = + 0.9, p =, 037]; anger-hostility
SCL SDNN [r = -0.95, p =. 014]; SCL depression
r-mssd (root mean square sum diff. RR) [r = + 0.9, p =, 037]; sint. IES intrusive and LF (low frequency) [r
= -0.9, P =, 037]. Were statistically significant, the following changes:
IES total [Z = -1.99, p =, 046], IES intrusive symptoms [Z = -2.21, p =, 027], symptoms of avoidance IES [Z = -1.99, p =, 046] , SCL paranoid [Z = -2.21, p =, 027], RR, LF and LF / HF ratio (low / high frequencies) while listening event [Z = -2.02, p =, 043].
Discussion: At baseline HRV indicators of distress correlated positively with growing anger-hostility, and intrusive symptoms, negatively with anxiety and depression. Even after three months of the end of psychotherapeutic treatment interventions aimed at reducing symptom scores and enhance sympathetic vagal balance during the playback of the traumatic event.
Keywords: Heart Rate Variability Poster Stress Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
350. Reddemann, L. (2009). The inner safe place. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp.71-72). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The imagery of an "Inner Safe Place" is part of a body of work on stabilization techniques for trauma therapy called "Psychodynamic Imaginative Trauma Therapy (PITT)". It is used within PITT to prepare clients for EMDR. However, it works very well as a resource for EMDR. It is important to know that clients who live in unsafe circumstances are often not able to develop the images and so seeing what happens while working on installing the inner safe place can tell us something about clients' external safety. If clients are able to create an inner safe place, the therapist can proceed with the exercise. If clients are unable to create and install a safe place, other stabilization work is used. This chapter provides the Inner Safe Place Script. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Inner Safe Place Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
351. Baldwin, D. (1997). Innovation, controversy, and consensus in traumatology. Traumatology, 3(1), 7-22. doi:10.1177/153476569700300103 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Controversy follows innovation and threats to the status quo in many social domains, including the sciences. This article briefly summarizes information from the philosophy of science and data from studies of conflict in diverse fields. It then introduces two independent contemporary controversies in traumatology -- a new clinical method called EMDR and the Final Report of the APA Working Group on memories of childhood abuse -- and considers them within a broader context of the historical rift between psychological research and practice. The aim is to step outside the frame of specific conflicts and identify differences in philosophical orientation and values that contribute to communication difficulties and associated conflict between partisans. Approaches are offered toward building consensus within the field. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Child Abuse Commentary False Memory Rape Scientific Research Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
352. Staff. (2012, December 7). Innovative trauma therapy on offer to East Lancashire children. Lancashire Telegraph. Retrieved from http://www.lancashiretelegraph.co.uk/news/10095556.Innovative_trauma_therapy_on_offer_to_East_Lancashire_children/ on 12/8/2012.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Clinical psychologists at the Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust have been trained offer EMDR - which stands for Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing The technique is used to deliver therapy to help children who are experiencing emotional difficulties such as phobias, anxiety and chronic pain. [Excerpt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
353. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2004). The instinct to heal: Curing stress, anxiety, and depression without drugs and without talk therapy - [Guérir le stress, l'anxiété et la dépression sans médicaments ni psychanalyse]. Emmaus, PA: Rodale.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
The seven natural treatment approaches that the author describes in this book all capitalize on the mind and brain's own healing mechanisms for recovering from depression, anxiety, and stress. All seven methods have been researched and studies documenting their benefits have been published in prestigious scientific journals. Because the mechanisms through which they operate remain poorly understood, these methods have remained largely excluded from the mainstream of medicine and psychiatry. The natural methods of treatment that are presented directly impact the emotional brain, almost entirely short-circuiting language. Although many such methods are being proposed today, in the author's clinical practice, and in this book, he has selected only those that have received enough scientific attention to make him comfortable in using them with patients and in recommending them to his colleagues. Each of the following chapters presents one of these approaches, illustrated by the stories of patients whose lives have been transformed by their experience. He also tries to show the degree to which each method has been scientifically evaluated. Some of the very recent methods include "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing" (better known as EMDR), or heart rate coherence training, or even the synchronization of chronobiological rhythms with artificial dawn (which should replace the alarm clock). Other approaches, like acupuncture, nutrition, exercise, emotional communication, and cultivating your connection to something larger than yourself, stem from age-old traditions, though new scientific data are giving them a renewed importance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved). Available in English and French.
Keywords: Anxiety Brain Depression Emotional Brain Emotions Heart Rate Heart Rate Coherence Training Major Depression Natural Treatment Approaches Neuropsychology Psychotherapeutic Techniques Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
354. Soderlund, J. (2000, September/October). Integral EMDR: An interview with Francine Shapiro. New Therapist, 9, 18-22.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
The preparation phase is working strongly within the
experiential tradition because you’re making the person
fully able to deal with the processing that needs to arise.
And bringing in different self-control techniques also which
come from the cognitive behavioural and hypnotic traditions.
These are more on-the-spot shifts of state. It is
important to discriminate between changing state and trait.
Cognitive behavioural techniques help the person to keep
down their stress level in the present. These are important
tools, but they are considered a first step in the EMDR treatment.
The primary goal is to change the dysfunctional traits
of the person, in addition to giving them “state” control. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Francine Shapiro Interview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
355. Munnukka-Dahlqvist, M. (2004, June). Integrating EMDR in psychotherapy treating complex trauma in a client with previous long-term psychotherapies. In complex traumatisation and EMDR (K. Linder, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Keywords: Complex Trauma Symposium Accuracy Verified: Yes 356. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Eating Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 357. Grand, D. (1995, June). Integrating EMDR into the psychodynamic treatment process. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Psychodynamic Accuracy Verified: Yes 358. O'Malley, O. (2010, March). Integrating EMDR mindfulness & sensorimotic psychotherapy. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Watch Wait and Wonder Approach WWW Approach Accuracy Verified: Yes 359. McGuinness, V. (2001). Integrating play therapy and EMDR with children. EMDRResources.com. Language: English Format: Book Abstract: Keywords: Children Play Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 360. McGuinness, V. (2003). Integrating play therapy and EMDR with children. Bloomington, IN: 1st Books Library. Language: English Format: Book Abstract: Keywords: Children Play Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 361. Foster, S. (2012). Integrating positive psychology applications into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 213-217. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.04.005. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Performance Enhancement Positive Psychology Accuracy Verified: Yes 362. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden . Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Positive Psychology Protocol Accuracy Verified: Yes 363. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy & EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 364. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1996, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 365. Moore, R. H., Dryden, W., Frater, A., Volkman, M., Volkman, V. R., & Gerbode, F. A. (2004). Integrating therapies. In V. R. Volkman (Ed.), Beyond conversations on traumatic incident reduction (pp. 155-179). Ann Arbor, MI: Loving Healing Press. ix, 292 pp. Language: English Format: Book Section Abstract: Keywords: Behavior Therapy Cognitive Therapy Counseling Multimodal Treatment Approach EFT Emotional Freedom Therapy Emotional Trauma Integrative Psychotherapy Integrative Therapy Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy Reduction Psychotherapeutic Processes Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapy TFT Thought Field Therapy TIR Traumatic Incident Visual/Kinesthetic Dissociation V/KD Accuracy Verified: Yes 366. Lutz, J. (2009, April 18). Integrating yogic postures, breathing techniques and deep relaxation with EMDR practice. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Breathing Relaxtion Yoga Accuracy Verified: Yes 367. Yordy, J. (2008, Mai). Intégration des techniques de gymnastique cérébrale et de psychologie énergétique afin d’améliorer le traitement EMDR avec les enfants et les adultes [Integrating brain gym & energy techniques to Enhance EMDR processing (for children and adults)]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada. Language: French Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Brain Gym Energy Techniques Accuracy Verified: Yes 368. Nutting, R. W. (2003, May). The integration of EMDR and body dialogue. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Rome, Italy. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Body Dialogue Accuracy Verified: Yes 369. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic
therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 370. Forgash, C. A. (2006, June). The integration of EMDR and ego state. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Ego State Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 371. Lyhus, K. E. (2003, April). Integration of EMDR with other therapeutic approaches: A survey investigation. Catholic University of America, Washington, DC. AAT 3067496. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Assimulative Integration Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Traumatic Memories Accuracy Verified: Yes 372. Faretta, E. (2004, June). Integration of hypnotic therapy with EMDR for the treatment of panic disorder: Report of twelve single case studies. In anxiety disorders and EMDR (A. de Jongh, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden . Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Case Study Hypnosis Integrated Approach Panic Disorder Symposium Accuracy Verified: Yes 373. Faretta, E., & Parietti, P. (2003, May). Integration of hypnotic therapy with EMDR in the psychodynamic treatment of panic attacks disorder: Trauma and panic. In Anxiety disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Hypnotic Therapy Hypnotism Panic Attacks Psychodynamic Therapy Symposium Accuracy Verified: Yes 374. Tobin, S. (2004, Spring). The integration of relational gestalt therapy and EMDR. International Gestalt Journal, 27(1), 55-82. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Brain Brain Functioning Emotional Trauma Gestalt Therapy Integrative Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Psychotherapy Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 375. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors Accuracy Verified: Yes 376. Wade, T., & Wade, D. (2001, January-April). Integrative psychotherapy: Combining ego-state therapy, clinical hypnosis, and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in a psychosocial developmental context. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 233-245. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404279. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Clinical Hypnosis Ego Ego-State Therapy Hypnotherapy Integrative Psychotherapy Review Multimodal Treatment Approach Psychosocial Development Psychosocial Developmental Context Accuracy Verified: Yes 377. Kaye, B. (2006). Interactive cognitive motor interweaves during EMDR. Cary, NC: Allied Psychological Services. Language: English Format: Other Abstract: Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Accuracy Verified: Yes 378. Rossman, M. & Bresler, D. (1995, June). Interactive guided imagery and EMDR: Synergy and complementarity. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Guided Imagery Accuracy Verified: Yes 379. Spence, J. M., & Johnston, L. (2011, August-September). Internet-based CBT and EMDR for posttraumatic
stress disorder: the results from two trials. Presentation at the 41st EABCT annual conference, Reykjavík, Iceland. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Internet-Based CBT Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 380. Albers, J. (2010, July). The interplay of resourcefulness and resilience in recovery: A six session approach treating addictive behaviour, an extended EMDR protocol. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Addiction Addictive Behavior Resourcefulness Resilience Accuracy Verified: Yes 381. Regourd-Laizeau, M., Martin-Krumm, C., & Tarquinio, C. (2012, March). Interventions dans le domaine du sport: Le protocole d’optimisme [Interventions in the field of sports: Protocol of optimism]. Pratiques psychologiques, 18(2), 189-204. doi:10.1016/j.prps.2012.02.001. Language: French Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Intervention Sports Accuracy Verified: Yes 382. Stergiopoulos, E., Cimo, A., Cheng, C., Bonato, S., & Dewa, C. S. (2011, October). Interventions to improve work outcomes in work-related PTSD: A systematic review. BMC Public Health, 11(1), 838. doi:10.1186/1471-2458-11-838. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Employees Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Workers Accuracy Verified: Yes 383. Herbert, C. (2004, June). Introduction to a safe place installation protocol for use with clients who have no pre-existing concepts or feelings of safety. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden . Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex Trauma EMDR Resource Installation Protocol Safe Place Accuracy Verified: Yes 384. Pagani, M. (2010, June). Introduction to neuroimaging in EMDR research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Neuroimaging Research Accuracy Verified: Yes 385. Lytle, R. A. (1993). An investigation of the efficacy of eye-movement desensitization in the treatment of cognitive intrusions related to memories of a past stressful event. Pennsylvania State University. AAT 9334778. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Biologic Markers College Students Intrusive Thoughts Negative Therapeutic Reaction Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Witnesses Accuracy Verified: Yes 386. Fine, C.& Berkowitz, A. (2008, April). The joint use of EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of DID, DDNOS and complex
PTSD. Presentation at the 1st bi-annual European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex PTSD DDNOS DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified Hypnosis Accuracy Verified: Yes 387. Bacon, J. (2001, June). Kids with severe learning disabilities: Coping, acceptance, and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: ADD ADHD Aspergers Attention Deficit Disorder Attention Deficit Hyperacitivity Disorder Children Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabilities, Tourettes Accuracy Verified: Yes 388. Lovett, J. M. (2000). Kleine wunder [Small wonders]. Paderborn: Junfermann. Language: German Format: Book Abstract: Keywords: Children Stressors Survivors Accuracy Verified: Yes 389. Bardot, E. (2009). L 'EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). In A. Deneux, F.-X. Poudat, & T. Servillat (Eds.) Les psychothérapies: Approche plurielle (pp. 375-386) Paris: Masson. Language: French Format: Book Section Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 390. Riberto, S., Fernandez, I., Furlani, F., & Vigorelli, M.
(2010). L'alleanza terapéutica nel trattamento cognitivo-costruttivista e nell' eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) [Therapeutic alliance in cognitive-constructivist treatment and in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR).]. Psicoterapia Cognitiva E Comportamentale, 16(1), 85-101. Language: Italian Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Cognitive Constructivist Treatment Therapeutic Alliance Accuracy Verified: Yes 391. Ziveri, D. (2002). L'efficacia dell‘EMDR nella psicoterapia del PTSD e dei ricordi traumatici: Valutazione delle risposte del potenziale elettrodermico (SPR) attraverso il biofeedback [The effectiveness of EMDR psychotherapy on PTSD and traumatic memories: Assessing the potential electrodermal responses (SPR) through biofeedback]. WWW.Psicotraumatologia.com, Pubblicazioni in linguia italiana.. Language: Italian Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Biofeedback Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD SPR Treatment Efficacy Accuracy Verified: Yes 392. Ventura, M. (2006). La desensibilización y el reprocesamiento por medio de movimientos oculares [EMDR] en el tratamiento del trauma emocional [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing EMDR for the treatment of emotional trauma]. Psicología Conductual Revista Internacional de Psicología Clínica de la Salud, 14(3), 387-400. Language: Spanish Format: Newsletter Abstract: Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation Cognitive Processes Cognitive Reprocessing Emotional Trauma Eye Movements Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Traumatic Memories Accuracy Verified: Yes 393. Giard, M. (2009, May). La guérison, par l’EMDR, des femmes abusées sexuellement durant l’enfance [Women healing childhood sexual abuse with EMDR]. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada . Language: French Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Childhood Sexual Abuse Accuracy Verified: Yes 394. Miti, G., & Onofri, A.
(2011, Guigno). La psicoterapia dei disturbi dissociativi: Dalle tecniche cognitivo-comportamentali all'approccio EMDR [Psychotherapy of dissociative disorders: From cognitive-behavioral techniques to the EMDR approach]. Cognitivismo Clinico, 8(1), 73-91 . Language: Italian Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 395. Capezzani, L. (2010, Novembre). La psicotraumatologia oncologica,Fondamenti, clinica, ricerca, strumenti di intervendo (EMDR), processi di umanizzazione e trasversalità delle aree di supporto alla persona
[The psychotraumatology cancer,Foundations, clinical, research, tools intervening (EMDR), and transverse processes of humanization of the areas of support to the person]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia
. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Psychotraumatology Cancer Accuracy Verified: Yes 396. Dantonio, T. & Onofri, A. (2009, Maggio). La terapia del lutto complicato. Interventi preventivi, psicoeducazione, prospettiva cognitivo-evoluzionista, approccio EMDR [Treatment of complicated grief. Preventive interventions, psychoeducation, cognitive-evolutionary perspective, approach EMDR]. Psicobiettivo, 3, 1-23. doi:10.3280/PSOB2009-003004 . Language: Italian Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Complicated Grief Preventive Interventions Psychoeducation Accuracy Verified: Yes 397. Schrage, J. (2012). Law enforcement and trauma: Psychological intervention strategy, methodology, and techniques. Alliant International University, Los Angeles. 3502349. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Law Enforcement Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 398. Bruno, T. (2006, Maggio). Le emozioni dei terapeuti nel lavoro con persone vittime di traumi interpersonali [The emotions of therapists working with victims of interpersonal trauma]. Presentazione alla Conferenza Nazionale, Associazione per l'EMDR in Italia, Firenza, Italia. Language: Italian Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Interpersonal Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 399. Fox. L. (2001, October 5). Letters. Salon. Language: English Format: Magazine Abstract: Keywords: Letter Accuracy Verified: Yes 400. Prattos, T. (2000, February 24). Letters to the Editor - David Blore's 2000 paper. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net 12/27/2008. Language: English Format: Other Abstract: Keywords: Earthquake Letter Underground Trauma Protocol UTP Victims Turkey Accuracy Verified: Yes 401. Veira, V. (2009, Junho). Liberte-se dos traumas [To be freed from your traumas]. Journal da Comunidade, Brasilia. Language: Portuguese Format: Magazine Abstract: Accuracy Verified: No 402. Robinson, N. S. (2001, June). Life enhancement: A quality of life focus for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Closing Down A Session Life Review Movies Mind Mapping Accuracy Verified: Yes 403. Nickerson, M. (2009, April). Listening to the body: Enhancing body awareness in EMDR reprocessing. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA
. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Body Awareness Accuracy Verified: Yes 404. Janse, J., & Doornkate, L. (2012, June). Listening with your eyes: Exploring visual aspects of the EMDR-process [Escuchar
con
los
ojos:
la
exploración
de
los
aspectos
visuales
del
proceso
de
EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Visual Aspects of EMDR Process Accuracy Verified: Yes 405. Puliatti, M. (2009). L’EMDR nel trattamento delle sindromi uro-ginecologiche [EMDR in the treatment of uro-gynecological syndromes]
. Medicina Psicosomatica, 54(4), 131-142
. Language: Italian Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Uro-Gynecological Syndromes Accuracy Verified: Yes 406. Solomon, R. M. (2010, Novembre). L’uso dell’ EMDR nel trattamento del dolore, del
lutto e del dolore traumatico [The utilization of EMDR in the treatment of grief, mourning and traumatic grief]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Grief Mourning Traumatic Grief Accuracy Verified: Yes 407. Yordy, J. (2013, May). Making the brain/body connection: Using brain gym techniques to enhance child EMDR processing. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 408. Genest, S. (2013, May). Making the complex simple: A hands on workshop to learn a simple and efficient way to organize EMDR client files. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Mind Mapping Techniques Mind Map Process Targeting Accuracy Verified: Yes 409. Plagaro-Neill, I. (2011, October). Managing dissociation in EMDR. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Dissociation Accuracy Verified: Yes 410. Hensley, B. J. (2010). Manual básico de EMDR [EMDR basic manual]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer. Language: Spanish Format: Book Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 411. Litt, B. K. (2005, September). The marriage of EMDR and ego state theory in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Couples Therapy Ego State Therapy Integenerational Pathogegenesis of Ego Fragmentation Accuracy Verified: Yes 412. Litt, B. K. (2004, September). The marriage of EMDR and ego state theory in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Couples Therapy Ego State Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 413. Litt, B. K. (2006, September). The marriage of EMDR and ego state theory in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Couples Therapy Ego State Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 414. Hurley, E. C. (2012 February 19). Married to a veteran: When memories of past interrupt the present. Huffington Post. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.com/e-c-hurley-phd/ptsd-veterans_b_1284627.html?ref=healthy-living on 2/19/2012. Language: English Format: Other Abstract: Keywords: Blog Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Veterans War Accuracy Verified: Yes 415. Kannan, L. (2008, September). Meditation integrated EMDR as an effective technique for post trauma stress: An empirical study. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Meditation Post Traumatic Stress Accuracy Verified: Yes 416. Kannan, L. (2010, July). Meditation integrated EMDR: An amalgamation of EMDR with traditional healing methods. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Meditation Accuracy Verified: Yes 417. EMDR Sweden. (2007, November). Medlembladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 9(2), 1-16. Language: Swedish Format: Newsletter Abstract: Keywords: Complementary Techniques Accuracy Verified: Yes 418. Brewin, C. (2003, March). Memory, identity and post-traumatic stress disorder. Keynote at the 1st annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Identity Memory Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 419. Wolinsky, H. (1993, October 10). Menacing memories - When wartime trauma surfaces, treatment can help. Chicago, IL: Chicago Sun-Times, Late Sports Final, Medlife, 57. Language: English Format: Newspaper Abstract: Keywords: Chicago Irvin Roth War Accuracy Verified: Yes 420. Kehle, S., Polusny, M., & Meis, L. (2009, November). A meta-analytic review of exposure
therapy and EMDR in the treatment of
adult PTSD. Presentation at the 25th Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Atlanta, GA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Exposure Therapy Meta-analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 421. Kehle, S., Polusny, M., & Meis, L. (2009, November). A meta-analytic review of exposure therapy and EMDR in the treatment of adult PTSD. Presentation at the 25th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Atlanta, GA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Adult Exposure Therapy Meta-Analytic Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 422. Lollar, M. (2001, September 24). Mind games – Athletes learn techniques to train the brain. Memphis, TN: The Commercial Appeal, C1. Language: English Format: Newspaper Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 423. Binder, J. L. (2007, June). Mind or brain? Where does therapeutic change originate? A reaction to 'The reunion process: A new focus in short-term dynamic psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, 44(2), 137-141. doi:10.1037/0033-3204.44.2.137. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Attachment Attachment Behavior Brief Psychotherapy Early Memories Memory Theory Panic Disorder Psychodynamic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Relapse Short-term Dynamic Psychotherapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 424. Greene, J. (2010, April/Mayl). Mindfulness and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Mindfulness Accuracy Verified: Yes 425. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase Accuracy Verified: Yes 426. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Mindfulness meditation to enable attenuation on imagined exposure in PTSD - A single case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Attenuation Case Study Imagined Exposure Mindfulness Poster Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 427. Sun, T.-F.; Wu, C.-K.; Chiu, N.-M. (2004年，6月). Mindfulness meditation training combined with
eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in
psychotherapy of an elderly patient. Chang Gung Medical Journal, 27(6), 464-469. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Case Report Depression Geriatrics Meditation Mindfulness Trauma Accuracy Verified: Yes 428. Fisher, J. A. (2008, June). Minding the body: Somatic interventions for enhancing EMDR effectiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Somatic Psychotherapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 429. Fisher, J. A. (2003, September). Minding the body: Integrating EMDR and somatic psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Somatic Psychotherapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 430. Siegel, D. (2011, August). Mindsight and the power of neutral integration in healing. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Neural Integration Accuracy Verified: Yes 431. Paterson, M. (2008, June). Moderating malevolent alters with ego state therapy in the preparation phase of
EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Ego State Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 432. Habib, M. F. B. (1998, December 14). Moving eyes can heal you. London, Independent: The Independent. Language: English Format: Newspaper Abstract: Keywords: General Oklahoma City Overview Accuracy Verified: Yes 433. Spierings, J. J. (1999). Multi-cultural EMDR. New Hope, PA: EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs. Language: English Format: Book Abstract: Keywords: Diversity Multi-Cultural Accuracy Verified: Yes 434. Thomson, S. S. (1997, January). Music and the brain in EMDR therapy: Is music, itself, EMDR?. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(3), 23-28. Language: English Format: Newsletter Abstract: Accuracy Verified: Yes 435. Manfield, P. (1995, June). Narcissistic disorders: Using EMDR with these difficult clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Narcissistic Personality Disorder Accuracy Verified: Yes 436. Amendolia, R. D. (1998). A narrative constructivist perspective of treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders with Ericksonian hypnosis and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Trauma Response, 13-14. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Eriksonian Hypnosis Narrative Constructionist Accuracy Verified: Yes 437. Perez-Marin, M., & Molero-Zafra, M. (2008, June). Narrative family therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)
and adoption: Fostering interactions in clinical settings [Intermediate workshop]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Adoption Narrative Family Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 438. Prado-Gasco, V. J., Perez-Marin, M., & Molero-Zafra, M. (2010, July). Narrative family therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and adoption: An intervention protocol. Poster presented at the 27th International Congress of Applied Psychology, Melbourne, Australia. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: From the model of Narrative family therapy we
use tales that could symbolically represent in
therapy settings a person or a legal entity, both
individual and collective, and which expresses a
personal identification, a family tie, a community
link or a socially recognized status or personal
worth. Externalisation, in narrative family
therapy, is a process to “get out” from the
person any element or quality that is
transformed in some with entity (White, 1991;
White y Epston, 1993). In psychotherapy,
externalising is the use of language to convert
problems that affect the person or family on to
an independent entity. This transformation
allows people to fight against them or to view
them from a new perspective. Externalisation
technique through the metaphoric use of tales
as external representation of family entity and
individual’s worth inside the family system is
applied in children adoption cases. The objective
here is not to fight against the external
representation of the family. We use tales inside
the symbolic techniques that permits families to
work together with meanings, individualism and
cohesion within their members, and after
adoption. We present a therapeutic protocol
that combined EMDR and narrative family
therapy externalisation techniques. We expose
in a format of clinical case report the therapeutic
work with a family that have adopted a child
who suffer of a simple phobia. Using the
protocol we describe above we carried out an
analysis of the therapeutic issues and benefices
of EMDR and narrative therapy in these family
processes. This protocol has been useful to
manage the phobia symptoms and to improve
the adoptive family identity and cohesion. The
combined approach we describe could help
adoptive families to understand and to interpret
the meanings from the construction that family
systems make of their own world and relieve
psychological symptoms that children could
present. Keywords: Adoption Intervention Protocol Narrative Family Therapy Poster Accuracy Verified: Yes 439. Lundin, T. (2007). Nedsatt smärtkänslighet vid posttraumatiskt stressyndrom [Reduced pain sensitivity in posttraumatic stress syndrome]. Läkartidningen, 104(16), 1219. Language: Swedish Format: Magazine Abstract: Keywords: Letter Pain Sensitivity Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Accuracy Verified: Yes 440. Forgash, C. (2007, September). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health:
an EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Ego State Therapy Integrated Treatment Phased Treatment Plan Accuracy Verified: Yes 441. Forgash, C. (2008, June). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: An EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, London, England. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Ego State Therapy Accuracy Verified: Yes 442. Herbert, C. (2005, June). Neither good nor bad, just perfect as you are! Facilitating emergence of the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Emergence of Self Accuracy Verified: Yes 443. Pagani, M. (2010, Novembre). Neurobiologia e nuovi concetti
fisiopatologici dell’EMDR [Neurobiology and new concepts pathophysiological EMDR]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia. Language: Italian Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Neurobiology Accuracy Verified: Yes 444. Pagani, M., Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., Nardo, D., Sanchez-Crespo, A., Danielsson, A. M., Brolin, F., Jacobsson, H., Larsson, S. A., & Hogberg, G. (2008, October). Neurobiological changes in post traumatic stress disorder following treatment with eye movement desensitisation reprocessing. Presentation at the European Association of Nuclear Medicine Congress, Munich, Germany, European Journal of Nuclear Medical and Molecular Imaging, 35(Supp 2). Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Brain Volumetry Neurobiological Changes Posttraumtic Stress Disorder PTSD rCBF Regional Cerebral Blood Flow Accuracy Verified: Yes 445. Martino, B. (2009, July 3). The neurobiologically inferred treatments for trauma: EMDR and sensorimotor therapies. Presentation at the National Register of Advanced Hypnotherapists and the Swindon PTSD Working Group, Swindon, UK. Language: English Format: Conference Keywords: Neurobiology Sensimotor Techniques Accuracy Verified: Yes 446. Bergmann, U., & Bromberg, P. (2003, November). The neurobiology of EMDR: Recent insights and their contribution to the treatment of dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Dissociation Neurobiology Accuracy Verified: Yes 447. Bergmann, U. (2001, December). The neurobiology of EMDR: Recent insights and their contribution to the treatment of dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, New Orleans, LA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Dissociation Neurobioogy Accuracy Verified: No 448. Bergmann, U. (2003, September). The neurobiology of EMDR: Recent insights and their contribution to the treatment of complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO. ;. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Alan Schore Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Neurobiology Dissociation Accuracy Verified: Yes 449. Bergmann, U. (2002, June). The neurobiology of EMDR: Recent insights and their contribution to the treatment of complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Allan Schore Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation Neurobiology Steven Porge Accuracy Verified: Yes 450. Bergmann, U. (2003, May). The neurobiology of the EMDR: Recent insights and their contribution to the treatment of dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Dissociation Neurobiology Accuracy Verified: Yes 451. Pagani, M. (2011, June). Neuroimaging and novel neurobiological findings in EMDR research [Neuroimaging und neuartige neurobiologische erkenntnisse in der EMDR forschung]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Neurobiology Neuroimaging Accuracy Verified: Yes 452. Kluft, R. P. (1995, March). A new kid on the block and miscellaneous reflections. Dissociation, 8 (1), 1-2. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Editorial Accuracy Verified: Yes 453. Maxfield, L. (2009). On science, orthodoxy, EMDR, and the AIP, H. Lipke, Response from the editor. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 109-112. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.109. Language: English Format: Journal Abstract: Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Letter Orthodoxy Science Accuracy Verified: Yes 454. Koppel, H. (2005, Autumn/Winter). Opinion - Talking therapy and neuroscience - is
there a convergence?. BNA British Neuroscience Association [BNA] Bulletin, a newsletter for members of the BNA, 52, 5-6. Language: English Format: Newsletter Abstract: Keywords: Neurobiology Accuracy Verified: Yes 455. Kelley, S. D., & Bozorg, A. (2010, December). Outcomes of trauma-induced psychogenic nonepileptic attacks treated with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Poster presented at the 64th Annual Meeting of the American Epilepsy Society, San Antonio, TX. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Trauma-Induced Psychogenic Nonepileptic Attacks Accuracy Verified: Yes 456. Myers, H., & McTaggart, J. (2011, March). An overview of using EMDR positive resource development with children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Resource Development RID Symposium Accuracy Verified: Yes 457. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Parrett, B. (1995, June). Peak performance in the work place. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Peak Performance Performance Enhancement Accuracy Verified: Yes 458. Greway, G. (2003). Personality change in trauma victims by the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, resource development and installation, and emotional freedom techniques. Union Institute and Unversity, Cincinnati, OH. AAT 3088540. Language: English Format: Dissertation/Thesis Abstract: Keywords: Emotional Freedom Techniques Emotional Trauma Emotions Freedom Empirical Study Personality Change Resource Development Resource Installation Trauma Victims Accuracy Verified: Yes 459. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Personality Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 460. Bergmann, U. (2004, June). Personality disorders as a variant of dissociative phenomena. Treatment with an integration of EMDR and ego-state work in the healing of self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden
. Language: English Format: Conference Abstract: Keywords: Complex Trauma Dissociation Ego State Therapy Personality Disorders Accuracy Verified: Yes 461. Tinker, R. H., & Wilson, S. A. (2005). The phantom limb pain protocol. In R. Shapiro (Ed.). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 147-159). New York: W W Norton & Co. Language: English Format: Book Section Abstract:
The goal of this paper is to examine one therapy process in order to explore what resources EMDR treatment can provide to complex traumatized clients with previous long-term therapies. How important is the role of mind/body connection? How could it be best observed and taken into consideration when deciding on therapeutic choices during difference phases in psychotherapy? This case raises also the following questions: When it is best to use EMDR? How do the therapist and client know when the client is ready for EMDR? How can clients learn to feel, become aware of their own bodies, observe their body sensations and label these observations? What is the importance of these skills before using EMDR? How do EMDR protocols work in this context?
Case: This client had been severely traumatized in childhood and also in adult life. She came to EMDR treatment with own question: “Have I ever been able to feel anything?” She had been in different psychotherapies, but her body was not ready for EMDR and she could not regulate emotions. She had good ego strength. This presentation shows how the therapy process progressed and it includes a therorectical discussion.
It is possible to integrate different kinds of therapies. Previous “traditional talking therapies” can give to the client the necessary ego strength, boundaries and make it easier to build a therapeutic relationship. Since trauma-related syndromes split the mind and body, it is necessary to address what occurs in the body, just as it is equally necessary to use words to make sense of and describe an experience. E
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.
The discovery of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has led to a structured treatment model conceptualized
in cognitive constructs (the three pronged approach). Based on the diagnostic and treatment situation, this may or may not, be easily
integrated into a psychodynamic (insight oriented) treatment approach. However, I have empirically found a dramatic, acceleration
and deepening of the psychodynamic treatment process with patients when flexibly utilizing EMDR in session. This presentation
will explore the different applications of EMDR incorporating Freudian, ego psychological, separation/individuation and self
psychological theories with practice wisdom derived from extensive case material. Attention will be given to the associative
process, screen memories, dream work, resistance, transference, countertransference and character analysis. The structural (id, ego
and superego) and topographical (unconscious, preconscious and conscious) models of the mind as well as the listening process will
be examined as they inform the use of EMDR. Particular focus will be devoted to how the cognitive interweave can be expanded
conceptually to incorporate the techniques of interpretation and mirroring. The anxieties, resistances and allegiance issues evoked in
the psychodynamically trained therapist, as they attempt to integrate EMDR into their practices will also be addressed.
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental
and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few
years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a
joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the
only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in
either the UK or Ireland.
Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult
mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself
and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant
psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives
referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma
Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the
Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers
referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training
(2008-9)
I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma
focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated
reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births
and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation
Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3
perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will
be outlined.
Integrating Play Therapy and EMDR with Children is a reference book for clinicians who have been formally trained in both EMDR and Play therapy techniques. Creative and safe methods teach clinicians how to weave experiential play therapy and EMDR together for successful treatment philosophies and actions of play therapy and EMDR are reviewed and integrated so that the inherent polarized energies emerge in a compatible therapeutic balance. This book is not intended to provide training in EMDR, per se, instead, various ideas for using EMDR with children are explored. Integrating Play Therapy and EMDR focuses on the use of traditional child-centered therapy for the post-language child whether they actually use language or not. Because so many children are initially resistant to EMDR this is a very useful tool to facilitate the maximum benefit for the child’s treatment experience.[EMDRResources Abstract]
Integrating Play Therapy and EMDR with Children is a reference book for clinicians who have been formally trained in both EMDR and Play therapy techniques. Creative and safe methods teach clinicians how to weave experiential play therapy and EMDR together for successful treatment philosophies and actions of play therapy and EMDR are reviewed and integrated so that the inherent polarized energies emerge in a compatible therapeutic balance. This book is not intended to provide training in EMDR, per se, instead, various ideas for using EMDR with children are explored. Integrating Play Therapy and EMDR focuses on the use of traditional child-centered therapy for the post-language child whether they actually use language or not. Because so many children are initially resistant to EMDR this is a very useful tool to facilitate the maximum benefit for the child’s treatment experience.[EMDRResources Abstract]
Introduction:
This article describes an innovative Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) protocol which applies the standard EMDR protocol, with modifications, to the reduction of performance anxiety and enhancement of skillful performance in higher functioning clients.
Objective:
The intention was to compare a modified version of the standard EMDR protocol for the reduction of performance anxiety and the enhancement of performance.
Method:
The method was applying the special EMDR protocol for peak performance with higher functioning clients. A further enhancement applied three empirically valid techniques drawn from the subfield of positive psychology.
Results:
Published case studies suggest that this special EMDR protocol aided an experienced commercial pilot in overcoming his avoidance and returning to the flight simulator following a failed proficiency check, and assisted an executive in managing his sense of failure following a significant business setback. Athletes preparing for competition have also found the protocol assists them in managing precompetition anxiety. A further enhancement is the application of three techniques drawn from positive psychology which the empirical research in this subfield of psychology suggests can further enhance the benefits of this protocol.
Conclusion:
Limitations are discussed and recommendations for future research are outlined.
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represent life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting infonmtion - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the information from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1) Cognitive Therapy for Personalitv Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813)366-7913; 2) Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represen life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting information - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the infonmtion from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813) 366-7913
2)Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
"TIR and Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy (REBT): A Conversation with Robert H. Moore, Ph.D" / Robert H. Moore / Moore, who is well-versed in Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy (REBT) provides insights on how lessons learned from TIR can influence an REBT practice. /// "A Conversation with Windy Dryden, Ph.D" / Windy Dryden / Dryden also describes integration of REBT with TIR. /// "Using TIR in a Psychotherapy Practice: A Conversation with Alex Frater" / Alex Frater / Frater describes the use of TIR, REBT, and Thought Field Therapy in a psychotherapy practice. /// "TIR and EFT: A Practitioner's Perspective A Conversation with Marian Volkman" / Marian Volkman / Volkman describes the use of TIR and EFT (emotional freedom technique) in her private practice. /// "TIR and EMDR: Notes from the Field" / Victor R. Volkman / Describes similarities and differences in TIR and EMDR. /// "Comparing TIR and Other Techniques" / Frank A. Gerbode / Gerbode compares TIR with other techniques, such as EMDR, V/KD, DTE (direct therapeutic exposure), and TFT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
This workshop will offer theoretical information on, research findings about, and an experience of, seated yoga postures, breathing practices and deep relaxation, including yoga nidra, which are currently being used in the healing of trauma. Specific applications to EMDR processing and resource development will be described.
Cet atelier regroupe à la fois des éléments de la théorie triunique du cerveau, la kinésiologie éducative et les développements récents sur le fonctionnement du cerveau. Le matériel présenté aidera le thérapeute EMDR à comprendre pourquoi le retraitement des traumas cesse ou bloque pendant les stimulations bilatérales avec
certains clients lorsqu’il cible du matériel traumatique. L’atelier aborde aussi l’évolution et le développement du cerveau et comment des informations sensorielles envahissantes peuvent déclencher des réactions primaires qui bloquent un fonctionnement adapté du cerveau. Une portion de la discussion portera sur la relation entre
les 3 vecteurs énergétiques du cerveau/corps et leur influence sur le retraitement des traumatismes. Enfin, cet atelier présente et offre des outils et stratégies que les cliniciens peuvent utiliser pour aider leurs clients à être
présents, équilibrés et intégrés au plan énergétique de façon à optimiser le travail avec l’EMDR.
Integrating Brain Gym and Energy Techniques to Enhance EMDR Processing is a presentation which
encompasses the Triune Brain Theory, Educational Kinesiology and recent research on Brain development and functioning. Information will be presented which will help EMDR trained therapists to understand why their clients stop processing while conducting bilateral stimulation for issues related to trauma. This workshop will look at evolutionary brain development and how overwhelming sensory information can trigger the brain into habitual “bottom up” processing which will block adaptive functioning. A discussion of the three energy vectors of the brain/body and their influence on trauma processing will also be correlated. The workshop will end with the sharing of practical, hands on tools which therapists can use to assist clients to become energetically present, balanced and to have integrated brain functioning for optimal EMDR processing.
This paper details the Body Dialogue process and the EMDR protocol for its use and presents two case studies that demonstrate this integrative technique. Recent studies show that trauma can profoundly affect the body. Many symptoms felt by individuals who have experienced trauma appear to be somatically based. Imprinted memories from 'big T' traumas and 'little t' traumas appear to have their origins sometimes decades before the body 'remembers'. When triggered by a present stimulus, these imprinted body memories recur and the body relives the past trauma. Most methods of trauma counselling and therapy address only the cognitive and emotional components of trauma, lacking the techniques that work directly with the physiological components of past traumatic incidents. The Body Dialogue technique (Stone J, Stone H, Stone S) offers a way to explore the psychological significance of sensations such as pain, motor impulses, muscular tension, trembling, breathing and heart rate. Since such somatic disturbances contain emotional and cognitive components, this dialogue process is able to identify and explore the deep psychological issues surrounding these imprinted body sensations and muscular reactions. The Body Dialogue process is integrated into the EMDR protocol (Shapiro, 2002) when the individual is confronted with body sensations. Having identified the issues (traumas) surrounding these sensations using the dialogue technique, the EMDR protocol is resumed. This enables the processing of the original trauma to occur as well as the instillation of a positive belief. During the therapeutic process using these two therapies, the therapist never has to touch the client.
Directives and strategic interventions were used in
therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small
number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research
institute) in Palo Alto. California.
First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone
with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the
sessions the family members. people who are contributing to
the problem and people who will come up and help to find
solutions.
The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not
preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem.
Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how
change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that:
they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the
relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'.
They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction
(behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized
around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was
large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties
of techniques that belong to other approaches without
any confusion.
In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week
for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach
heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average
of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their
approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names:
Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family
Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and
some others.
One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate
efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when
trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem,
then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist.
Our learning objectives are:
1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and
Brief Strategic Family Therapy
2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT
3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention.
The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that
the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has
not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times
the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions
other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose
without causing any mental confusion on the part of the
therapist and the client.
This workshop, heterogeneous and complex disorders, including PTSD, is a highly complex set of diagnostics was traumatized patients focuses on integrating identity status and EMDR. These problems are usually the people who lived and stabilization to establish a therapeutic relationship to work with, management, heterogeneous resistance to influence symptoms and the need for large-scale preparation.
Availability to work with this self EMDR to integrate in the extended protocol, only the heterogeneous symptoms of PTSD and reach can be disposed much more comprehensive results.
Trauma, loss and the related disorders of the effects of empathy and understanding by working with an approach that meets with the patient and help resolve critical issues of our life plan and create.
Workshops open and clear theoretical base, technical innovation and EMDR and ego state work in the field of practical strategies and case presentations will take place.
With these workshops, participants will understand the following topics
1. Self status of the theory of information processing model can be associated with Apate
2. Foundations of the theory of self status
3. EMDR and the status of all Self reasons
4. Separation and stabilization strategies for specific disorders help to manage
5. Processing phase to be resolved in EMDR trauma provider of advanced techniques assemblies
The present study examined assimilative integration, i.e., when techniques from various therapeutic approaches are imported into a single, consistent theoretical framework. Specifically, the aim of this study was to investigate how Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a manualized therapeutic approach originally developed as a treatment for traumatic memories, is incorporated into clinical practice. In assimilative integration, elements of the EMDR protocol would be expected to be conceptualized and possibly modified in ways that are consistent with the therapist's theoretical framework. A survey design, using web-based questionnaires, was implemented to gather information from therapists who use EMDR. Therapists responded to a broad range of questions regarding their theoretical orientation, involvement in EMDR organizations, and practice of EMDR. A large sample (N = 532) was obtained, and results demonstrated that most therapists integrated EMDR with other therapeutic methods. Further, there was some evidence that therapists were practicing assimilative integration. Specifically, therapists typically added methods consistent with their primary theoretical orientation and conceptualized the effective elements of EMDR as those that were most consistent with their orientation. Most therapists reported using most of the elements of the EMDR protocol, perhaps reflecting the high level of interest in EMDR among therapists in the sample. However, there were some differences related to therapists' level of commitment to EMDR. For example, members of the EMDR International Association used more elements of the protocol and were more likely to report that they did not combine other methods with EMDR when compared to nonmembers. The diagnosis of the client was also an important factor in how EMDR was integrated into treatment. For example, therapists treating clients with PTSD were more likely to report on their use of EMDR as the primary therapeutic approach and to integrate cognitive/behavioral methods than were those treating clients with other disorders. This study was among the first to examine the process of assimilative integration. The findings show that psychotherapy integration varies by therapists' base theoretical orientation, client factors, and therapists' commitment to the treatment method being integrated. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(10-B), Apr 2003, pp. 4912.
The author describes a special protocol she designed for the psychotherapy of Panic Disorders based upon a precise integration of Ericksonian hypnotic techniques with EMDR. This symposium presentation reports on the results of twelve completed singles cases and four in which treatment will still be ongoing at the time of the conference. This therapy approach is based upon the standard EMDR protocol and it eight phases of treatment. However, a noteworthy aspect of this intervention is the comprehensive management of the panic episodes themselves. This protocol assists the client in learning to cope with all the symptomology related to panic attacks, that is, the physiological, cognitive, emotional, and behavioral aspects. The first panic attach is considered the primary traumatic event. From this beginning point, the client is taught to face, step by step, the subsequent panic attacks utilizing both hynotherapeutic strategies and the EMDE processing. This protocol has permitted the successful processing of the memories related to the panic episodes (including imagining of the entire scene from start to finish), appropriate cognitive restructuring of the elements of irrational fear, and planned exposure through encouragement and support for confronting avoid situations and places. A conclusion of treatment is an agreement to face new situations of life that had seemed impossible before treatment because of the level of fear.
The authors illustrate here a special intervention plan that has demonstrated particular benefit in the treatment of Panic Disorder. They introduce here a specific modality of treatment, based upon the integration of hypnotic techniques with EMDR, and following a carefully planned procedure.
This modality of treatment is comprised of several steps that allow the articulation of a structured intervention. This precise scheme of work is based on the eight phases of EMDR and its integration with hypnosis therapy.
The authors present an elaborated single case study of one patient with Panic Disorder along with summaries of several others who were treated with this integrated modality.
The results of the intervention show a noteworthy decrease in the frequency of panic attacks, a reduction in anticipatory anxiety, the alleviation of the somatic symptoms, depression, and other difficulties associated with this disorder.
These clinical case studies suggest the efficacy of this modality of EMDR integrated with hypnosis, and encourage further research in this area. [Author abstract]
In this article I attempt to show how the integration of “eye movement desensitization and reprocessing” (EMDR) techniques within a relational gestalt therapy approach results in a more powerful method than either therapeutic method alone. I describe the steps in the EMDR standard protocol, as outlined by Francine Shapiro, the founder of EMDR. I briefly discuss what we now know about how trauma affects brain functioning and EMDR’s effectiveness in resolving ‘simple’ trauma. I then explain how EMDR, within the context of a relational gestalt approach, can help to resolve therapeutic impasses, enhance the working through process of therapy and trigger associations that neither therapists nor clients anticipate or predict.
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other
cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be
discussed.
1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized.
Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping
skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation,
assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift
negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are
examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals:
- I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better.
- If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure.
- I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right.
- I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything.
Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be
encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc.
2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic
stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues:
- fear/terror and associated avoidance
- sense of powerlessnesshelplessness
- responsibility/accountability
- safety - self, others, environment
- self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable
- lack of individuation
- dependency
- anger
- grief/mouming
- trust/mistrust
- fear of abandonment
- guilt/self-blame
- shame/self-loathing
With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for
supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be
discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing
assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed.
3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and
issues addressed via EMDR include:
- Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development
- Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks
At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and
increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid
in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive
and vital self-image.
The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying
EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.
The principles of this conceptual framework are: (1) personality organization is
dissociative as well as associative, consisting of ego states, and progresses through
stages of psychosocial development; (2) inappropriately activated ego states cause
dysfunction, which is habitual or due to the intense affect of disrupted development
or unresolved grief or trauma; (3) completely overcoming dysfunction requires
therapy with both individual ego states and the personality system; (4) clinical
hypnosis provides techniques to enhance accessing ego states; and (5) EMDR
combines ego-state therapy with eye movements (EMs) to produce a powerful
psychotherapy method. During assessment, ego states responsible for
dysfunctional emotional reactions and behavior are identified together with those
that could be appropriate instead. Included in the treatment protocol, EMs and
clinical hypnosis promote: (1) corrective developmental experiences; (2) resolution
of grief and trauma; (3) acquisition of skills and abilities; (4) co-consciousness;
and (5) negotiation among ego states. The outcome is an integrated “family of
self” that has effectively overcome developmental crises, grief, and trauma, is
aware of essential inner resources, and can consciously activate appropriate ego
states. [Author Abstract]
A new interweave technique is described for when patients are slow to desensitize or when they are emotionally overwhelmed during EMDR treatment. The interweave is comprised of two parallel components: a finger-touching go/no-go tracking task as well as a semantic priming task. The theoretical rationale for the finger-touching task is explained relative to neuroimaging studies of the anterior cingulate cortex and other areas. The rationale for the semantic priming task is explained relative to research about dopaminergic activation projecting from the ventral tegmentum as well as novelty generated orienting responses. A two-stage model is proposed for constructing effective EMDR stimulation techniques.
I. What is Imagery?
An image is a thought-form with sensory qualities. It is an internal representation of personal reality. Imagery is the
natural, efficient way the human nervous system stores, processes and accesses information. Imagery is the major
natural language of the unconscious
II. What is Interactive Communication?
There are three levels of interactive communication.
(1) Non-interactive communication in which the client is a passive participant of suggestion and the guide sets the
pacing and direction of the experience.
(2) One way interactive communication in which the guide provides the direction but the client sets the pace (e.g.
"let me know when you are feeling more comfortable and relaxed).
(3) Two way interactive communication in which the client provides both the pace and the direction of the
experience.
There are many great advantages to working interactively. Greater client participation in the process leads to greater
client empowerment, and with a greater sense of personal control, clients are able to progress more rapidly with less
resistance to the change process.
III. What is Interactive Guided Imagery"? -
Interactive Guided Imagery is a therapeutic approach that quickly accesses and simultaneously utilizes the rich
resources available from both the client's conscious and unconscious minds. It includes a set of techniques designed to
enhance relaxation, reduce the effects of stress, modulate affect, increase motivation, expand creativity and problem
solving abilities, resolve conflicts and the sequellae of trauma and facilitate action planning.
IV. The Inner Advisor -
The Inner Advisor is an internalized image that has the qualifies of wisdom and compassion. It can represent a
crucial inner support system for clients dealing with PTSD. Participants are taught how to find their own Inner
Advisors and to establish a dialogue that can lead to future inner exploration. The benefits and potential
complications of working with Advisor figures are discussed.
V. EMDR and Interactive Guided Imagery - (IGI)
Drs. Bresler and Rossman discuss what Interactive Guided Imagery and EMDR have in common and how they differ.
In particular, EMDR therapists are encouraged to utilize Conditioned Relaxation to enhance the clearing process
during eye movements, and to recruit the assistance of the Inner Advisor to prevent or reduce flooding, traumatic
insight, and/or regression panic. Conflict resolution techniques are also discussed.
Objectives: Post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a severe,
distressing, and chronic condition. Limited availability of
appropriately trained professionals is a significant barrier to
accessing appropriate treatment. This presentation reports the
results of two pilot studies: (i) a pilot RCT of Internet-based
cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT); (ii) an open trial of Internetbased
eye movement desensitzation and reprocessing (EMDR) for
PTSD. RCT: Internet-delivered CBT
Methods: 43 people with PTSD were randomly allocated to
receive clinician-assisted Internet-based treatment for PTSD, or to
a waitlist control condition. Participants in the clinician-assisted
version received access to the 7-lesson PTSD program plus regular
emails from a clinician, automatic reminder emails, and access to
an online discussion forum.
Results: Participants reported significant reductions in PTSD symptoms, depression and anxiety (Cohen’s d respectively: 1.3,
1.2 and 0.7). Furthermore, participant satisfaction with the
treatment program was high.
Conclusions: PTSD is a disabling disorder, but access to
treatment is limited for many people. Developing addditional
effective techniques for treating patients with PTSD is an
important priority for mental health clinicians. OPEN TRIAL:
Internet-delivered EMDR
Methods: This trial is due to commence in March, 2011 and will
run for 8 weeks. It involves 15 people with PTSD allocated to
receive internet-based EMDR in addition to the existing internetbased
CBT protocol used in the above RCT. To our knowledge, this
is the first time that EMDR has been delivered via the internet or
tested despite EMDR being recommended as a first-line
intervention for PTSD by several treatment guidelines for PTSD [1,
2]. We expect that clinically significant improvements will be
observed and that participants will rate the EMDR module as
acceptable.
A structured six-session group therapy has been developed and approved for overcoming craving. The six session protocol
can easily be integrated to well-applied EMDR protocols (DeTur from Popky, CravEx from Haase) supported by systematic
implementation of cue exposure techniques and guided imagery. The EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure catalyses
the recovery process as follows:
At the beginning the patients are taught a set of three ideodynamic resources for coping with the urge to drink; “Rewards
of sobriety”, “Support of relatives and friends” and “Irrepressible commitment to sobriety”. The patients learn rapid activation
of these resources by the use of the “Seven Cue Word Induction–technique” and kinaesthetic bilateral stimulation (SingleblAiR).
Then they are exposed to alcohol until the urge to drink reaches it´s peak. At this moment they are taught to initialize
resourcefulness - with continued exposure to alcohol. Subsequently, the power of one ideodynamic strategy diminishes
the intensity of craving significantly. Craving symptoms finally disappear and are replaced by self-reinforcing thoughts and
feelings due to state dependent learning. In addition to this new experience the patients acquire a high level of self-efficacy
as well as greater and deeper knowledge about their personal drinking triggers. They also find out which strategy is the
most effective one for each specific trigger. After regaining self-control over triggers, the patients are more receptive to
working with their core addiction issues, which have now become easier to treat by especially using Desensitization and
Reprocessing of the Standard- EMDR protocol. Workshop participants will become acquainted with the six-session protocol
by the use of DVD-demonstrations and by practising. In addition they will receive a manual with standardised instructions.
Finally they will also be given the opportunity to participate in a cross-cultural research project proving the effectiveness of
the six-step program which starts in 2011. This approach is designed to improve the treatment of various types of addiction
and can easily be integrated into existing EMDR treatment strategies.
L’optimisme peut être envisagé selon plusieurs approches. Il est possible d’envisager une approche directe comme, par exemple, la proposition de Carver et Scheier, 1982 et le concept d’optimisme dispositionnel. Il est également possible d’envisager une approche indirecte comme celle d’Abramson et al., 1978 et le concept de style explicatif optimiste. Quelle que soit l’option retenue, l’optimisme est associé principalement à des effets bénéfiques, et ce quels que soient les contextes : la santé, le monde du travail et de l’école, ou la performance sportive par exemple. En conséquence, mettre au point des techniques destinées à augmenter le niveau d’optimisme est devenu crucial dans différents domaines. Cet article a pour objectif de présenter brièvement certaines de ces techniques et de développer plus précisément l’apport de l’eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) au développement d’un style explicatif optimiste dans le domaine du sport. Les limites, mais aussi les pistes prometteuses seront précisées.
Summary: Optimism can be seen in several approaches. It is possible to consider a direct approach, for example, the proposal of Carver and Scheier, 1982 and the concept of dispositional optimism. It is also possible to consider an indirect approach like that of Abramson et al., 1978 and the concept of optimistic explanatory style. Whatever option is chosen, the optimism is mainly associated with beneficial effects, and whatever contexts: health, the world of work and school, or athletic performance for example. As a result, developing techniques to increase the level of optimism has become crucial in various fields. This article aims to briefly present some of these techniques and develop more precisely the contribution of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to develop an optimistic explanatory style in the field of sport. Limits, but also promising directions will be specified.
Background:
Posttraumatic stress disorder acquired at work can be debilitating both for workers and their employers. The disorder can result in increased sick leave, reduced productivity, and even unemployment. Furthermore, workers are especially unlikely to return to their previous place of employment after a traumatic incident at work because of the traumatic memories and symptoms of avoidance that typically accompany the disorder. Therefore, intervening in work-related PTSD becomes especially important in order to get workers back to the workplace.
Methods:
A systematic literature search was conducted using Medline, PsycINFO, Embase, and Web of Science. The articles were independently screened based on inclusion and exclusion criteria, followed by a quality assessment of all included articles.
Results:
The systematic search identified seven articles for inclusion in the review. These consisted of six research articles and one systematic review. The review focused specifically on interventions using real exposure techniques for anxiety disorders in the workplace. In the research articles addressed in the current review, study populations included police officers, public transportation workers, and employees injured at work. The studies examined the effectiveness of EMDR, cognitive-behavioural techniques, and an integrative therapy approach called brief eclectic psychotherapy. Interestingly, 2 of the 6 research articles addressed add-on treatments for workplace PTSD, which were designed to treat workers with PTSD who failed to respond to traditional evidence-based psychotherapy.
Conclusions:
Results of the current review suggest that work-related interventions show promise as effective strategies for promoting return to work in employees who acquired PTSD in the workplace. Further research is needed in this area to determine how different occupational groups with specific types of traumatic exposure might respond differently to work-tailored treatments.
Theoretical background: The teaching of a “safe place installation protocol” forms part of the standard EMDR training and for my EMDR practitioners and consultants alike it belongs to their repertoire of EMDR treatment techniques. Such a protocol requires clients to access and identify with an experienced place of safety in their lives. Complex (i.e., Type II) trauma clients, as well as other clients which have not been able to build a secure, positive sense of inner self, as a result of their unsafe experiences during most of all of their life, however, may find it very difficult to access and identify a safe place, which they can draw on during the use of EMDR safe place installation protocol. The standard safe pace installation protocol therefore frequently does not work for these clients. Yet, it is suggested in this presentation that access to the inner ‘safe place’ resource can be of particular therapeutic benefit for this client group. In recognition of the need for such a resource, Dr. Herbert has developed an alternative version of an EMDR-based safe place installation protocol, which draws on all sensory modalities (involving, cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) that will work with clients who have no known prior access to a place of safety in their lives.
Aim of presentation: The conference audience will have the unique opportunity to experience Dr. Herbert’s safe place installation protocol’ during an in-vivo EMDR demonstration session. Suggested variations of the protocol tailored to individual client differences and clinical applications for the use of such a resource with this client group will also be explored. The latter will include use of the protocol as an inner anchoring point that clients can access and connect to in situations of crisis in their daily life and as an aid to facilitate the rebalancing of nervous system functioning.
In the recent years the number of neuroimaging studies
evaluating neural correlates of psychotherapy has steadily
increased revealing its clear neurobiological effects on brain
function across a wide range of psychiatric disorders. Functional
studies by single photon emission computed tomography
(SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) detect
changes in cerebral blood flow and metabolism patterns, identifying
the brain areas processing the various components of
emotional processing and/or affected by the disorders. investigations
by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed
psychiatry disease-related structural changes.
The first part of the workshop (20 minutes) will describe the
neuroimaging methodologies implemented in EMDR research
and their possible clinical implementations will be discussed.
In the second part (10 minutes) neuroimaging studies on the
neurobiological effect of EMDR will be reviewed (1-5).
The third part of the workshop (30 minutes) will deal with the
last findings in EMDR research and will focus on a recent studies
published by our group on the Journal of Psychiatry Research
about the predictive value of MRI on the outcome of
EMDR therapy (6).Moreover a collaborator of our group will
describe and present the preliminary findings of an ongoing experiment
aiming to identify the neurophysiological mechanisms
active during EMDR therapy.
The description and the discussion about the contents of the
workshop will provide the audience
1 the necessary information to understand the methodological
principles behind the neuroimaging techniques (PET and
SPECT) and their possible applications in research and clinic;
2, the critical knowledge of the limited number of published
papers in the field of EMDR-related functional and anatomical
studies (1-6);
3. the basic research principles and examples to be motivated
to begin, take part and/or collaborate to EMDR research in order
to shed light on the neural basis of this fascinating psychotherapeutic
technique.
The presented material will represent the state-of-the-art of the
current neuroscience EMDR-related research and of the neuroimaging
methodologies available at the moment.
in case more contributions will be included in this workshop the
proposed presentation time schedule might change.
References:
Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; l7(4):526-532.
Propper et al. (2007). J Nerv Met Dis; 195:785-788.
Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res; l(l):24-30.
Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm: 28(10):757-65.
Bossini et al (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476.
Nardo et al. (2010). J Psychiatry Res; D0110.1016/jjpsychires.2009.10.014
A novel clinical technique, referred to as "eye-movement desensitization," has recently been reported to rapidly achieve significant reductions in the frequency and intensity of the two primary symptoms of PTSD; cognitive intrusions and the behavioral and emotional avoidance of trauma related fear cues. The current study was intended to provide an experimentally controlled replication of this procedure. The 45 students with the highest scores on a self-report questionnaire were selected for participation in the study and randomly assigned to one of three treatment conditions. These conditions included "eye-movement desensitization," "eye-fixation desensitization," and a non-directive control condition.Sessions One and Three consisted of pretest and posttest assessment respectively, administered by questionnaire and behavioral measures of cognitive intrusions relating to the reported trauma. Session Two, consisted of immediate pretest and posttest assessment of information regarding subjective discomfort, perceived validity of adaptive cognitions, and vividness of images related to the reported trauma. The results of this experiment indicated that treatment-related pretest to posttest change was limited to (a) a relative reduction in cognitive intrusions for the eye-fixation group compared to the other treatment conditions, and (b) initial superiority of both desensitization techniques in immediately reducing subject distress, vividness of the initial image (and for eye-fixation, improved validity of an adaptive cognition) in comparison to the non-directive condition. The latter condition, however, then achieved equivalent gains by one-week follow-up. It was concluded that: (a) the relative efficacy of the eye-movement desensitization technique, was not supported in this non-clinical population, (b) to the degree that the outcomes resulting from the two desensitization conditions were at variance from those of the more traditional non-directive technique, those differences appear to have been predominantly transient in character, and (c) the induction of saccadic eye-movements did not demonstrably function as an active component of treatment within this experimental context. It was additionally concluded that further research will be required to satisfactorily resolve the discrepant findings of experimentation and case reports regarding the efficacy of this technique. Specific suggestions for further research were presented. [Truncated Author Abstract] [Pilots]
Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID), a chronic childhood onset posttraumatic stress
disorder (PTSD), is currently recognized as a treatable condition. It is considered the
paradigmatic dissociative disorder and carries with it extreme posttraumatic
symptomatology which lends itself to be an apt target for treatment combining the use of
EMDR and hypnosis. Therapists skilled in the treatment of DID and Dissociative Disorder
Not otherwise specified (DDNos) have augmented their therapeutic arsenal with the fluent
uses of hypnosis for stabilization, affect management, building a safe place and
grounding. EMDR, which has come to the forefront of clinical awareness in the last fifteen
years, seems well suited for the treatment of trauma, but can be destabilizing. The
presenters recommend a protocol, called Wreathing Protocol, for the imbricated use of
EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of not only DID, but also DDNOS and complex
chronic PTSD. The Wreathing Protocol is useful to advanced clinicians skilled in both
modalities independently. This workshop will explain and illustrate with a clinical vignette
the sequential steps of the Wreathing Protocol; it will describe the required contextual
treatment frame for its safe use. The presenters will explore the consequences of the
premature uses of EMDR and offer planful structured responses to a disequilibrated
treatment and a destabilized patient. The clinical implications of the use of the Wreathing
Protocol will be discussed.
Learning objectives:
1. Name three prohibitions to the use of EMDR in the treatment of dissociative
disorders.
2. Exemplify one target symptom of the BASK model of dissociation in the clinical
example presented and relate a different one in one of your own patients.
3. Describe a potential multistep Wreathing Protocol sequence from selection of
target to resolution of at least one microsymptom in a patient of your choice.
This workshop is directed at working with school age children (6-12) who are diagnosed as developmentally delayed, ADD-ADHD, or with Aspergers or Tourettes Disorders. Included will be case conceptualization, treatment-building, and skill building.
Traumatische Erlebnisse, wie sie bei Kindern häufig vorkommen, können die normale gesunde Entwicklung der Betreffenden, ihre Selbstachtung und das Zusammenleben ihrer Familien stark belasten.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) ist ein umfassender therapeutischer Ansatz, der Patienten in kurzer Zeit hilft, belastende Gedanken und Emotionen, die durch traumatische Erlebnisse entstanden sind, aufzulösen. Traumatisch wirken im allgemein akzeptierten Sinne Mißbrauchs- oder Mißhandlungserlebnisse, Naturkatastrophen und Gewalttätigkeit, doch können Kinder auch viel harmlosere Vorgänge als sehr bedrohlich erfahren. Ein Unfall auf dem Spielplatz, der Verlust eines sehr nahestehenden Menschen oder Probleme in der Schule schockieren ein Kind oft viel stärker als einen Erwachsenen. Außerdem können solche Vorfälle bewirken, daß sich ein Kind hilflos und machtlos fühlt, ängstlich wird und belastende Verhaltensprobleme entwickelt.
Das Buch Kleine Wunder befaßt sich auf sehr ansprechende und eingehende Weise mit den Möglichkeiten therapeutischer EMDR-Arbeit mit Kindern. Das Buch wendet sich an Eltern, die sich Sorgen darum machen, wie ihre Kinder ein gewisses grundlegendes Vertrauen entwickeln können, außerdem an Erwachsene, die sich damit beschäftigen wollen, wie die Geschehnisse in ihrer Kindheit ihr Selbstbild geprägt haben, und an Therapeuten, die mehr über EMDR sowie auch darüber erfahren wollen, wie diese Methode auf die besonderen Bedürfnisse traumatisierter Kinder abgestimmt werden kann.
Traumatic experiences, such as occur frequently in children, can pollute the normal healthy development of the individuals themselves, their self-esteem and the coexistence of their families strong. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a comprehensive therapeutic approach that patients in a short time helps to resolve stressful thoughts and emotions that are caused by traumatic experiences. Traumatic effect in the generally accepted meaning abuse or maltreatment experiences, natural disasters and violence, but children can also learn much more harmless activities as very threatening. An accident on the playground, the loss of a very loved one or problems at school to shock a child often much stronger than an adult. Furthermore, such incidents have the effect that a child feels helpless and powerless, anxious and is developed incriminating behavior problems. Small wonder the book deals in a very appealing and detailed way with the possibilities of therapeutic EMDR work with children. This book is for parents who are worried about how their children can develop some basic trust, also for adults who want to deal with how the events have shaped her childhood her self-image, and therapists, the more about EMDR, and also about to learn how this method can be adapted to the special needs of traumatized children.
Les pratiques psychothérapiques se sont multipliées au cours des dernières décennies. On dénombre actuellement dans le monde près de 400 types de psychothérapies. Cette diversité peut entretenir un flou croissant autour de ces approches avec un risque d'amalgame ou de repli sur telle ou telle référence exclusive. Afin d'éviter ce risque et d'orienter les étudiants et les thérapeutes, ce livre propose de présenter les principaux courants psychothérapiques : psychanalytique, cognitivo-comportemental, systémique et stratégique. Le lecteur sera sensibilisé pour chacun des courants à leur histoire, aux enjeux théoriques et psychopathologiques, à la spécificité de la clinique, à la question des indications. Des portraits de personnalités marquantes scandent la présentation de chaque courant, apportant un éclairage biographique. L'ambition est de saisir la pluralité des champs mais également leurs complémentarités car au-delà des spécificités théoriques et techniques, on identifie un certain nombre d'invariants et de facteurs communs au processus psychothérapique. Cet ouvrage espère ainsi contribuer à un mouvement de décloisonnement et de partage des richesses et ressorts des grands courants, dans un esprit d'exigence et de respect mutuel. Des thérapeutes d'horizons et de références différents seront ainsi sensibilisés à la diversité de ces courants et pourront mieux poser les indications d'autres approches que la leur.
Psychotherapeutic practices have proliferated in recent decades. There are currently around the world nearly 400 types of psychotherapy. This diversity can sustain a growing uncertainty around these approaches with a likelihood of confusion or retreat on any particular exclusive reference. To avoid this risk and to guide students and therapists, this book proposes to present the mainstream psychotherapy: psychoanalytic, cognitive-behavioral, systemic and strategic. The reader will be sensitized to each of their common history, theoretical issues and psychopathology, the specificity of the clinic, when asked for directions. Portraits of personalities punctuate the presentation of each course, providing lighting biography. The ambition is to capture the diversity of their fields but also complementary because beyond the specific theoretical and technical, it identifies a number of invariants and common factors in the psychotherapeutic process. This book hopes to contribute to a movement of deregulation and wealth sharing and springs from the mainstream, in a spirit of care and mutual respect. Therapists backgrounds and different references are well aware of the diversity of these streams and can better ask directions other than their own approaches.
Alleanza terapeutica è un tema centrale della ricerca contemporanea e di valutazione in psicoterapia. Sulla base di un riconoscimento della letteratura internazionale e su dati di ricerca, l'alleanza trasversale emerge come un fattore terapeutico comune ai modelli di trattamenti diversi, che quindi, si pone al di là delle tecniche, ma al tempo stesso intreccia con loro e con le loro specificità. Lo studio presentato si propone di osservare l'alleanza terapeutica tra il paziente e il terapeuta, usando Horvath (1981, 1982) strumento di valutazione entro due corsi brevi psicoterapeutico; un corso condotto con un approccio cognitivo-costruttivista, l'altra con il movimento oculare Desensibilizzazione e Rielaborazione (EMDR). I risultati delle analisi descrittiva effettuata sui dati e le osservazioni emerse hanno confermato l'importanza che entrambi gli approcci attribuiscono alla alleanza terapeutica, sul piano teorico e metodologico. In particolare, le valutazioni alleanza fornite dal paziente e dal terapeuta nella terapia con Eye Movement desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione sono stati trovati per essere molto più consistente che riflette la sintonia emotiva distintivo di questo approccio.
Therapeutic alliance is a central theme of contemporary research and assessment in psychotherapy. Based on an acknowledgement of international literature and on research data, the alliance emerges as a common therapeutic factor transversal to the different treatment models, which therefore, sets itself beyond the techniques, but at the same time interlaces with them and with their specificities. The study presented aims to observe the therapeutic alliance between the patient and the therapist by using Horvath's (1981; 1982) assessment tool within two short psychotherapeutic courses; one course conducted with a cognitive-constructivist approach, the other with the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The results of the descriptive analysis performed on the data and the observations which emerged have confirmed the importance that both approaches attach to therapeutic alliance on the theoretical and methodological level. In particular, the alliance assessments provided by the patient and by the therapist in the therapy with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing were found to be much more consistent in reflecting the distinctive emotional attunement of the approach.
Nel XXI secolo per la prima volta l'uomo avrà il potere di plasmare la Terra che desidera, costruire edifici alti come montagne e navi capaci di portarlo nello spazio, mettere insieme macchine intelligenti, sconfiggere molte malattie e cambiare se stesso intervenendo sui geni. A queste visioni ottimistiche (rassicuranti?) del futuro risponde la realtà del nuovo millennio: situazione ecologica planetaria prossima al collasso, panico ad occidente e disperazione a Sud. Vi sono circa 50 guerre in atto nel mondo con milioni di morti quasi tutti civili e colonne di profughi in fuga, nuovi pericoli terroristici e rilancio delle armi atomiche e dell'industria bellica. Ci sembra che tutto questo accada altrove, al di là di uno schermo televisivo; ma se oggi anche i problemi sono globalizzati allora allarmi ed appelli alla giustizia, alla pace ed alla solidarietà sono rivolti ad ogni coscienza. Particolarmente attente dovrebbero essere le menti di politici e scienziati di ogni parte del mondo. Particolarmente sensibili alle tematiche in questione dovrebbero essere le professioni d'aiuto. Dobbiamo chiederci cosa succeda alle vittime del potere di pochi.
“E poi so bene: tutto ciò che si affonda in noi, come un mucchio di pietrame, finché dura la guerra, si ridesterà un giorno a guerra finita, e allora comincerà la resa dei conti, per la vita e per la morte.” (Niente di nuovo sul fronte occidentale, Erich Maria Remarque, 1929).
Nella tradizione rileviamo un'attenzione quasi esclusiva per l’organismo e per le lesioni fisiche dell'uomo colpito dalla violenza. Il passo in avanti 6
consiste nel superare l'attenzione esclusiva al corpo per occuparsi anche delle ferite psichiche, altrettanto gravi e profonde di quelle fisiche.
Se il termine psicologia significa nella sua origine greca "discorso sull'anima" ad indicare la ricerca della conoscenza del comportamento e dell'animo umano, esso indica oggi una disciplina sempre più attenta al suo essere scientifica. Tuttavia non dobbiamo disgiungere la scientificità della ricerca dall'utilità dell'intervento clinico, fine ultimo della professione.
Il lavoro che vado presentando nasce da una riflessione sulla capacità della psicologia di fornire risposte concrete a situazioni complesse ed altrimenti difficili per ogni uomo. Ogni violenza, dai lontani scenari di guerra a quelli domestici di abuso, è un'immane tragedia: la ricerca sul disturbo post-traumatico da stress (PTSD) e gli interessanti e promettenti risultati di tecniche terapeutiche come l'Eyes Movements Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) meritano perciò molta attenzione.
Si ricordi che nel 1987 il primo studio della dott.sa Francine Shapiro, scopritrice di tale metodo, aiutò proprio una vittima della guerra del Vietnam. Questo caso oltre a gettare le basi per le successive ricerche controllate su tale terapia innovativa e a permetterne lo sviluppo, lasciò intravedere una speranza per le molte vittime dei conflitti armati e della violenza.
L’EMDR si presenta come una buona risposta rapida ed efficace, la più efficace secondo alcune valutazioni meta-analitiche, all’insorgenza del PTSD per la risoluzione di eventi non elaborati. Non stiamo parlando di una panacea indistinta per tutti i casi in ogni condizione. Tuttavia le sue caratteristiche di brevità (in circostanze favorevoli), di buoni risultati, di integrazione tra diversi approcci ed il carattere non invasivo, ne fanno un candidato ideale come strumento d’elezione per il PTSD.
7
Dato quindi l’alto potenziale presentato dalla metodica in ambito clinico, la ricerca si pone come assolutamente necessaria e le prove sperimentali come essenziali.
Queste alfine sono le considerazioni da cui muove l’intero percorso sperimentale qui esposto.
Vorrei testimoniare con questo lavoro l’affetto verso i miei genitori. Ringrazio l’equipe che sta conducendo questa ricerca: il relatore prof. Roberto Anchisi, il correlatore prof. Roberto Guzzi, il correlatore dott. Michele Giannantonio e l’Associazione Emdr per l’Italia, specialmente la dott.sa Isabel Fernandez, nonché i valutatori indipendenti.
Ringrazio di cuore tutte le persone a me vicine che mi hanno aiutato, Diego per la correzione delle bozze, il dott. Davide Gerevini perché è un amico e per il suo paziente aiuto.
Non dimenticherò mai Capitan Max, l'imprevedibile Davide e Valentina, le persone più speciali che abbia incontrato durante questo corso di laurea.
In the twenty first century man has the power to shape the earth he wants to build tall buildings like mountains and ships able to carry it into space, putting together intelligent machines, overcome many diseases and change himself by acting on genes. These optimistic views (reassuring?) Of the future meets the reality of the new millennium: global ecological situation close to collapse, panic and despair in the south west there are about 50 wars taking place in the world with millions of dead civilians and almost all columns of refugees fleeing new dangers of terrorism and revival of atomic weapons and war industry. It seems that this happens elsewhere, beyond the television screen, but if the problems today are globalized, then alarms and calls for justice, peace and solidarity are addressed to all consciousness. Should be particularly attentive minds of politicians and scientists all over the world. Particularly sensitive to these themes should be the helping professions. We must ask ourselves what happens to victims of the power of a few. "And then I know: all that sinks in us, like a pile of stones, as long the war lasts, you awaken one day after the war, and then begin the reckoning for the life and death." (All Quiet on the Western Front, Erich Maria Remarque, 1929). In tradition we find an almost exclusive to the body and the human suffering personal injury from violence. The sixth step is to overcome the exclusive attention to the body to deal also with psychic wounds, serious and profound as those of individuals. If the word psychology in its Greek origin means "soul talk" to indicate the search for knowledge of the behavior and the human soul, it now shows a discipline increasingly attentive to its being scientific. But we must not separate the scientific research of clinical utility of the intervention, the ultimate goal of the profession. The work that I presented comes from a reflection on the ability of psychology to provide practical answers to complex situations and otherwise difficult for everyone. All violence, far from war scenarios to domestic abuse, is a great tragedy: the research on post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and the interesting and promising results of therapeutic techniques such as desensitization and reprocessing Eyes Movements ( EMDR) deserve so much attention. Remember that in 1987 the first study of dott.sa Francine Shapiro, discoverer of that method, he helped his victim of the Vietnam War. This case as well as lay the groundwork for subsequent research on that check and allow the development of innovative therapy, suggests a hope for many victims of armed conflicts and violence. EMDR is as good a rapid and effective response, the most effective according to some meta-analytic assessments, the occurrence of PTSD for the resolution of events not processed. We're not talking about a vague panacea for all cases in all conditions. However, the characteristics of brevity (under favorable circumstances), good results of integration between different non-invasive approaches and make it an ideal candidate as a tool of choice for PTSD. 7 Since then the high potential of the method presented in the clinical setting, the research is absolutely necessary and the tests as essential. These are the considerations which finally moves the entire experimental process outlined here. I would witness this job affection to my parents. I thank the team that is conducting this research: the advisor prof. Roberto Anchises, the co-professor. Roberto Guzzi, the co-Dr. Michael Giannantonio EMDR and the Association for Italy, especially dott.sa Isabel Fernandez, as well as independent evaluators. I warmly thank all the people close to me who helped me, Diego for proofreading, Dr. David Gerevini because he is a friend and for his patient help. I will never forget Captain Max, David and Valentina unpredictable, the most special people I have met during this course.
Eye Movement desensibilización y reprocesamiento [EMDR] fue desarrollado originalmente para el tratamiento de recuerdos traumáticos. Este procedimiento incluye la exposición imaginación, el reprocesamiento cognitivo y estimulación bilateral inicialmente decidió considerando inducida por los movimientos oculares. El procedimiento consta de ocho fases, en busca de la desensibilización del impacto emocional y cognitivo de reprocesamiento de recuerdos y pensamientos inquietantes desarrollado tras un traumatismo. Aunque hay muchos estudios que apoyan su eficacia, se conoce muy poco sobre los mecanismos subyacentes. EMDR es una de las técnicas reconocidas por la American Psychological Association [APA] como eficaz para el tratamiento del trastorno por estrés postraumático [TEPT] y algunos estudios han demostrado su eficacia en el tratamiento de otros problemas de salud mental. (Registro de bases de datos PsycINFO (c) 2008 APA, todos los derechos reservados)
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing [EMDR] was originally developed to treat traumatic memories. This procedure includes imagination exposure, cognitive reprocessing and bilateral stimulation initially decided by considering induced eye movements. The procedure consists of eight phases, looking for desensitization of the emotional impact and cognitive reprocessing of disturbing memories and thoughts developed after trauma. Although there are many studies supporting its effectiveness, very little is known about the underlying mechanisms. EMDR is one of the techniques recognized by the American Psychological Association [APA] as effective for treating posttraumatic stress disorder [PTSD] and some studies have proved its effectiveness in the treatment of other mental health problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Do you recognize the signs that a survivor of childhood sexual abuse may not be able to talk about the abuse and
yet may be suffering from it? What are some of the risks that a survivor of childhood sexual abuse may encounter
when using EMDR? During this workshop you will understand how the brain stores trauma—freeze, fight, flight
responses—with an emphasis on dissociation and hypervigilance as coping mechanisms. The second part of the
workshop will include practicing with EMDR and alternating techniques such as anchorage, strength-building
(Tomlinson, 2008), remembering and healing childhood sexual abuse.
Gli Autori illustrano i princìpi fondamentali nel trattamento dei Disturbi Dissociativi, nell’ottica della psicoterapia cognitivo-evoluzionista. Descrivono la cosiddetta “Terapia per fasi”, caratterizzata dalla iniziale ricerca della stabilizzazione del paziente e da una riduzione sintomatologica; quindi da una fase centrale di elaborazione dei traumi relazionali e complessi considerati frequentemente alla base degli stati dissociativi; infine dalla integrazione e ricerca di una “crescita post-traumatica”. Gli Autori prendono in esame le diverse strategie e tecniche più frequentemente utilizzate, da quelle legate al lavoro terapeutico sul corpo ai gruppi di mutuo aiuto, dalla psicofarmacologia all’ipnosi. Una parte significativa dell’articolo è dedicata all’uso dell’approccio EMDR nel trattamento degli stati dissociativi.
The Authors show the fundamental principles in the treatment of the Dissociative Disorders, in the perspective of the Cognitive-Evolutionary Psychotherapy. They describe the so called “Staged Therapy”, characterized by a starting phase toward the stabilization of the patient and the symptomatology’s reduction; by a central phase of processing of the relational and complex traumas often grounding the dissociative states; and then by an integration and a “post-traumatic growing”. The Authors examine the different strategies and techniques, most frequently used, from the therapeutical body work till self-help groups, from psychopharmacology till hypnosis. A significant part of the article show the importance of the EMDR approach in the treatment of dissociative states.
Recentemente presso l’IRE-ISG di Roma è stata fondata l’Area di Supporto alla Persona la cui mission è tentare di rispondere alle più attuali linee strategiche dei processi di umanizzazione che vogliono riconoscere e soddisfare i bisogni dei pazienti oncologici secondo la definizione che essi medesimi ne danno. A tale scopo l’area si articola in 5 sottoaree, quella dell’Accoglienza e della Preospedalizzazione, quella di Prossimità, quella Clinica, quella della Formazione al personale sanitario e quella della Emergenza Urgenza e della Psicotraumatologia Oncologica. Rispetto alle altre quattro aree quella dell’Emergenza Urgenza e della Psicotraumatologia Oncologica rappresenta l’elemento di novità proponendosi sia come servizio sia come modello di intervento complementare a quello psicooncologico già preesistente. Obbiettivo di questa relazione è:
a. presentare i fondamenti teoretici e clinici che sostengono l’area,
b. presentare le linee di ricerca che ne mostrano la portata euristica e terapeutica in ambito psicooncologico,
c. indicare gli organi funzionali dell’area, articolata in un servizio di emrgenza/urgenza 24/24h che interviene sulla crisi ed in un servizio terapeutico orientato prevalentemente ai disturbi post-traumatici da stress acuti e cronici correlati all’evoluzione della malattia oncologica e ai suoi processi di guarigione,
d. presentare gli strumenti terapeutici di cui si avvale, in particolare intervento psicoterapico con EMDR, e le tecniche sensorimotorie
e. mostrare la trasversalità funzionale dell’area dell’Emergenza Urgenza e della Psicotraumatologia Oncologica rispetto alla altre quattro sottoaree secondo quei medesimi processi di umanizzazione che mettono la “persona prima di tutto”.
Recently at the IRE-ISG of Rome was founded areas with additional support to the Person whose mission is groped to respond to the most current strategic processes of humanization who want to recognize and meet the needs of cancer patients according to the definition that they they give themselves. For this purpose, the area is divided into 5 sub-areas, and that of welcoming Preospedalizzazione, that of Proximity, the Clinic, that of training the medical staff and that of Urgency and Emergency Psychotraumatology Oncology. Compared to the other four areas that Urgency and Emergency Psychotraumatology Oncology is the new element is presenting itself as a service and as a model of intervention complementary to the already existing psicooncologico. The objective of this report is:
a. present the theoretical foundations and supporting the clinical area,
b. present the research lines that show the flow heuristic and therapeutic in scope psicooncologico,
c. indicate the functional organs of the area, divided into a service Hazard warning / urgent 24/24h who spoke on the crisis and in a therapeutic service oriented mainly to the symptoms of post-traumatic stress related to the evolution of acute and chronic oncologic disease and its healing processes,
d. present the therapeutic tools that it uses, in particular psychotherapeutic intervention with EMDR, sensorimotor and techniques
and. show the cross-functional area Urgency and Emergency Psychotraumatology Oncology compared to the other four sub-areas according to those same processes of humanization that put the "person first of all."
Gli Autori descrivono il processo del lutto secondo la teoria dell’attaccamento e la prospettiva evoluzionista. Passano quindi in rassegna i principali interventi preventivi descritti in letteratura e le attività di psicoeducazione e counseling rivolte alle persone in lutto, quindi le tecniche cognitivo- comportamentali più usate e infine l’approccio EMDR, particolarmente utile nei casi di lutto complicato o traumatico
The authors describe the process of mourning according to the theory and evolutionary perspective. Therefore reviewed the main preventive interventions described in the literature and the activities of psychoeducation and counseling addressed the mourners, and the cognitive-behavioral techniques most used and finally the EMDR approach, particularly useful in cases of traumatic or complicated grief.
This doctoral project and brochure is meant to provide an understanding of the effects of trauma on law enforcement officers in order to provide insight and treatment strategies for this population. Effects of culture and diversity within the law enforcement community are discussed. The following chapters review various aspects impacting the research such as a brief history of trauma, Posttraumatic stress disorder within the law enforcement community, officer resiliency, coping, cognitive behavioral treatment strategies, EMDR, positive psychology, community psychology, critical incident stress debriefing as well as biological-based treatments. Treatment modalities and research for mental health professionals working with law enforcement are discussed. Evidenced-Based treatment methods are reviewed as well. The implications of this project are reviewed, as well as the limitation and further suggestions for future research.
Quando ascoltiamo storie di devastazione, terrore, impotenza e di tradimento della fiducia, come naturale conseguenza, le nostre sicurezze più profonde possono essere messe in crisi. Applicando l’EMDR, a volte, possiamo essere messi di fronte alla “realtà del trauma” inaspettatamente, senza parole: il/la paziente “torna là” rivive l’esperienza col corpo e noi assistiamo e “viviamo il suo trauma”. Le emozioni (paura, schifo, terrore, rabbia, senso di paralisi ecc.) possono irrompere nello spazio sicuro della stanza di terapia e sfidare il nostro senso di “invulnerabilità” e prevedibilità. Rispetto all’impatto del materiale traumatico sul terapeuta quando si trova come testimone di eventi terribili e delle loro conseguenze ci possono essere risposte quali senso di paralisi, paura, desideri sadici e di vendetta, fino a “violazioni del setting”. Nel lavoro sul trauma possiamo agire in un continuum che va da risposte di evitamento con sentimenti di rifiuto e rabbia verso risposte di iper identificazione con la vittima. Esiste un rapporto circolare fra aspetti controtransferali e traumatizzazione secondaria negli operatori. Possono emergere problemi esistenziali e spirituali, sentimenti aggressivi e di giudizio, orrore, rabbia, senso di vulnerabilità, dolore-pena e sintomi classici del Disturbo da Stress Post Traumatico. La conoscenza, la consapevolezza e la gestione di questo processo all’interno della relazione terapeutica è fondante rispetto alla riparazione del danno nelle vittime e alla salute mentale dei terapeuti. Nel corso della presentazione ci sarà una focalizzazione sugli aspetti del ciclo del controtranfert e della traumatizzazione secondaria nel terapeuta e si forniranno elementi di protezione per i terapeuti.
When we hear stories of devastation, terror, helplessness and betrayal of trust, as a natural result, our securities may be made deeper into crisis. Applying EMDR, sometimes, we may be confronted with the "reality of trauma" unexpectedly, without words, it/the patient "back there" relive the experience with the body and we are seeing and "live her trauma." Emotions (fear, disgust, fear, anger, sense of paralysis, etc.) can break into the safe space of the therapy room and challenge our sense of "invulnerability" and predictability. Compared to the impact of traumatic material when the therapist is as a witness to terrible events and their consequences there may be responses such as sense of paralysis, fear, desires and sadistic revenge, to "violations of the setting." In work on trauma, we can act on a continuum ranging from avoidance responses with feelings of rejection and anger responses of hyper identification with the victim. There is a circular relationship between trauma and countertransference issues in the secondary players. Existential and spiritual problems can arise, aggressive feelings and judgments, horror, anger, sense of vulnerability, pain and pain-classic symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Knowledge, awareness and management of this process within the relationship Therapeutic compliance is fundamental to repairing the damage in the victims and mental health therapists. During the presentation there will be a focus on aspects of the cycle controtranfert and secondary traumatization in the therapist and will give protection elements for therapists.
I am surprised at the wide-eyed naivete with which Janelle Brown has eaten up all of
the praises lavished upon EMDR without taking a critical look at the controversy
surrounding this treatment. EMDR may be a good treatment for trauma/PTSD but it
also has many detractors within the psychological community who argue it is nothing
more than classic cognitivehehavioral techniques slickly repackaged and sold to a
desperate populace looking for a quick fix.
"I would like to ask some questions concerning the protocol you have developed for the
miners. Do you differentiate it with people trapped under buildings? I've read your paper
quite carehlly and I know you mention it does, but I was wondering about the air flow.
That part is not very clear to me. What is it that happens with the air when a building
collapses? Do you mean that it feels different, or that the air flow changes direction at the
exact time that the collapse begins? In other words that the air one used to breath before
the collapse feels different than after the collapse? Also why is the amount of fluid
consumption important? Does it have to do with whether they had drunk water or coffee
before the collapse or if they were given fluids by the rescue teams? I guess it has to do
with establishing the feeling of thirst under the rubble or dehydration? My questions
might sound silly but I do have them. I'd appreciate your feedback on this. I do have in
mind the stories I've heard from the survivors. Horrendous experiences that I'm
concerned of where I start from. Their personal experiences, the loss of their friends, the
impact it had on their company. There are so many issues involved here."
Vivências traumáticas prejudicam amplamente a qualidade de vida, mas, felizmente, é possível tratá-las com métodos rápidos e eficazes, como o EMDR e experiência somática, técnicas cada vez mais utilizadas pelos especialistas.
Traumatic experiences affect widely the quality of life, but fortunately, you can treat them with rapid and effective methods such as EMDR and somatic experience, techniques increasingly used by specialists.
For people who feel that something essential is missing in terms of goals, creativity, or satisfaction. Participants will be able to: 1) adapt EMDR for non-trauma work; 2) apply techniques of mind mapping and life review movies; and 3) learn to close any course of EMDR more thoroughly.
Life experience can shape how a person carries oneself (e.g. slumped shoulders, chronic scowl, etc.). Client postures and gestures can be used effectively to assist recovery from trauma. This workshop will outline specific applications of this concept including using client gestures and postures as targets for reprocessing; to enhance the connection to the NC and/or PC, as part of resource development, and as interweaves. Video recorded case material will illuminate points. Participants will practice these techniques.
In
our
therapeutic
EMDR
work
with
deaf
and
hard
of
hearing
clients,
we
are
forced
to
strongly
focus
on
the
visual
world.
But
focus
on
visual
aspects
is
not
only
necessary
with
this
client
group!
When
working
with
pre-‐verbal
trauma,
with
children
or
adults
who
are
(not
yet)
fluent
in
their
native
speech
or
when
we
use
EMDR
with
clients
that
use
a
second
language,
we
will
have
to
use
alternatives
to
spoken
languages.
When
used
correctly,
visual
input
can
enrich
and
enable
the
EMDR
process
greatly.
In
this
presentation
we
invite
visitors
to
explore
the
visual
aspects
and
possibilities
of
the
EMDR
process
with
us.
Visitors
will
feel
more
adequate
in
using
mimic,
visual
and
imaging
techniques
with
their
clients.
Video
material
will
enrich
our
presentation.
We
will
present
in
English
and
Dutch
sign
language.
Our
interpreter
will
translate
the
Dutch
sign
language
in
spoken
English.
En
nuestro
trabajo
terapéutico
con
EMDR
con
clientes
sordos
o
con
hipoacusia,
nos
vemos
obligados
a
centrarnos
mucho
en
el
mundo
visual.
Sin
embargo,
¡el
énfasis
en
los
aspectos
visuales
no
solo
es
necesario
con
este
grupo
de
pacientes!
Cuando
trabajamos
con
trauma
acaecido
durante
el
período
pre-‐verbal,
con
niños
o
con
adultos
que
(aún)
no
dominan
su
lengua
materna
o
cuando
usamos
EMDR
con
clientes
que
hablan
un
segundo
idioma,
tendremos
que
hacer
uso
de
alternativas
a
las
lenguas
habladas.
Cuando
se
emplea
correctamente,
el
input
visual
puede
enriquecer
y
capacitar
el
proceso
con
EMDR
mucho.
En
esta
presentación,
invitamos
a
los
visitantes
a
acompañarnos
en
nuestra
exploración
de
los
aspectos
visuales
y
de
las
posibilidades
del
proceso
con
EMDR.
Los
visitantes
se
sentirán
más
apropiados
con
la
utilización
de
la
mímica
y
las
técnicas
visuales
y
de
imagen
con
sus
clientes.
Los
vídeos
servirán
para
enriquecer
nuestras
presentaciones.
Presentaremos
en
inglés
y
en
el
lenguaje
de
signos
del
neerlandés.
Nuestra
intérprete
traducirá
de
lenguaje
de
signos
neerlandés
en
inglés
hablado.
La rilevazione di disturbi uro-ginecologici è in costante crescita, è ciò probabilmente a causa della maggiore attenzione che i clinici dimostrano nei confronti di disturbi variegatati, a volte quasi impalpabili, ma che possono anche dimostrarsi invalidanti. Oltre al vaginismo e alla dispareunia, ben noti nella letteratura scientifi ca da decenni, crescente interesse stanno dimostrando disturbi come la cistite interstiziale, il dolore pelvico e la vulvodinia. Complessivamente considerati, la componente psicosomatica di tali disturbi viene abbondantemente confermata dalla letteratura. A prescindere dagli approcci più chiaramente monolaterali e riduttivi, si nota nella letteratura un interesse consolidato per una terapia che sia per definizione integrata: ginecologica/riabilitativa, psicoeducazionale, sessuologica e psicoterapeutica. L’EMDR si propone in questo ambito clinico come uno strumento di straordinaria versatilità, potendo infatti intervenire sia a livello delle cause remote (eventi stressanti/traumatici, educazione sessuale distorta, etc.), che delle contingenze attuali che mantengono o peggiorano la sintomatologia, offrendo inoltre la possibilità di intervenire direttamente sia sul dolore inteso come sintomo, che sugli scenari futuri connotati negativamente dalla paziente, che frequentemente sono connessi alla percezione del dolore stesso. Infine, si rivela di particolare utilità nel caso in cui il dolore sia correlato a difficoltà relazionali caratterizzate da scarsa assertività. In questo lavoro verranno approfondite le seguenti tematiche: • diagnosi differenziale tra i differenti tipi di dolore uro-ginecologico. • Valutazione dell’eziologia multifattoriale: cause biologiche, psicosessuali, relazionali e presenza di eventi traumatici. • Ruolo dell’abuso sessuale. • Meccanismi psicofi siologici nell’insorgenza dei disturbi: il ruolo della tensione muscolare. • Caratteristiche psicologiche della donna che presenta dolore uro-ginecologico. • Strumenti di screening psicodiagnostico. • Cenni sulle principali strategie di valutazione e di intervento uro-ginecologiche e farmacologiche • Pianifi cazione e fasi del trattamento con l’EMDR, e loro integrazione con differenti approcci psicoterapeutici: aree di indagine, aspetti psicoeducazionali, tecniche sessuologiche specifi che, target caratteristici, l’utilizzo dell’EMDR nelle differenti fasi del trattamento.
The detection of uro-gynecological disorders is growing, this is probably due to the increased attention that clinicians demonstrate against variegatati disorders, sometimes almost impalpable, but may also prove to be disabling. In addition to vaginismus and dyspareunia, well known in the scientific literature about for decades, are showing increasing interest in disorders such as interstitial cystitis, pelvic pain and vulvodynia. Overall, the psychosomatic component of these disorders is abundantly confirmed by the literature. Apart from the unilateral and reductionist approaches more clearly, there is a vested interest in the literature for a treatment that is by definition integrated: gynecological / rehabilitation, psycho-educational, sexology and psychotherapy. EMDR is proposed in this clinical setting as an instrument of extraordinary versatility, allowing it to intervene at the level of remote causes (stressful events / trauma, distorted sex education, etc..) That the current quotas that maintain or worsen the symptoms, while also offering the opportunity to speak directly about pain is understood as a symptom, which negatively on future scenarios of patient characteristics, which are frequently related to the perception of pain itself. Finally, it proves particularly useful in cases where the pain is related to relationship difficulties with low assertiveness. In this paper we will examine the following issues: • differential diagnosis between different types of pain, uro-gynecology. • Evaluation multifactorial etiology: biological, psychosexual, relationship and presence of traumatic events. • Role of sexual abuse. • psychophysical mechanisms in the onset of physiological disorders: the role of muscle tension. • Psychological characteristics of women with uro-gynecological pain. • Tools psychodiagnostic screening. • Work on the main strategies of assessment and intervention and uro-gynecological drug • Plans and application phases of treatment with EMDR, and their integration with different psychotherapeutic approaches: survey areas, psychoeducational aspects, specific sexological techniques that target characteristic the use of EMDR in various stages of treatment.
Il dolore è uno di reazione ad una perdita e lutto è l'assimilazione e la sistemazione della perdita. Trauma può disabilitare la possibilità di far fronte, mettere in pericolo il funzionamento, compromettere la capacità di adattarsi, e aggiungere in modo significativo alla sofferenza del lutto. Trauma complica anche il lutto interferendo con i processi del lutto ha bisogno di passare attraverso per l'assimilazione e la sistemazione della perdita. Una perdita può essere così doloroso che l'accesso alle emozioni che richiedono attenzione è impedito e / o reti di memoria contenenti ricordi positivi della persona amata sono bloccate. Con l'elaborazione EMDR, non solo può essere lavorato attraverso le emozioni, ma le reti di memoria possono diventare accessibili e in grado di giocare un ruolo fondamentale nella sistemazione di perdita. I ricordi del defunto sono gli elementi costitutivi di una rappresentazione interna adattivo, servono come un ponte essenziale tra il mondo e con il mondo senza la persona amata. Questo workshop, attraverso lezioni e nastri di sessioni, si concentrerà su utilizzando l'EMDR nel trattamento del dolore e del lutto, con particolare attenzione sulla domanda di lutto traumatico.
Grief is one’s reaction to a loss and mourning is the assimilation and accommodation of the loss. Trauma can disable the ability to cope, impair functioning, compromise the ability to adapt, and add significantly to the mourner’s distress. Trauma also complicates mourning by interfering with the processes the mourner needs to go through for assimilation and accommodation of the loss. A loss can be so distressing that access to emotions requiring attention is prevented and/or memory networks containing positive memories of the loved one are blocked. With EMDR processing, not only can emotions be worked through, but memory networks can become accessible and capable of playing a vital role in accommodation of loss. Memories of the deceased are the building blocks of an adaptive inner representation; they serve as an essential bridge between the world with and the world without the loved one. This workshop , through lecture and tapes of sessions, will focus on utilizing EMDR in the treatment of grief and mourning, with special attention on the application to traumatic grief.
This workshop is a presentation which encompasses the Triune Brain Theory, Educational Kinesiology and recent
research on trauma and how it effects brain development and functioning. Information will be presented on the
Triune Brain Theory and how “bottom up” processing can block EMDR from working with traumatized children.
A description of the energy blockages in the brain and how they can be detected and then eliminated through
Brain Gym exercises will comprise the second part of this educational workshop. The difference between hyper
arousal and dissociative responses and which brain centers are involved will be explained in order to understand
the adaptive, evolutionary response of the brain when the child/adult is experiencing trauma. Throughout the
workshop will be experiential Brain Gym exercises. This format is designed to encourage greater understanding
of the whole brained effects of the exercises as participants learn these tools. Several other exercises which
reduce stress and connect the three levels of the brain for efficient, whole-brained processing will also be
incorporated. Several case examples will be shared to illustrate how the Brain Gym exercises become part of the
child’s coping resources and eventually facilitate the processing of his/her traumaLearning Objectives:
• The participants will be able to demonstrate and describe the benefits of a Brain Gym Warm Up to create full
brain activation and a relaxed processing state.
• Participants will be able to describe the Triune Brain Theory and how trauma creates “bottom up” processing
instead of “top down” processing.
• Participants will be able to demonstrate specific exercises for reducing stress/trauma within the Central
Nervous system thus enhancing a child’s sense of safety.
• Participants will be able to identify 5 brain/energy imbalances and how they block EMDR processing.
• Participants will be able to identify and explain the Brain Gym exercises which correct each of the 5 brain/
body/energy imbalances.
This workshop will teach you a simple and efficient way to organize any EMDR client file no matter how complex.
Mind mapping can lower overwhelming complexity of case files. This process was developed to help me with
efficient case planning. I will teach you how to keep track of targets, client resources, themes, connections
between targets, etc. while also providing a quick reference guide and way to plan sessions. Additionally, it
provides clients with feedback on what has been accomplished and is yet to complete. Clients have commented
that these maps have encouraged them as they can see clearly what they have completed, their strengths and
resources, and themes in their life. They also understand that as their therapist, I have a thorough understanding.
It also provides the therapist with a process to clarify where consultation is needed. Please bring a client file in
which you have permission to receive colleague consultation. A real client file will be provided for those who wish
not to bring a client file. Learning objectives:
• To learn an efficient and simple way to organize client files with mind mapping techniques
• To enhance case planning by identifying areas to be addressed through the re-organization of a file
• To review the EMDR protocol through the mind map process
In EMDR we are assisting the client to be simultaneously aware of disturbance and the relative safety of the current moment. However, for clients with high levels of dissociation it is often more difficult for him/her to maintain this delicate balance so if we are to use EMDR it is necessary to proceed with caution.
I will therefore demonstrate techniques, largely based on the work of Jim Knipe, which can help clients reverse dissociation and provide safety and containment. (Author abstract)
Manual básico de EMDR. "Hensley ha escrito un libro sencillo y básico, que constituye el complemento perfecto a los textos de Shapiro". Dra. Jennifer Lendl "Los ejemplos, casos, tablas y diagramas... ayudan al terapeuta EMDR a comprender y desarrollar la pericia adicional relativa a este maravi- lloso método". Dra. Irene B. Giessl Este libro de texto ha sido diseñado para ser usado como material adicional al texto original de Francine Shapiro. Incluye una revisión completa del modelo de Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información (PAI) y de los principios, protocolos y procedimientos de la EMDR tanto para los terapeutas recién formados como para los profesionales experimentados que deseen revisar dichos principios. Sus claves son: • Una revisión global de la EMDR incluyendo el Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información y el enfoque de tres vértices con un lenguaje accesible y comprensible. • Una síntesis de los elementos básicos de las ocho fases de la EMDR con ejemplos de cada fase, de modo que el contenido fundamental pueda ser fácilmente comprendido. • Estrategias y técnicas para tratar a clientes difíciles, con altos niveles de emociones perturbadoras y con un procesamiento bloqueado. • Historiales, diálogos y transcripciones de sesiones satisfactorias de EMDR con explicaciones relativas a la justificación del tratamiento.
EMDR Basic Manual. "Hensley has written a simple and basic, which is the perfect complement to the text of Shapiro. " Dr. Jennifer Lendl. "The examples, cases, tables and diagrams ... EMDR helps the therapist understand and develop additional expertise on this marvelous method and counsel. " Dr. Irene B. Giessl. This textbook is designed to be used as additional material to the original text by Francine Shapiro. Includes a comprehensive review of the model of Adaptive Information Processing (PAI) and the principles, protocols and procedures for both EMDR trained therapists just as for experienced professionals wishing to review these principles. Your keys are: • A comprehensive review of the EMDR including the Adaptive Information Processing and the three-pronged approach with an accessible and understandable. • A summary of the basic elements of the eight phases of EMDR with examples of each phase, so that the substance can be easily understood. • Strategies and techniques for dealing with difficult clients, with high levels of disturbing emotions and blocked processing. • Records, dialogues and transcripts of sessions with EMDR satisfactory explanations regarding the rationale for treatment.
By augmenting EMDR with the explanatory power and clinical inventiveness of ego state theory, couples therapy can be brought to new levels of efficacy. This workshop will describe theoretical, clinical, and ethical issues in incorporating EMDR into work with couples. Integenerational pathogegenesis of ego fragmentation will be described. Indications ad containdications for conjoint EMDR sessions will be discussed. Through didactic presentation and case illustration, participants will learn how to use ego state theory in their assessment, introduce EMDR into the treatment planning, and learn advanced techniques for facilitating processing with "stuck" or difficult clients.
By augmenting EMDR with the explanatory power and clinical inventiveness of ego state theory, couples therapy can be brought to new levels of efficacy. This workshop will describe theoretical, clinical and ethical issues in incorporating EMDR into work with couples. Intergenerational pathogogenesis of ego fragmentation will be described. Indications and contraindications for conjoint EMDR sessions will be discussed. Through didactic presentation and case illustration, participants will learn how to use ego state theory in their assessment, introduce EMDR into the treatment planning, and learn advanced techniques for facilitating information processing with “stuck” or difficult clients.
Great strides have been made in applying EMDR
to different populations with a variety of
diagnoses. Integrating this powerful treatment
into couples therapy is relatively new and very
promising. By augmenting EMDR with the
explanatory power and clinical inventiveness of
ego state theory, couples therapy can be brought to new levels of efficacy. Through didactic
presentation and case illustration, participants will
understand the relational nature of the Self,
psychobiological and psychodynamic mechanisms of attachment, the structure of the
relational self, and the challenges of individuation/differentiation. In addition, all participants will learn and be able to access the intergenerational pathogenesis of ego fragmentation, and will be
able to identify clinical manifestations of ego state
conflict in conjoint sessions, including the doublebind,
split loyalty, and reenactments. Participants
will be able to use this learning to diagnose the
interlock of negative cognitions in their client
couples, and implement strategies to contract for
individually-focused EMDR therapy. Participants
will be able to explain to clients the risks and
benefits of conjoint EMDR, and understand the
contraindications for conjoint EMDR. Participants will learn a model of EMDR
treatment planning that includes target selection
and salience, and will be able to utilize a
progressive sequence of techniques for facilitation
EMDR processing with dissociative clients who
are blocked, looping, or at risk of abreaction.
Incorporating an evidence-based model of psychotherapy such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) helps resolves the reactivity. It assists both parties in reclaiming their lives. Recently, after completing treatment, a veteran said to me "I am home now!" In a follow-up session his spouse noted the amount of fun they regained in their marriage now that memories from the past had been resolved. Dr. Shapiro's book can give you a good overview of how EMDR can help. Individual veterans and a military couple volunteered to share their stores to help others. In addition, the book describes self-help techniques in detail as well as relationship advice. It also gives guidelines to decide if memory processing is a good choice for you. [Excerpt]
It is essential to adapt EMDR to the culture specific complex demands of family trauma among Asian Indians. This presentation highlights empirical data on the effectiveness of an innovative technique i.e. Meditation Integrated EMDR (MIE) (Vipassana Mindfulness meditation + pranayama + EMDR) with those undergoing post trauma disorders after a family trauma. It introduces the participants to the theoretical basis and techniques of both MIE and EMDR, its adaptations and trains participants to apply to clients. The impact of therapy on SE, LOC, coping styles and overall QOL and their role as predictors of recovery is emphasized. Thus, participants gain a powerful strategy for the holistic treatment of familial trauma like divorce, infidelity, grief, domestic violence.
Ancient healing practices like meditation, yoga and pranayama have been found effective with a range of anxiety disorders
but also have their limitations. EMDR integrated with such techniques is well adapted to Eastern cultures and is effective
and more easily accepted with a range of traumatic events. This workshop will familiarize participants with various cultural
adaptations as well as ways to integrate traditional effective methods in dealing with traumatized events.
Participants will learn:
1. An overview of techniques derived from ancient Indian scriptures and healing methods like yoga, pranayama (breathing
techniques) and Vippasana meditation and their applications in modern psychotherapy.
2. More about research on how this works.
3. Similarities and parallels with EMDR and points of integration
4. How to integrate these strategies into the EMDR protocol
5. Pilot study on the effectiveness of this integrated technique in traumatized individual.
Table of Contents: 1. Ordföranden har ordet
2. Från en EMDR-handledarstudents perspektiv;
5. Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter november 2007;
5. Referat från EMDR-konferensen i Paris;
7. Kompletterande tekniker – H-P Söndergaard;
9. Fysiologiska effekter av EMDR – referat av studie;
10. Journal of EMDR;
11. Inbjudan till föreningens studiedag och årsmöte;
12. Program till studiedag och årsmöte;
13. Kalendarium VT 2008;
14. Förnyelse av certifiering – blankett;
15. Diverse blänkare
1. Chairman's Message;
2. From an EMDR-mentoring student's perspective; 5. Certified EMDR therapists-November 2007;
5. Summary of EMDR conference in Paris;
7. Complementary techniques - H-P Søndergaard;
9. Physiological effects of EMDR - summaries of study;
10. Journal of EMDR;
11. Invitation to and program for the association's annual meeting and field day;
12 Programs for the study day at the annual meeting;
13. Calendar Spring 2008;
14. Renewal of certification - form;
15. Miscellaneous notices
Recent research indicates that the reactions to a traumatic event we know as PTSD are complicated because they may incorporate two quite separate sets of processes. One set of processes is concerned with specific reactions to extreme threat. The other set of processes is concerned with the challenge the trauma poses to the victim's beliefs and identity. These processes are not specific to trauma, hence the overlap between symptoms of PTSD and other disorders. Repeated exposure to threat will lead to the longer term establishment of identities that have lost much capacity for optimism, trust or intimacy. But even a single event which is merely upsetting for one person may fatally undermine the positive aspirations of another. Negative reactions to trauma go beyond thoughts and include impulses, imagined pictures, emotions, such as anger and shame, a feeling of being more than one person and a sense of disconnection from others. These individual responses are also highly varied and yet at the same time contain their own internal organisation, suggesting that a helpful framework for understanding them is the social psychological approach to identity involving multiple selves. Treating PTSD involves understanding how the survivor adapts to these twin challenges of memory and identity.
Another intriguing new therapy appears to help people with PTSD integrate traumatic experiences.
With the approach known as eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), the therapist first works with the patient to evoke the distressing memories.
Once the patient recalls these events, the therapist can apply a variety of techniques to help him "process the memories."
Oak Park psychologist Irvin Roth, who has been trained in EMDR, said he has patients follow with their eyes the back-and-forth movements of a conductor's baton. These eye movements are similar to the eye fluttering that takes place during REM sleep.
Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) and exposure therapies
(e.g. prolonged exposure therapy) have both been recommended
as first-line treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
However, relatively little is known about the comparative efficacy
of the two types of treatments. To date, the few studies that have
been conducted have small sample sizes, making it difficult
to draw conclusions. The goal of the current study was to use
meta-analytic techniques to synthesize the existing data on the
relative efficacy of exposure therapies and EMDR. Through a
comprehensive literature search, we identified six randomized
control trials that met our inclusion criteria. We calculated
Hedges g effect sizes for the continuous variables (positive values
favor exposure therapies) and risk ratios (RRs) for dichotomous
variables (values greater than one favor exposure therapies).
EMDR and exposure therapies did not differ significantly on
clinician-rated PTSD (g = 0.32), self-report PTSD (g = -0.08), selfreport
depression (g = -0.01), loss of PTSD diagnosis (RR = 1.46),
or dropout (RR = 0.79). However, higher-quality studies (based
on Foa & Meadows’ 1997 criteria) consistently favored exposure
therapies. Clinical implications will be discussed
Treatment Studies: I
Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) and exposure therapies
(e.g. prolonged exposure therapy) have both been recommended
as first-line treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
However, relatively little is known about the comparative efficacy
of the two types of treatments. To date, the few studies that have
been conducted have small sample sizes, making it difficult
to draw conclusions. The goal of the current study was to use
meta-analytic techniques to synthesize the existing data on the
relative efficacy of exposure therapies and EMDR. Through a
comprehensive literature search, we identified six randomized
control trials that met our inclusion criteria. We calculated
Hedges g effect sizes for the continuous variables (positive values
favor exposure therapies) and risk ratios (RRs) for dichotomous
variables (values greater than one favor exposure therapies).
EMDR and exposure therapies did not differ significantly on
clinician-rated PTSD (g = 0.32), self-report PTSD (g = -0.08), selfreport
depression (g = -0.01), loss of PTSD diagnosis (RR = 1.46),
or dropout (RR = 0.79). However, higher-quality studies (based
on Foa & Meadows’ 1997 criteria) consistently favored exposure
therapies. Clinical implications will be discussed.
Golfer Steve Kittleson had practiced and practiced, but was still having problems when the golf pro at Ridgeway Country Club suggested he see an EMDR facilitator.
In "The Reunion Process: A New Focus in Short-Term Dynamic Psychotherapy," by Dr. Sandler (see record 2007-09422-001), addresses posttreatment relapse by a new therapeutic strategy based on attachment theory and recent research findings concerning the neurobiology of memory. This strategy involves the discovery or creation of positive childhood maternal attachment memories as a method of overcoming the dominance of negative memories. Dr. Sandler makes assumptions about what can be achieved in short-term therapies, the pace of therapeutic change, as well as the role in treatment outcome of techniques versus therapist skill and relationship factors. These assumptions are not supported by psychotherapy research. While the attempt to use new discoveries from neurobiology to guide the development of therapeutic techniques is admirable, the author appears to engage in a fair amount of speculative theoretical reductionism in attempting to explain the eventually positive outcome of the case he presents. I offer a more parsimonious psychological explanation, which is consistent with the short-term dynamic psychotherapy theory of change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2007 APA, all rights reserved)
This session explores the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, specifically in relation to strengthening client affect tolerance, body awareness, observer capacity and self-acceptance. These skills are particularly useful in the Preparation phase of EMDR in order to build a strong foundation for the Desensitization phase of the Trauma Protocol. We will look at Mindfulness techniques, combined with Resource Development and Installation (RDI), that are useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Research linking Mindfulness with neural plasticity and neural integration will be highlighted. The session includes lecture, case review and short experiential Mindfulness exercises.
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.
Mindfulness mediation (based on Buddhist meditative techniques) has previously been advocated for depression relapse prevention and chronic pain reduction in former research trials (Teasdale; Kabat-zinn, etc.). Because the practice of mindfulness relates to body scans and focusing attention upon the body, it has been advised that it may cause problems in using such a method for sexual abuse and rape survivors, although no research appears to have been carried out in this area. In a single case study of child-sexual-abuse adult survivor who frequently dissociated and experienced “flashbacks” during clinical sessions, the methods of Mindfulness Mediation were introduced to her, in an attempt to keep an awareness of her surroundings whilst doing imagined exposure in for PDSD (post duress stress disorder). From dissociative phases, flashbacks and cognitive avoidance of stimuli, the client became able to focus on the traumatic information being presented and to emotionally relate and process trauma memories, which previously she had been unable to do. Her ability to attenuate upon traumatic information was increased, habituation was easier from a clinical perspective, her anxiety levels decreased (BAI) and her depression levels eased (BDI). (N.B. The client’s improved anxiety and depression scores may have been due to Mindfulness Mediation practices or to the processing of highly emotive information).
Conclusion: Mindfulness Meditation can be a useful adjunct to trauma processing when imagined exposure is being implemented for PTSD/PDSD for processing of un-integrated traumatic information, where dissociation, cognitive avoidance or flashbacks occur within the context of treatment, creating a barrier to habituation from traumatic information. [Two statistical charts which accompanied this abstract in the Conference Program entry have not been included here.]
We present our experiences with an elderly patient with depression that was attributed
to a surge of physical ailments who also had trauma-derived fear of having to undergo a tracheotomy.
He refused pharmacotherapy and was offered intensive training in Mindfulness
Meditation (MM) plus Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy
during the 2 weeks of hospitalization. This treatment combination had not been used previously.
We suggest that EMDR eliminated his fear of surgery, whereas MM relieved his
depression and attendant anxiety. However, the two techniques appeared to work synergistically.
Following his discharge, he continued to practice MM, which prevented the recurrence
of emotional distress, and even helped to reduce its causative physical symptoms. We offer
an explanation for the success of our combined treatments and discuss the potential usefulness
in specific psychotherapeutic situations. We also propose a place for MM within general
geriatric care, and point out the reluctance to consider the therapeutic value of meditation.
(Chang Gung Med J 2004;27:464-9)
Key words:
The use of EMDR is often complicated with traumatized clients who cannot modulate
arousal, stay present rather than dissociating, tolerate positive or negative affect, or
differentiate past and present. Beset with an array of baffling, intense symptoms that
“tell the story” without words, they become uncertain both of what happened and
how they endured it. To make sense of the sensations and overwhelming emotions,
clients rely upon trauma-related cognitive schemas to interpret their experience: “I am
still not safe,” “I am a marked woman,” “I am worthless and unlovable.” These
cognitive schemas often increase the bodily dysregulation, resulting in looping or
inability to fully process and integrate the traumatic events. With such clients, the use
of body-centred techniques in preparation for or during EMDR processing can help to
increase affect and autonomic tolerance, strengthen both somatic and psychological
resources, and increase EMDR effectiveness by facilitating optimal levels of autonomic
arousal, which is neither too high nor too low, however is necessary for successful
desensitization and integration.
This workshop will introduce a number of interventions for working with traumatically
encoded somatic experience derived from Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, a bodycentred
talking therapy for trauma developed by Pat Ogden, Ph.D. that addresses the
non-verbal, autonomic components of PTSD by using the body both as a source of
information and a reservoir of resources. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy offers simple
body-oriented interventions for tracking, naming, and safely exploring trauma-related
experience, modulating a dysregulated autonomic nervous system, creating new
resources and competencies, and restoring a somatic sense of self. Sensorimotor
Psychotherapy can be easily integrated into EMDR treatments, used during
stabilization to prepare clients for more effective EMDR processing, during processing
to ensure effective and complete desensitization, or to enhance installation of positive cognitions and facilitate integration.
The need to address subcortical components of PTSD is critical to trauma work, especially with clients who cannot modulate arousal, tolerate positive affect, or maintain mindful states. With such clients, the use of Sensorimotor
Psychotherapy in conjunction with EMDR can enhance the effectiveness of both treatments. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy techniques can be utilized to increase affect and autonomic tolerance, to embody EMDR-acquired
resources, and to increase the effectiveness of EMDR processing by facilitating an optimal level of arousal. This workshop will introduce
participants to Sensorimotor Psychotherapy and describe the integrated use of both modalities to enhance trauma processing.
In this seminar, we’ll discuss strategies that patients can learn to monitor and modify energy and information flow with more clarity and power, and also describe how the process of integration can serve as an organizing principle that illuminates the nature of resilience and well-being. Integration is defined as the linkage of differentiated parts of a system. When integration is present, flexibility and harmony result; when integration is absent, chaos or rigidity occur. EMDR can be seen as a profoundly useful integrative therapeutic practice. Mindsight is a teachable skill with which people can learn to monitor energy and information flow with clarity and depth and then modulate that flow with specificity and power toward integration. Within this framework, clinicians can focus assessment on the findings of chaos and rigidity as examples of impediments to integration. Clinical intervention harnesses the power of therapeutic techniques to cultivate differentiation and linkage in various domains of integration that may be impaired.
Disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma often results in the formation of ego states, also known as
alters or parts. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be
dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad
things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. It is necessary for clients to remain safe during
EMDR sessions and contained between sessions. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work with
more difficult clients so they too can benefit from EMDR. This presentation provides an overview of Ego State
Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR. It demonstrates how to access ego states in a controlled way and goes
on to show a video of a live case where EST is used effectively to moderate the malevolence displayed by a
difficult ego state. In this case example, the client went on to experience the standard 8 Phases of EMDR.
On April 19, 1995 in Oklahoma city at 9.02 am, a car bomb exploded at the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building. At that moment Linda was dressing in her living room a block away and the blast made her unconscious. Getting back her consciousness after a few minutes, Linda was able to come out of the bomb blast-affected building with difficulty. She was numb with terror. She received hundreds of tiny cuts; yet a doctor certified that she was okay. But actually she was not. She could not function independently. She forgot to perform her simple but essential daily chores. She started to lose four pounds a week in weight. Screaming, crying, scaring became the daily routine during her sleep. She even forgot how to work. Two months later her boss took her to a mental health clinic and the doctor there wanted to admit her to the hospital. She opposed the idea as she was brought up in an orphanage and she strongly disliked such institutions. The doctor then advised them to go to the EMDR free clinic. Linda was brought to the clinic and there a miracle happened. After her first EMDR treatment, Linda's nightmare came to a stop. During the second week she was able to return to her work, and after the third session she was back to her normal life. A year later Linda described her first experience of EMDR as "the weirdest thing I had ever experienced with the exception of the bomb."
Here is an excerpt:
"....I remembered courses and lectures etc. where all you hear is: Our western techniques and therapeutic ways don't work with people from other cultures. But nobody ever tells you what DOES work, or how to connect. So I decided to go on a search systematically, by asking every interpreter, every colleague, and some clients from other cultures to tell me what to do, and how to adapt. From there I developed my own techniques, the material presented here." [EMDR-HAP]
This paper brings together my experiences with music in EMDR therapy and the experiences of myself and others with music and the brain. I describe some of the components and forms of music--e.g. imagined music, humming, singing, dance-like movements in EMDR, eliciting fom the client the words of a song, retelling the negative cognitions for a deeply-embedded song, and thythm and chanting--and how, together with EMDR, they can evoke open, integrative states which are more amenable to deep change that either is alone. I believe that since music has some of the basic attributes as EMDR, music by itself may be included with EMDR techniques, e.g. eye movements, clicking, tapping, etc.
Definition of client population:
Disorder of the self. The narcissistic character is often identified by his or her grandiose facade concealing an underlying sense of
emptiness and worthlessness. To experience the underlying emptiness is so painful for them that these people cut off their inner
experience and rely instead on external admiration and praise to support their grandiose or superior view of themselves; their
condition is often referred to as a "disorder of the self." Because of their dependence on others for their sense of themselves, they are
exquisitely sensitive to criticism or disapproval, often warding off deflation by becoming increasingly grandiose, superior, disdainful
or demeaning. Many conceal their grandiosity, maintaining a secret sense of superiority which may be based upon their
perfectionism or their quiet devaluing of others.
View of others: there is a range of severity of the narcissistic character from personality disorders to a narcissistic character style.
People with personality disorders, are unable to form a trusting bond with another person; they view people primarily as
interchangeable, performing a function which could equally be performed by many others. Less impaired narcissistic characters,
however, are able to form varying degrees of attachments to other people, although their ability to trust and care about other people
is limited. Most commonly they relate to people they can idealize or be admired by. People tend to be seen in extremes as either
superior and powerful or inferior and worthless; supportive and admiring or critical and attacking.
Difficulties in using EMDR:
Clinically these clients represent a difficult and often frustrating population to treat; they are brittle and easily injured if they to not
feel perfectly understood by their therapists, and they will distance at the slightest hint that they are being judged or used. They
resist focusing inward and defining their problems as arising within themselves, and find it difficult to sustain any genuine affect,
other than perhaps rage. If they feel understood and accepted, however, they will eventually talk about their sense of emptiness and
worthlessness and their confusion about who they are and what is truly meaningful and valuable to them.
Beck, Young and others have described factors that make it difficult to treat any personality disorder using a cognitive behavioral
approach. There have in fact been very few reported "successes" in the literature. Most of the difficulties are related to the self and
object splitting characteristic of these clients. These clients have limited access to feelings, limited access to spontaneous thoughts,
body sensations, memories, etc., and vague unfocussed presenting problems making targeting difficult. They usually have difficulty
with emotional and often intellectual continuity from session to session; they will rarely keep a log or follow through with
homework; transference issues often come into central focus and must be addressed before other targets; and their selfdefeating
beliefs and behavior patterns are extremely deeply held, pervasive and resistant to change.
In addition to varying degrees of these difficulties, narcissistic clients present all of the problems in EMDR that they do in more
traditional therapies; including their tendencies to act out, deny, and avoid. These and other defenses interfere with completion of
segments of therapeutic work and make it difficult for the clinician to keep work focused within one neural network. Self and object
splitting leads to continuity problems within or between sessions and a difficulty maintaining clarity about the reason for being in
treatment. The client may feel suicidal one week and declare himself or herself to be fully recovered the next. Perhaps the most
confirming aspect of the treatment of these clients, however, is their emotionally impoverished pasts; they have very limited
experience of nurturing, loving and caring to draw !?om in order to interweave new meanings and perspectives into traumatic or
painful past experiences.
Length of treatment:
I have found that I have been able to achieve good results with higher level narcissistic clients with whom I have had an established
relationship at the time I introduced EMDR into the treatment. My results with clients who have come to therapy asking specifically
for EMDR and with whom I have begun using EMDR soon after the beginning of treatment have been generally poorer, varying
with the severity of the client's disorder, the less severe doing best. The client needs to be able to establish a meaningful trusting
relationship with the therapist; the more severe the client's difficulties with attachment, the more time this process requires.
Narcissistic clients do not tend to see their difficulty with vulnerability, trust and intimacy as a problem within themselves. If they
are able to recognize personal problems, they are usually in the area of self esteem and obstacles to achievement. When they are
able to resolve some of these latter problems fairly rapidly through treatment they tend to terminate, no longer seeing a sufficient
purpose for treatment. In a sense, they can become better narcissists; their grandiose view of themselves is enhanced and they are
reinforced in their use of self-sufficiency as a defense against interpersonal vulnerability. I view the relative efficiency of EMDR as
a problem for deeper treatment of narcissistic clients because there is less time for the therapeutic relationship to develop and
consequently a limited opportunity to impact the client's object splitting. I believe that this is why I have found EMDR with
narcissistic clients to be most effective when it is introduced after a therapeutic relationship has had time to develop. Negative cognitions:
The early maladaptive schemas of narcissistic clients are pervasive in their lives and point to a plethora of negative cognitions.
Typical early schemas are: I must control myself (or my feelings, my behavior, my body) at all times; no one cares; my needs will
never be met; I can't trust anyone; I am deeply flawed and unlovable; I am dikeable, unattractive to others; I will always fail; my
flaws are totally unacceptable to others; I must be perfect or I am worthless; I deserve to be treated more specially than others; I must
please others to avoid attack; I'm alone; nobody understands me; I am OK if I am better than others; I am OK only if others admire
me. It is often helpful to narrow these cognitions down to make them manageable with EMDR
Treatment:
In addition to the recommended protocol of establishing a safe space to which the client can retreat if necessary, before doing an
EMDR session with one of these clients, the therapist should identify as many of the client's emotional resources possible, in
particular expriences if any of having felt loved and accepted ad examples of loving people or relationships the client has observed
Among other things, these facilitate more effective copitive interweaves.
The initial task in doing an EMDR session with this client population is to establish an appropriate and richly defined target. Since
it is more difficult for these clients to access meanm&l memories in an emotionally alive way, the therapist must be more active in
helping the client stimulate the associated neural netork as I l l y as possible. In addition to the client's reaction to the plight of
children he may be related to or observe (Level I1 training), a rich source of emotional responsiveness and resources is the client's
own response to situations he has witnessed in news media, TV, movies or theater.
A major challenge in addressing a narcissistic character type using EMDR is tracking the course of the session with these clients
and identifying when they drip out of the targeted neural network. This process can be subtle because it requires an ability to
differentiate true avoidance hm spontaneous associations which may appear at hat to be irrelevant; it requires a familiarity with
and sensitivity to the protective or defensive mechanisms they use to insulate themselves fiom painful memories and affect. As the
patterns ofmovement in and out of the targeted network are identified it is important to use interventions that are experienced by the
client as supportive but nevertheless make hun or her aware of having wandered.
Although the narcissistic client may initiate treatment with the stated goal of improving his performance in specified areas, he will
agree upon reflection that the real problem is that he feels an overriding need to perform in order to feel worthwhile. Since he has
never known any other way of dealing with his self-worth, he will be skeptical about whether it is possible to feel a sense of worth
that is not based upon performance, and it is easy for the therapist to lose perspective and join him in that beliet especially while
doing EMDR with its potential for reprocessing with extraordinary precision specific obstacles to performance. The therapist must,
however, retain her healthy perspective if the client is to learn to accept himself.
For more clinical information about treating disorders of the self:
1.)Beck, Aaron T., et al, Cognitive Therapy Of Personality Disorder Guilford Press, New York,
N. Y., 1990
2.)Manfield, Philip, Split Self/Split Object: Understanding And Treating Borderline, Narcissistic And Schizoid Disorders, Jason Aronson Publishers, Northvale, N.J., 1992.
3.)Young, Jeffrey, E, Cognitive Therapy For Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach,
Professional Resource Exchange, Inc., Sarasota, Florida, 1990.
In a trauma survivor, physiological responses are exacerbated when the affect-laden memories stored in associative networks are triggered by environmental sensory inputs or cues and activate the autonomic nervous system. Recovery from trauma involves not only amelioration of physiological and dissociative symptoms, but also the cognitive rebuilding of a viable assumptive world view which integrates the realms of vulnerability, meaning and self-esteem. This world view is contextualized in cultural idioms and values.
From an Ericksonian perspective, persons are usually attempting to problem-solve, even in a dissociative date. A symptom such as an intrusive recollection or recurrent dream of a traumatic event is therefore construed as a request for help in problem-solving. Hypnosis is a structured dissociation which facilitates cognitive flexibility; that is, the broadening of choices of the client' s belief system, rather than direct work on changing affect or behaviors. The goal of Ericksonian hypnosis is to recontextualize the traumatic memory, the affect of fear, and the physiological hyperarousal cued by the traumatic memory. This occurs within a broader context of pride, mastery and courage, and within a context inclusive of other memories and affects, which are positive for the client.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), similarly has as its goal the facilitation of a transfer of traumatic data from the cortical right hemisphere to the left hemisphere. EMDR also utilizes the attainment of a state of heightened awareness, or collaborative structured dissociation, in order to facilitate the orientation of the traumatized client's conscious mind toward "revisiting" traumatic memories.
Both interventions can facilitate the self-narrative reconstruction process of trauma survivors by simultaneously modulating the person's hyperarousal while attending to the culturally significant metaphors which form the building blocks of a person' s world of meanings.
[AAETS]
Narrative family therapy is the study of individuals, systems and the research on origins, development and
transmission of values, as well as their meaning, and influence on social dynamics. Using tales we could
symbolically represent an entity, both individual and collective, and express a personal identification, a family tie,
a community link or a socially recognized status or personal worth. Externalisation, in narrative family therapy, is
a process to “get out” from the person any element or quality that is transformed in some with entity. In
psychotherapy, externalising is the use of language to convert problems that affect person or family on to
independent entity. This transformation allows people to fight against them or to view them from a new
perspective. Externalisation technique thorough the metaphoric use of tales as external representation of family
entity and individual’s worth inside the family system is applied in adoption cases. The objective here is to create
a link between the child history and the family history in order to cope with difficulties that children and families
find after adoption. We use tales inside the symbolic techniques that permits families work together with
meanings, individualism and cohesion within their members, and after adoption. We present some clinical cases
with families that have adopted a child. During the treatment we have combined EMDR and narrative family
therapy techniques in clinical interventions. Using them, we carried out an analysis of the therapeutic issues and
benefices of EMDR and narrative therapy in these family processes.
Under de senaste decennierna har det
blivit allt tydligare att posttraumatiskt
stressyndrom (PTSD) är ett psykiskt
sjukdomstillstånd med klara neurofysiologiska
eller strukturella förändringar i
hjärnans basala strukturer. PET- och
MR-tekniker har kommit till allt större
användning, såväl vid grundläggande
studier av cerebrala förändringar vid
PTSD som vid studiet av farmakologiska
och psykologiska behandlingsinsatser,
tex vid EMDR(eye movement desensitization
and reprocessing)-behandling.
In recent decades there has
become increasingly clear that post-traumatic
stress disorder (PTSD) is a mental
illness with clear neurophysiological
structural changes in
basal brain structures. PET and
MR techniques have come to increasingly
use, both at the fundamental
Studies of cerebral changes in
PTSD as the study of pharmacological
and psychological treatment interventions,
tex in EMDR (eye movement desensitization
and Reprocessing) therapy.
EMDR and Ego State integrated treatment provides a clinical model for dealing with health problems in complex trauma survivors. Health problems are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders and PTSD symptoms in adult survivors. This presentation will focus on the treatment of these disorders. EMDR and Ego State techniques will be utilized to help the CTS patient: a) manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess traumatic events; b) become assertive health consumers and deal with medical/dental procedures and tests; c) learn skills such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits, etc.
In this workshop, EMDR and Ego state integrated treatment will be presented as a clinical model for dealing with
current life and health problems which the presence of dissociation and PTSD exacerbates for complex trauma
survivors (CTS). There are intertwined problems that are made more complex by the presence of dissociative
disorders in adult CTS. First: there are negative sequelae of childhood abuse on the physical and mental health of
adult CTS. Second, there are specific health problems predominant in this population which often are untreated,
misdiagnosed and ignored by physicians and EMDR therapists. Third: CTS have difficulties addressing their health
needs, accessing health care, and functioning effectively as health care consumers. Preventative care and good
health care may be minimal for this population. This presentation will focus on the development of an EMDR
treatment plan to successfully work with dissociative and PTSD disorders prevalent in these patients. Specialized
Ego State techniques will be introduced in each phase of EMDR treatment to help the patient stabilize: manage
triggers and avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting; effectively deal with avoidance, freeze,
hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess earlier traumatic events which are at the root of these
problems, (these may include iatrogenic events and specific physical problems seemingly related to current
health problems, which actually result from early trauma); and become assertive health consumers. Skills
development needed by the CTS to become empowered and competent health consumers, such as rehearsal,
identifying problems, planning visits etc will also be included in the plan. [This slide presentation has a two page "References" bibliograhy issued separately.(PDF 6065)]
Clients with traumatic childhood experiences and subsequent diagnoses of
Personality Disorder, hold self-identities that may have had adaptive, survival
enhancing functions during their upbringing, but may now be hindering and
even damaging. As babies their needs for secure attachment and nurturing
may have been compromised and as children they may not have
experienced unconditional love and acceptance of themselves. As adults,
they may carry internalized self-images about either being intrinsically 'bad'
or having to be especially 'good' in order to be accepted, valued and
loved by others. Subsequently, their Behaviour and their relationships with
others are determined by a distorted view of themselves, often causing
them to lead lives that involve great compromise and further suffering. They
may struggle with their capacity to regulate affect (Siegel, 1999: Shore, 1994,
1996). experiencing little self-control over their various fluctuating mood
states. The aim of this workshop is to introduce clinical techniques, involving
the interweave between EMDR and Schema-focused, cognitive
approaches, which help clients build a more secure and 6nctionally
positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. Based on current research, clinical practice and Herbert's (2002, 2003) therapeutic
framework for working with complex trauma, this workshop will focus
especially on two therapeutic ingredients for this work. One is the quality of
the therapeutic relationship as a necessary transitory phase for healthy
dependency in the client and the second is 'inner child' work as a method to
help clients modify and re-script their distorted images of self and repair
ruptures in their attachment relationships.
La sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD) causa nel cervello cambiamenti sia anatomici sia funzionali in specifiche aree cerebrali associate alla risposta emotiva al trauma ed alla relativa insorgenza dei sintomi. Studi di immagini funzionali (tomografia ad emissione di fotone singolo, SPECT, e a emissione di positroni, PET) e strutturali (risonanza magnetica, RM) hanno evidenziato significative variazioni neuropatologiche in pazienti con PTSD durante la rivisitazione del trauma.
L’impiego di queste tecniche ha consentito di fare luce sui correlati neurali della psicoterapia, rivelando i suoi effetti neurobiologici sulle funzioni cerebrali. Nell’ambito dei diversi approcci psicoterapeutici, l’EMDR (Desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione attraverso i movimenti oculari) è emerso come promettente risorsa per il trattamento del trauma e di altri disturbi d’ansia, sebbene ancora non sia stata completamente chiarita la sua modalità di azione sui circuiti neurali. Tuttavia solo un numero esiguo di studi ha indagato il substrato neurobiologico di questa psicoterapia. Verranno discussi studi che il nostro gruppo ha recentemente pubblicato su riviste internazionali e che hanno dimostrato con la SPECT come l’EMDR normalizzi il flusso ematico cerebrale nelle aree limbiche implicate nel PTSD (1) e con la RM come nei pazienti che non rispondono a terapia molte di queste aree presentino una diminuzione rilevante della densità della sostanza grigia (2). Verranno inoltre presentati i risultati preliminari del primo studio che monitora completamente con EEG una seduta EMDR e dimostra le attivazioni che i cicli di desensibilizzazione per se provocano a livello corticale e subcorticale sia durante la prima seduta che durante l’ultima quando il soggetto ha elaborato il trauma.
1. Nardo D et al. J Psychiat Res 2010; 44:477-485
2. Pagani M et al. Nucl Med Commun 2007; 28: 757-765
The syndrome of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) causes changes in the brain is anatomical and functional in specific brain areas associated with emotional response to trauma and the related onset of symptoms. Studies of the functional (single photon emission computed tomography, SPECT, and emission tomography, PET) and structural (magnetic resonance imaging, MRI) have shown significant neuropathological changes in patients with PTSD during revisiting the trauma.
The use of these techniques has allowed to shed light on the neural correlates of psychotherapy, revealing the neurobiological effects on brain function. Under the different psychotherapeutic approaches, EMDR (Desensitization and reprocessing through eye movements) has emerged as a promising resource for the treatment of trauma and other anxiety disorders, although still not been fully elucidated its mode of action neural circuits. However, only a small number of studies have investigated the neurobiological substrate of this psychotherapy. They will discuss studies that our group has recently published in international journals and who have demonstrated with SPECT as EMDR normalize cerebral blood flow in the limbic areas implicated in PTSD (1) and with MRI as in patients who do not respond to therapy many of these areas present a significant decrease in the density of gray matter (2). We will also present the preliminary results of the first study that monitors completely with EEG and demonstrates an EMDR session activations and cycles of desensitization if they cause in the cortex and subcortical both during the first session that during the last when the subject has developed the trauma.
1. D Nardo et al. J Psychiat Res 2010; 44:477-485
2. Pagani M et al. Nucl Med Commun 2007; 28: 757-765
Background: Only few studies have reported functional or structural modifications in Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) patients following pharmacological treatment or psychotherapy. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a novel eclectic psychotherapy utilising, among other techniques, relaxation and safe place exercises, cognitive restructuring, future projections, and imaginal exposure of the trauma combined with sensory stimulation. The aim of the study was to analyse the differences in regional cerebral blood flow (rCBF) distribution and in brain volumetry before and after EMDR therapy.
Subjects and Methods: Fifteen subjects with chronic PTSD following occupational health hazards were treated with five sessions of EMDR. They were assessed with psychometric scales and diagnostic interviews before and directly after treatment. SPECT, during administration of an individualised trauma script, was performed using 99mTc-HMPAO. After EMDR, the subjects were subdivided into responders (R, n=10) and non-responders (NS, n=5), based on the absence or presence, respectively, of full PTSD diagnosis. SPECT and volumetric data (MRI) analyses were carried out by Statistical Parametric Mapping (SPM2). SPECT and MRI data were covaried by age and by time elapsed from trauma to SPECT. SPECT data were further covaried by the amount of grey matter normalised by the total intracranial volume.
Results: Immediate significant post-treatment changes towards normality in all scales measuring psychological status were found in responders. As compared to NR, R showed a significantly decreased tracer uptake in parieto-occipital (Brodmann Area, BA, 37, fusiform gyrus) and in primary visual cortex (BA17) and in the hippocampus (p<0.001). The opposite comparison highlighted an increased tracer uptake in left frontal cortex (BA 44; p<0.05). Structural grey matter modifications were found in visual, posterior cingulate and parieto-temporal cortex, paralleling the functional changes.
Conclusion: The positive EMDR outcome corresponded to increased 99mTc-HMPAO uptake in the left dorsolateral frontal cortex, processing attention and self confidence and exerting an inhibitory effect on the amygdala whose firing is supposed to be responsible for PTSD. After successful treatment significant decreases were found in primary visual cortex, processing images of traumatic memories and flashbacks; in fusiform gyrus, processing the memories of faces, bodies and words and in the hippocampi, involved in episodic and autobiographical memories. Volumetric changes paralleled the ones in tracer uptake in all regions Taken as a whole these findings suggest that the positive clinical outcome following EMDR therapy causes functional and structural neurobiological changes towards normality.
This presentation will explore the formation and consolidation of emotions and memory, various possible neural mechanisms of EMDR's treatment effects; with an emphasis on cerebellar mechanisms, and their direct relation to information processing and frontal lobe activation. Recent knowledge regarding Allan Schore's work on the orbitofrontal cortex and Steven Porges' work on the brainstem will be explored; with a major emphasis given to their implication for improved techniques to facilitate EMDR processing.
This presentation will explore the formation and consolidation of emotions and memory, various possible neural mechanisms of EMDR's treatment effects; with an emphasis on cerebellar mechanisms, and their direct relation to information processing and frontal lobe activation. Recent knowledge regarding Allan Schore's work on the orbitofrontal cortex and Steven Porges' work on the brainstem will be explored; with a major emphasis given to their implication for improved techniques to facilitate EMDR processing.
This presentation will explore the formation and consolidation of emotions and memory, various possible neural mechanisms of EMDR's treatment effects, with an emphasis on cerebellar mechanisms, and their direct relations to information processing and frontal lobe activation. Recent knowledge regarding Allan Schore's work on the orbitofrontal cortex and Steven Porge's work on the brainstem will be explored; with a major emphasis given to their implication for improved techniques to facilitate EMDR processing.
This presentation will explore the formation and consolidation of emotions and memory, various possible neural mechanisms of EMDR's treatment
effects; with an emphasis on cerebellar mechanisms, and their direct relation to information processing and frontal lobe activation. Recent knowledge regarding Allan Schore's work on the orbitofrontal cortex and
Steven Porges' work on the brainstem will be explored; with a major emphasis given to their implication for improved techniques to facilitate
EMDR processing.
This presentation will explore the formation and consolidation of emotions and memory, various possible neural mechanisms of EMDR's treatment effects; with an emphasis on cerebellar mechanisms, and their direct relation to information processing and frontal lobe activation. Recent knowledge regarding Allan Schore's work on the orbitofrontal cortex and Steven Porges' work on the brainstem will be explored; with a major emphasis given to their implication for improved techniques to facilitate EMDR processing.
In the recent years the number of neuroimaging studies evaluating neural correlates of psychotherapy has steadily increased revealing its clear neurobiological effects on brain function across a wide range of psychiatric disorders. Functional studies by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) detect changes in cerebral blood flow and metabolism patterns, identifying the brain areas processing the various components of emotional processing and/or affected by the disorders. Investigations by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed psychiatry disease-related structural changes.
The first part of the workshop (20 minutes) will describe the neuroimaging methodologies and findings in PTSD/EMDR research with and extensive review of previous literature on the neurobiological effects of EMDR. The second part of the workshop (20 minutes) will deal with the description and implementation in research and clinic of neuropsychological testing with brief comments and discussion about their use in the recent experiments performed by our group. In the third part the EEG monitoring of a complete set of EMDR therapies in 10 patients suffering of major trauma will be presented. The relative results are the first report ever on the neurobiological changes occurring before, during and after EMDR therapy sheding light on the neuronal processes underlying its clinical efficacy.
Learning objectives:
The description and the discussion about the contents of the workshop will provide the audience (1) the necessary information to understand the methodological principles behind the neuroimaging techniques (PET, SPECT and MRI) and their possible applications in research and clinic; (2) the critical knowledge of the limited number of published papers in the field of EMDR-related functional and anatomical studies; (3) the basic research principles and examples to be motivated to begin, take part and/or collaborate to EMDR research in order to better understand the neural basis of this fascinating psychotherapeutic technique.
A few years ago I witnessed a curious series of events.
David H. Cleaves, Ph.D., a young psychologist doing postgraduate
work at The Institute of Pennsylvania Hospital,
became curious about Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing (EMDR), Francine Shapiro, Ph.D.'s novel
approach to the treatment of post-traumatic symptoms. He
began to apply these techniques to several dissociative disorder
patients he was seeing under the supervision of
Catherine G. Fine, Ph.D. Dr. Fine became interested in the
technique and sought out instruction in EMDR.
The Journal ’s instructions to authors are located inside
the back cover of every issue. The relevant passage
stated, “Articles that recommend a clinical approach
that differs from EMDR’s standard protocol or its
foundational Adaptive Information Processing model
(Shapiro, 2001) should explain these differences.”The purpose of this instruction was to encourage
clarity rather than conformity. It is important for
Journal readers, some of whom have not been trained
in this method, to know whether the techniques described
are standard for eye movement desensitization
and reprocessing (EMDR) or variations on the
protocol. For example, the reader of an article describing
a technique that combines EMDR with aspects of
another psychotherapy approach such as hypnosis
could assume that hypnotic inductions were part of
standard EMDR unless it was stated clearly which elements
were adapted from that method. The request that authors also clarify points of divergence from
the adaptive information-processing (AIP) model was
similarly intended to generate clarity. It is consistent
with the recognition that a common platform for discussion
is needed, even if that platform is imperfect.
It is also consistent with Shapiro’s teaching of the AIP
model as a clinical heuristic that is subject to revision
in the face of new data or more compelling models.
Rather than thwarting discussion, the request that authors
explain points of disagreement was designed to
promote deeper consideration of the mechanisms and
models underlying EMDR.
In response to Dr. Lipke’s letter, the Journal ’s Editorial
Board engaged in a thorough review process to
examine the value of this instruction and invited responses
(see letters above) from Dr. Shapiro and the
EMDRIA’s Board of Directors to further illuminate
the process. The Editorial Board has a diverse membership,
and there were divergent opinions, including
some disagreements with the following response.
It was decided to modify the identified statement so
that it now reads, “Articles that recommend a clinical
approach that differs from EMDR’s standard protocol
or Shapiro’s (2001) Adaptive Information Processing
model should discuss these differences.”
Most of the effort that has been driving the increasing overlap between
talking therapy and neuroscience has come from work that is beginning
to understand the cytoarchitecture of the frontal cortex, on the one
hand, and techniques like neuroimaging on the other. Non scientists
seem to relate more easily to studies that involve humans engaged in
some kind of cerebral activity.
However, recently, therapists have begun to make what seems to be a
contribution to this overlap by developing new therapeutic techniques
for working with emotional or psychological issues; techniques that rely
less on words, suggesting that there is a neurobiological healing
process at work.
Rationale: Because of high rates of trauma (44-100%) and abuse (23-77%) among PNEA
patients, it has been suggested that PNEA are a clinical expression of a PTSD subtype. Although
little is known about psychological treatments that are most effective with PNEA, EMDR has
proved to be an effective treatment for trauma and is now showing promise in the treatment of
PNEA patients with trauma and abuse histories. This presentation details outcomes of 74 patients
with PNEA, the majority of whom have such histories, who have been referred for mental health
treatment.
Methods: This study integrates EMDR into the mental health treatment of PNEA patients
referred after video EEG monitoring confirmed the presence of psychogenic attacks and
diagnostic interviews revealed virtually ubiquitous trauma and abuse histories/experiences. Data
were analyzed for patients referred over a 6-year period from a hospital-based clinic serving
Floridians and persons from the southeastern US.
Results: The study protocol was comprised of 2-3 initial sessions for diagnosis and rapport
building followed by weekly EMDR ranging from 3 to 15 sessions. Of 74 patients referred, 31
were from distant locales and were matched with mental health practitioners in their home
locations. 43 patients were interviewed; 20 were seen for consultation only - they refused
treatment, preferring to pursue disability benefits. 21 of 23 remaining had trauma and abuse
histories. 14 of those realized complete remission of PNEA with EMDR; 8 discontinued
treatment because of relocation, transportation difficulties, and the like. Followup reveals no
return to seizure status.
Conclusions: EMDR appears to be an efficacious intervention in the psychological treatment of
PNEA patients with trauma histories. A two year highly innovative single center randomized
controlled tial comparing EMDR with another innovative promising approach, Neurofeedback
Therapy (NFT) is planned for the fall of 2010 for 60 patients.
EMDR is an effective and principled intervention to help people with the impact of
trauma. It also offers powerful resource development approaches. These are useful as preparation
work in processing trauma, but also valuable interventions in themselves. This can be very helpful when circumstances preclude doing trauma work, or when only brief interventions are possible.
Positive installations and resource development are also apt for use with children and young
people, addressing real world functioning in what is often an enjoyable and rewarding way.
Many resource development approaches are well known, and have been used in both standard
and novel ways by practitioners. Others have been developed by individual practitioners, and
also their clients. Often, therefore, there are good methods that could be more widely known.
This workshop presents an account of both standard and non-standard resource development
techniques, with an opportunity for participants to present their own good practice and share
knowledge. There will also be a discussion of resource development within the EMDR protocol,
as part of a principled model for this kind of work., but with a practical view as to how resource
development can make trauma processing both easier and more effective. This paper gives an
overview of using RID with children. We will look at a whole range of RID’s- common ones and
some non-standard, innovative ones. With the participants we will look at purposes, pitfalls, the
extent to which any can be safely ‘given away’, and any experiences of using these in groups. To
our knowledge, the field has not been drawn together in this way, and we hope through a mixture
of presentation and discussion to begin to share our experiences, and develop peoples’ confidence
in extending their repertoire.
In his book, Anxietv Disorders and Phobias, Aaron Beck, MD, wrote cogently about the so-called "evaluation anxieties." He
employed the metaphor of the tightrope walker to describe the constant worry about a possible "fall from grace" experienced
by the person troubled by concern about performing well in a variety of life situations. Beck divided these situations into
three categories: social situations; school and work settings; and what he called "transactions with the outside world,"
meaning instances of shopping and traveling.
The focus of this three-hour presentation is evaluation or performance anxiety (as it is more often termed) in the workplace
and applications of EMDR to removing blocks to optimal functioning at work. The theoretical contribution of Beck and his
colleagues will shape the presenters' information about why performance anxiety develops and who is likely to be vulnerable
to it. The rationale for this extension of the EMDR model will be grounded in the theoretical framework of cognitive
therapy.
The two presenters bring their considerable experience with EMDR (five+ years) and expertise in peak performance
consulting to participants in this session. From their background, they will derive the presentation's emphasis on EMDR
applications that are immediately useful to the participants.
To begin, the presenters will provide the aforementioned theoretical understanding of "evaluation anxiety" and its
manifestation as performance anxiety in the workplace. Approximately the first quarter of the presentation will be spent in
didactic material that describes specifically how performance anxiety interferes with optimal functioning at work across a
variety of occupations. Drs. Foster and Lendl will elaborate on two situations in which performance anxiety is especially
likely to occur in work-related situations: 1) during periods of rapid change; and 2) during the performance review process.
Having established this basis of understanding, the presenters will move on to describe the most commonly observed
psychological blocks that impede optimal performance in work settings: 1) external conflicts brought into work; 2) feeling
like an 'impostor' in one's position at work, 3) perfectionism as a barrier to performance; 4) past failures that operate as
anticipatory anxieties (for example, a client's worry that a past mistake or setback might recur in the future); 5)
discrimination on the basis of gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, education or age.
Using actual transcripts and videotaped excerpts of their sessions, the presenters will demonstrate how their EMDR
interventions may be applied. The presenters will show participants how to assess their own current and prospective clients
for the psychological blocks that are interfering with work performance. Efficient ways to elicit negative and positive
cognition for these work-related issues will be precisely described. The expected course of the EMDR processing will be
illustrated using the presenters' cases which include a perfectionistic dentist, a high level executive after a layoff, a female
manager desiring a promotion who is grappling with a chauvinistic boss, and performing artists struggling with stage fright
and other barriers to their optimal performance.
The presenters will then share with participants the ways in which they assist their clients in reaching and maintaining
balance in their life- and work styles, in what the presenters call "Using EMDR to meet daily challenges with optimal
response." Specific strategies for integrating EMDR into broader-based interventions will be described for assisting clients
in: 1) increasing self-trust; 2) learning to capably manage crises; 3) increasing focus and attention at work; and 4) setting
priorities and using time effectively.
Lastly, Drs. Foster and Lend will demonstrate additional EMDR applications for assisting clients in attaining and
maintaining what the presenters call "Optimal Well-Being." Citing case material, the presenters will show participants the
means by which EMDR can be employed to speed recovery from illness and to decrease the rehabilitation time needed
following an injury.
Participants will be given the opportunity to rehears several of the applications described and to receive feedback fiom the
instructors.
Reference: Beck, A.T. (1985). Anxiety Disorders and Phobias, Basic Books, New York.
Personality change in victims of trauma has been demonstrated by key researchers in the field of trauma. This research explored this area further by studying if problem personality patterns can improve to healthier levels by processing trauma symptoms with new rapid trauma techniques. This research provides new information in trauma and personality, as well as offers links to possible new treatment methods. The hypothesis tested in this research was that significant change in problem personality patterns would occur in trauma subjects whose symptoms were processed through a multi-impact therapy that included Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), building ego structure through Resource Installation and Development and reducing physiological stress through the use of Emotional Freedom Techniques, as compared to subjects in the control group who received talking therapy. A sample of ten female participants was selected that had traumatic backgrounds and posttraumatic symptoms. All subjects received the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory III (MCMI III) as a pre and a post test, and the Personality Assessment Screener (PAS) throughout 14 weeks of treatment. The PAS provided a means to measure subjects through descriptive statistics and the MCMI III measured the three highest clinical personality scales and the changes that occurred after the treatment. Within the two groups, the results of the PAS showed that talking therapy may be extremely helpful for personality improvement for some individuals processing trauma issues, but not all. The MCMI III results showed that the multi-impact group appeared to be somewhat more stable, meaning that the multi-impact treatment appeared to aid improvement on all three personality scales. The talking treatment group showed improvement on the most problematic personality scale, minimal increase on the second highest personality scale, and the third highest personality scale became significantly worse as compared to the multi-impact treatment group. This confirmed the hypothesis that there would be significant change in clinical personality scores. This implies that the multi-impact treatment helped individuals in a more efficient manner, in that improvement on personality syndromes or disorders was global. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 64(4-B), 2003, pp. 1902.
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop.
The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic.
Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development.
Learning objectives:
One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.
The integration of EMDR with Ego State Therapy will be presented as a comprehensive approach to treatment of the wide spectrum of personality disorders. These diagnostic categories include individuals manifesting character pathology, borderline personalities, antisocial and sociopathic tendencies as well as addictive behaviors. These clients have often been seen as poor candidates for EMDR or even nonresponders. They are often mandated for treatment or come at the behest of others. Their histories often include early repeated experiences of abuse, deprivation, abandonment, and parental coldness. The hallmarks of personality disorders are rigid, intractable defenses, difficulty relating and empathizing with others, as well as acting out behavior. Historically, the treatment of personality disorders has been described as the symptoms of personality disorders be viewed as aspects of dissociation and will examine the applications of ego state concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR protocol in order to facilitate the treatment of these clients. Central to this approach is the conceptualization of self and object rcpresentations, self-objects or schemas as ego-states. Discussion will include how to use a developmental approach to assessment and will review the identification, mapping, and accessing of ego-states as well as how to promote ego-state-specific EMDR targets, facilitating the enhancement of EMDR processing.
Following an amputation of almost any body part, the patient can experience phantom limb sensation, which is the feeling that the limb is still there, or phantom limb pain (PLP), which is pain that exists after the amputation. Often the pain after the amputation is the pain that existed before the amputation, somehow staying locked in the nervous system. In 1996 we did a pilot study, using a case series approach, with 7 amputees. We wanted to see if EMDR could be effective in treating PLP. We thought that PLP might be similar to PTSD, in that the event is over but the pain (emotional or physical) is still there, some